chapter 1 general information 1.1. introduction to mist

RESTRICTED

1

CHAPTER 1

GENERAL INFORMATION

1.1. Introduction to MIST

The necessity of establishing a technical institute for the Bangladesh Armed Forces was felt in

the late eighties. In the absence of such an institution, officers of Bangladesh Armed Forces

had been graduating from Bangladesh University of Engineering and Technology (BUET),

Bangladesh Institute of Technology (BIT) and other foreign institutions of science and

technology. With a view to meeting the increasing demand for the development and

dissemination of engineering and technological knowledge, Bangladesh Armed Forces

established the Military Institute of Science and Technology (MIST) that promises to provide

facilities for higher technical education both for the officers of Bangladesh Armed Forces as

well as for civil students from home and abroad. The motto of MIST is ―Technology for

Advancement. Founded on 19 April 1998, MIST started its journey on 31 January 1999 by

offering a four- year bachelor's degree on Civil Engineering. Bachelor degree on Computer

Science Engineering course started on 2001. Bachelor courses on Electrical, Electronic &

Communication Engineering and Mechanical Engineering started its journey from 2003.

Bachelor of Science program on Aeronautical Engineering (AE) and Naval Architecture and

Marine Engineering (NAME) program were started from 2008-2009 and 2012-2013

respectively. Besides, four new departments started their academic session from 2014-2015 i.e.

Nuclear Science & Engineering (NSE), Biomedical Engineering (BME), Architecture (Arch)

and Environmental, Water Resources & Coastal Engineering (EWCE). Industrial and

Production Engineering (IPE) and Petroleum and Mining Engineering (PME) departments

started their academic session from 2015-2016.

1.2 Vision and Mission of MIST

Vision: To be a centre of excellence for providing advanced quality education in the field of scientific,

engineering and technology advanced to create diverse quality leaders and professionals and

conduct innovative research to meet the national and global needs and challenges .

Mission MIST is working on following missions:

a. To develop as a Centre of Excellence for providing comprehensive education and conducting

creative and innovative research in diverse disciplines of engineering, technology, science,

management and related fields.

b. To produce technologically advanced intellectual leaders and professionals with high moral and

ethical values to meet the national and global needs for sustainable socio- economic development.

c. To provide consultancy, advisory and testing services to government, industrial, educational and

other organizations to render technical support for widening practical knowledge and to contribute in

sustainable socio-economic advancement.

d. To extend collaborative and research activities with national and international communities for life-

long learning and long term interaction with the academician and industry.

RESTRICTED

2

1.3 Motto and Values of MIST

Motto:

As an Institution without gender biasness, MIST is steadily upholding its motto “Technology

for Advancement” and remains committed to contribute to the wider spectrum of national

educational arena, play a significant role in the development of human resources and gradually

pursuing its goal to grow into a „Centre of Excellence‟.

Values:

a. Integrity and Respect- We embrace honesty, inclusivity, and equity in all that we do. b. Honesty and Accountability- Our actions reflect our values, and we are accountable

for both.

c. Dedication to Quality and Intellectual Rigour- We strive for excellence with energy, commitment and passion.

d. Pursuit of Innovation- We cultivate creativity, adaptability and flexibility in our students, faculty and staff.

1.4 Eligibility of Students for Admission in MIST

The students must fulfill the following requirements:

a. Bangladeshi Students: Minimum qualifications to take part in

the admission test are as follows:

(1) The applicant must have passed SSC/equivalent examination in Science

Group obtaining GPA 4.00 (without fourth subject) in the scale of 5.0 and in

HSC/Equivalent examination from Board of Intermediate and Secondary

Education/ Madrasa Education Board/Technical Education Board in science

group the applicant must have obtained minimum 'A+' (Plus) in any

TWO(2) subjects out of FIVE (5) subjects including Mathematics, Physics,

Chemistry, English, and Bengali and 'A' in rest THREE (3) subjects.

(2) The applicant must have qualified in minimum five subjects including

Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and English Language with minimum „B‟ in

average in GCE „O‟ Level and in „A‟ level he/she must have obta ined minimum „A‟ in ONE subject out of three subjects including Mathematics, Physics, and

Chemistry with and minimum „B‟ in rest TWO subjects.

(3) Applicants who have passed HSC or Equivalent examination in the current year or one year before the notification for admission can apply.

(4) Sex: Male and Female.

b. Foreign Students: Maximum 3% of overall vacancies available will be kept

reserved for the foreign students and will be offered to foreign countries through AFD of the Government of the People's Republic of Bangladesh. Applicants must fulfill the following requirements:

(1) Educational qualifications as applicable for Bangladeshi civil students or equivalent.

RESTRICTED

3

(2) Must have security clearance from respective Embassy/High Commission in Bangladesh.

(3) Sex: Male and Female.

In the event of non-availability of foreign students, Bangladeshi civil candidates will fill up the vacancies.

1.5 Number of Seats

The highest number of seats for 04(Four) years Bachelor Degree in Engineering

programs (Unit– A) and 5 (Five) years Bachelor Degree of Architecture programs are as

follows:

Allocation of Seats

Ser Unit Department Seats

1

A

Civil Engineering (CE) 60 2 Computer Science and Engineering (CSE) 60

3 Electrical, Electronic and Communication Engineering (EECE) 60

4 Mechanical Engineering (ME) 60

5 Aeronautical Engineering (AE) 50 6 Naval Architecture and Marine Engineering (NAME) 40

7 Biomedical Engineering (BME) 40

8 Nuclear Science and Engineering (NSE) 40

9 Environmental, Water Resources & Coastal Engineering (EWCE)

60

10 Industrial and Production Engineering (IPE) 50 11 Petroleum and Mining Engineering (PME) 25

12 B Architecture (Arch) 25 Total 570

The total number is 570. In general, about 50% seats will be allocated to military

officers. However, in case of the requirement of military students vacancy is less in

any particular year, the deficient vacancy will be filled up by civil students. MIST

also maintains quota as mentioned below:

Ser Quota Allocation Seats

1 General Candidates 54%

2 Children of Military Personnel 40%

3 Children of Freedom Fighters 2%

4 Tribal Citizen 1%

5 International Students 3% Total 100%

1.6 Admission Procedure

1.6.1 Syllabus for Admission Test: Admission test will be conducted on the basis

of the syllabus of Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and English (comprehension and

functional) subjects of HSC examinations of all boards of secondary and higher secondary school certificates. Admission test will be conducted out of 200 marks and

the distribution of marks is given below:

RESTRICTED

4

Ser.

Subjects

Marks

a. Mathematics 60

b. Physics 60

c. Chemistry 60

d. English 20 Total 200

1.6.2 Final Selection: Students will be selected on the basis of results of the admission test. Individual choice for selection of departments will be given preference as far as possible. In case of tie in the result of admission test, difference will be judged on the basis of marks obtained in Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and English respectively in admission test.

1.6.3 Medical Check Up: Civil candidates selected through admission test will go for

medical checkup in MIST/ CMH. If the medical authority considers any candidate unfit

for study in MIST due to critical/contagious/mental diseases as shown in medical policy

of MIST will be declared unsuitable for admission.

1.7 Students Withdrawal Policy

1.7.1 For Poor Academic Performance:

The under graduate (B.Sc.) Engineering programs for all engineering disciplines are planned for 04 regular levels, comprising of 08 regular terms, for Architecture program it is planned for 3

regular levels, comprising of 10 regular terms. It is expected that all students will earn degree by

clearing all the offered courses in the stipulated time. In case of failure the following policies will be adopted:

a. Students failing in any course/ subject will have to clear/pass the said course/subject

by appearing it in supplementary/ self study (for graduating student) examination as per

examination policy.

b. Students may also retake the failed subject/ course in regular term/short term as per

examination policy.

c. Maximum grading for supplementary/ self study examination etc. of failed

subjects will be B+ as per examination policy.

d. One student can retake/reappear in a failed subject/ course only twice. However,

With the Permission of Academic Council of MIST, a student may be allowed for third

time as last chance.

RESTRICTED

5

e. In case of sickness, which leads to missing of more than 40% classes or miss term

final examination (supported by requisite medical documents), students may be allowed

to withdraw temporarily from that term and repeat the whole level with the regular level

in the next academic session, subject to the approval of Academic Council , MIST.

However, he/she has to complete the whole undergraduate program within 06 (six)

academic years (for Architecture 07 academic years) from the date of his/her registration.

f. Minimum credit requirement for the award of bachelor‟s degree in Engineering (B.Sc.

Engg.) and Architecture (B. Arch) will be decided by the respective department as per

existing rules. However the minimum CGPA requirement for obtaining a bachelor degree

in engineering and Architecture is 2.20.

g. Whatever may be the cases, students have to complete the whole undergraduate

program within 06 (six) academic years from the date of registration.

h. All other terms and conditions of MIST Examination Policy remain valid.

1.7.2 Withdrawal on Disciplinary Ground

a. Unfair Means: Adoption of unfair means may result in expulsion of a student

from the program and so from the Institution. The Academic Council will authorize such expulsion on the basis of recommendation of the Disciplinary Committee, MIST and as

per policy approved by the affiliating university. Following would be considered as unfair means adopted during examinations and other contexts:

(1) Communicating with fellow students for obtaining help in the examination.

(2) Copying from another student‟s script/ report /paper.

(3) Copying from desk or palm of a hand or from other incrimination

documents.

(4) Possession of any incriminating document whether used or not.

b. Influencing Grades: Academic Council may expel/withdraw any student for

approaching directly or indirectly in any form to influence a teacher or MIST authority

for grades.

c. Other Indiscipline Behaviors: Academic Council may withdraw/expel any student on disciplinary ground if any form of indiscipline or unruly behavior is seen in him/her which may disrupt the academic environment/ program or is considered detrimental to MIST‟s image.

RESTRICTED

6

d. Immediate Action by the Disciplinary Committee of MIST: The Disciplinary

Committee, MIST may take immediate disciplinary action against any student of the

institution. In case of withdrawal/ expulsion, the matter will be referred to the Academic

Council, MIST for post- facto approval.

1.7.3 Withdrawal on Own Accord

a. Permanent Withdrawal: A student who has already completed some courses and has not performed satisfactorily may apply for a withdrawal.

b. Temporary Withdrawal: A student, if he/she applies, may be allowed to

withdraw temporarily from the program/ subject by the approval of Academic Council of

MIST, but he/she has to complete the whole program within 06 (six) academic years (for

Architecture 07 academic years) from the date of his/her registration.

RESTRICTED

7

CHAPTER 2

RULES AND REGULATIONS FOR UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM AT MIST

2.1 Introduction

MIST has introduced course system for undergraduate studies from the academic session 2017-

18. Therefore, the rules and regulations mentioned in this paper will be applicable to students for administering undergraduate curriculum through the Course System. This will be introduced with an aim of creating a continuous, even and consistent workload throughout the term for the students.

2.2 The Course System

2.2.1 The salient features of the Course System are as follows:

a. Number of theory courses will be generally 5 in each term. However, with the recommendation of course coordinator and Head of the Department, Commandant MIST may allow relaxation in this regard. This relaxation is to be reported to Academic

Council of MIST. b. Students will not face any level repeat for failing. c. Students will get scope to improve their grading. d. Introduction of more optional courses to enable the students to select courses according to their individual needs and preferences. e. Continuous evaluation of students’ performance.

f. Promotion of student-teacher interaction and contact.

2.2.2 Beside the professional courses pertaining to each discipline, the undergraduate

curriculum gives a strong emphasis on acquiring thorough knowledge in the basic sciences of mathematics, physics and chemistry. Due importance is also given on the study of several subjects in humanities and social sciences.

2.2.3 The first two years of bachelor’s programs generally consist of courses on basic engineering, general science and humanities subjects; while the third and subsequent

years focus on specific disciplines.

2.3 Number of Terms in a Year

2.3.1 There will be two terms (Spring and Fall) in an academic year. In addition to these two regular terms there will be a short term after the Fall Term of each academic session. During the short term, students can take only failed courses to cover up the credit deficiencies.

2.3.2 Respective departments will take the decisions about courses to be offered during each short term depending upon the availability of course teachers and number of students willing to take a particular course.

RESTRICTED

8

2.4 Duration of Terms

2.4.1 The duration of each of Term I(Spring) and Term II(Fall) (maximum 22 weeks) may

be as under:

Ser Events Durations

1. Classes before Mid Term 7 weeks

2. Mid Term Vacation 1 wee k

3. Classes after Mid Term 7 weeks

4. Makeup Classes and Preparatory leave 2/3 wee ks

5. Term Final Examination 2/3 wee ks

6. Term End Vacation 1/2 week

2..4.2 The duration of a Short Term will be around 7 weeks of which about 6 weeks will be spent for class lectures and one week for Term Final Examination. The duration for Short Term and Examination will be as under:

Ser Events Durations

1. Classes 6 weeks

2. Final Examination 1 wee k

Total 7 Weeks

2.5 Course Pattern and Credit Structure

The undergraduate program is covered by a set of theoretical courses along with a set of laboratory (sessional) courses to support them.

2.6 Course Designation System

2.6.1 Each course is designated by a maximum of four letter code identifying the department offering the course followed by a three-digit number having the following interpretation:

a. The left most digit corresponds to the year in which the course is normally taken by the students. The second digit is reserved for departmental use. It usually identifies a specific area/group of study within the department.

b. The right most digit is an odd number for theoretical courses and an even number for sessional courses.

2.6.2 The course designation system is illustrated as Follows:

RESTRICTED

9

AEAS 101 Introduction to Aeronautical Engineering

Course Title

Odd digit designates a theoretical course

Reserved for departmental use

Signifies 1st

Year/ 1st

Level course

Department Identification (Aerospace Discipline)

AEAS 206 Mechanics of Solids Sessional

Course Title

Even digit designates a sessional course


Signifies 2nd

Year/ 2nd

Level course

Department Identification (Aerospace Discipline)

AEAV 101 Electrical Circuit Analysis – I

Course Title

Odd digit designates a theoretical course


Signifies 1st

Year/ 1st

Level course

Department Identification (Avionics Discipline)

AEAV 202 Electrical Circuit Analysis – II Sessional

Course Title

Even digit designates a sessional course


Signifies 2nd

Year/ 2nd

Level course

Department Identification (Avionics Discipline)

2.7 Assignment of Credits

The assignment of credits to a theoretical course follows a different rule from that of a sessional course.

a. Theoretical Courses: One lecture per week per term is equivalent to one credit. b. Sessional Courses: Credits for sessional courses is half of the class hours per week per term.

RESTRICTED

10

Credits are also assigned to project and thesis work taken by the students. The amount of credits assigned to such work varies from one discipline to another.

2.8 Types of Courses

The types of courses included in the undergraduate curriculum are divided into the following groups:

a. Core Courses: In each discipline, a number of courses are identified as core courses, which form the nucleus of the respective bachelor’s degree program. A student has to complete all the designated core courses of his/her discipline. b. Pre-requisite Courses: Some of the core courses are identified as prerequisite courses for a specific subject. c. Optional Courses: Apart from the core courses, the students can choose from a set of optional courses. A required number of optional courses from a specified group have to be chosen.

2.9 Course Offering and Instruction

2.9.1 The courses to be offered in a particular term are announced and published in the Course Catalog along with the tentative Term Schedule before the end of the previous term. The courses to be offered in any term will be decided by Board of Undergraduate Studies (BUGS) of the respective department.

2.9.2 Each course is conducted by a course teacher who is responsible for maintaining the expected standard of the course and for the assessment of students’ performance. Depending on the strength of registered students (i.e. on the number of students) enrolled for the course, the teacher concerned might have course associates and Teaching Assistants (TA) to aid in teaching and assessment. 2.10 Teacher Student Interaction

The new course system encourages students to come in close contact with the teachers. For promotion of a high level of teacher-student interaction, each student is assigned to an adviser

and the student is free to discuss all academic matters with his/her adviser. Students are also encouraged to meet any time with other teachers for help and guidance in academic matters. However, students are not allowed to interact with teachers after the moderation of questions.

2.11 Student Adviser

2.11.1 One adviser is normally appointed for a group of students by the BUGS of the concerned department. The adviser advises each student about the courses to be taken in

each term by discussing the academic program of that particular term with the student.

RESTRICTED

11

2.11.2 However, it is also the student’s responsibility to keep regular contact with his/her adviser who will review and eventually approve the student’s specific plan of study and monitor subsequent progress of the student. 2.11.3 For a student of second and subsequent terms, the number and nature of courses for which he/she can register is decided on the basis of academic performance during the

previous term. The adviser may permit the student to drop one or more courses based on previous academic performance.

2.12 Course Registration

2.12.1 Any student who uses classroom, laboratory facilities or faculty-time is required to register formally. Upon admission to the MIST, students are assigned to advisers. These advisers guide the students in choosing and registering courses.

2.12.2 Registration Procedure: At the commencement of each term, each student has to

register for courses in consultation with and under the guidance of his/her adviser. The date, time and venue of registration are announced in advance by the Registrar’s Office. Counseling and advising are accomplished at this time. It is absolutely essential that all the students be present for registration at the specified time.

2.12.3 Pre-conditions for Registration

a. For first year students, department-wise enrolment/ admission is mandatory prior to registration. At the beginning of the first term, an orientation program will be conducted for them where they are handed over with the registration package on

submission of the enrolment slip. b. Any student, other than the new batch, with outstanding dues to the MIST or a hall of residence is not permitted to register. Each student must clear their dues and obtain a clearance certificate, upon production of which, he/she will be given necessary Course Registration Forms to perform course registration. c. A student is allowed to register in a particular course subject to the class capacity constraints and satisfaction of pre-requisite courses. However, even if a student fails in a pre-requisite course in any term, the concerned department (BUGS) may allow him/her to register for a course which depends upon the pre-requisite course provided that his/her attendance and performance in the continuous assessment of the mentioned p re-requisite

course is found to be satisfactory.

2.12.4 Registration Deadline: Each student must register for the courses to be taken before the commencement of each term. Late registration is permitted only during the

first week of classes. Late registration after this date will not be accepted unless the student submits a written application to the registrar through the concerned Head of the department explaining the reasons for delay. Acceptable reasons may be medical

RESTRICTED

12

problems with supporting documents from the Medical Officer of MIST or some other academic commitments that prohibit enrollment prior to the last date of registration.

2.12.5 Penalty for Late Registration: Students who fail to register during the designated dates for registration are charged a late registration fee of Tk. 100.00 (One hundred only) per credit hours. Penalty for late registration will not be waived.

2.12.6 Limits on the Credit Hours to be taken

A student should be enrolled for at least 15 credit hours and is allowed to take a

maximum of 24 credit hours. Relaxation on minimum credit hours may be allowed. A student must enroll for the sessional courses prescribed in a particular term within the

allowable credit hour limits. In special cases where it is not possible to allot the minimum required 15 credit hours to a

student, the concerned department (BUGS) may permit with the approval of the Commandant, a lesser number of credit hours to suit individual requirements. Such cases are also applicable to students of Level 4 requiring less than 15 credit hours for graduation.

2.12.7 Course Add/ Drop

A student has some limited options to add or drop courses from the registration list. Addition of courses is allowed only within the first two weeks of a regular term and only

during the first week of a short term. Dropping a course is permitted within the first four weeks of a regular term and two weeks of a short term.

Any student willing to add or drop courses has to fill up a Course Adjustment Form. This

also has to be done in consultation with and under the guidance of the student’s respective adviser. The original copy of the Course Adjustment Form has to be submit ted to the Registrar’s Office, where the required numbers of photocopies are made for distribution to the concerned adviser, Head, Dean, Controller of Examinations and the student. All changes must be approved by the adviser and the Head of the concerned department. The Course Adjustment Form has to be submitted after being signed by the concerned

persons.

2.12.8 Withdrawal from a Term

If a student is unable to complete the Term Final Examination due to serious illness or serious accident, he/she may apply to the Head of the degree awarding department for total withdrawal from the term before commencement of term final examination.

However, application may be considered during term final examination in special case. The application must be supported by a medical certificate from the Medical Officer of MIST. The concerned student may opt for retaining the sessional courses of the term. The

RESTRICTED

13

Academic Council will take the final decision about such applications. However, the total duration for graduation will not exceed 6 academic years. 2.13 The Grading System

The total performance of a student in a given course is based on a scheme of continuous

assessment, for theory courses this continuous assessment is made through a set of quizzes, class tests, class evaluation, class participation, homework assignment and a term final examination. The assessments for sessional courses are made by evaluating performance of the student at work during the class, viva-voce during laboratory hours and quizzes. Besides that, at the end

there will be a final lab test. Each course has a certain number of credits, which describes its corresponding weightages. A student's performance is measured by the number of credits completed satisfactorily and by the weighted average of the grade points earned. A minimum grade point average (GPA) is essential for satisfactory progress. A minimum number of earned

credits also have to be acquired in order to qualify for the degree. Letter grades and corresponding grade points will be given as follows:

Numerical Markings Grade Grade Points

80% and above A+ 4.00

75% to below 80% A 3.75

70% to below 75% A- 3.50

65% to below 70% B+ 3.25

60% to below 65% В 3. 00

55% to below 60% B- 2.75

50% to below 55% C+ 2.50

45% to below 50% С 2. 25

40% to below 45% D 2.00

below 40% F* 0.00

Incomplete I -

Withdrawal W -

Project/ Thesis continuation X -

* Subject in which the student gets F grade shall not be regarded as earned credit hours for the calculation of Grade Point Average (GPA).

2.14 Distribution of Marks

2.14.1 Theory: Thirty percent (30%) of marks of a theoretical course shall be allotted

for continuous assessment, i.e. quizzes, home assignments, class tests, observations/ class participation and class attendance. These marks must be submitted to Office of the Controller of Examinations before commencement of final exam. The rest of the marks will be allotted to the Term Final Examination. The duration of final examination will be

three (03) hours. The scheme of continuous assessment that a particular teacher would follow for a course will be announced on the first day of the classes.

RESTRICTED

14

Distribution of marks for a given course per credit is as follows:

2.14.2 Sessional/Practical Examinations: Sessional courses are designed and conducted by the concerned departments. Examination on sessional/practical subjects

will be conducted by the respective department before the commencement of term final examination. The date of practical examination will be fixed by the respective department. Students will be evaluated in the sessional courses on the basis of the followings (all or as decided by the Examination Sub-Committee):

2.14.3 Sessional Course in English. The distribution will be as under:

2.15 Basis for awarding marks for class attendance:

This will be as follows:

Class Participation/ Observation 5%

Class Attendance 5%

Homework assignment/ Quizzes/ CTs 20%

Final Examination (Section A & B) 70%

Total 100

Class Attendance -

Class performance/observation -

Lab Test/Report Writing/project work/Assignment

-

Quiz Test -

Viva Voce -

Total 100%

Class Attendance -

Class performance/observation -

Written Assignment -

Oral Performance -

Listening Skill -

Group Presentation -

Viva Voce -

Total 100%

RESTRICTED

15

Attendance Marks

90% and above 100%

85% to less than 90% 80%



Below 75% 0%

2.16 Collegiate and Non-collegiate

Students having class attendance of 90% or above in individual subject will be treated as collegiate and less than 90% and up to 75% will be treated as non-collegiate in that subject. The non-collegiate student(s) may be allowed to appear in the examination subject to payment of

non-collegiate fee/fine of an amount fixed by MIST/BUP. Students having class attendance below 75% will be treated as dis-collegiate and will not be allowed to appear in the examination and treated as fail. But in a special case such students may be allowed to appear in the examination with the permission of Commandant and it must be approved by the Academic

Council. 2.17 Calculation of GPA

Grade Point Average (GPA) is the weighted average of the grade points obtained of all the

courses passed/completed by a student. For example, if a student passes/completes n courses in a

term having credits of C1, C2, … , Cn and his grade points in these courses are G1, G2, … , Gn

respectively then

The Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) is the weighted average of the GPA obtained in all the terms passed/completed by a student. For example, if a student passes/ completes n terms having

total credits of TC1, TC2, … , TCn and his GPA in these terms are GPA 1, GPA2, GPAn respectively

then

2.17.1 Numerical Example

Suppose a student has completed eight courses in a term and obtained the following grades:

Course Credits, Ci Grade Grade Gi Points, CI*Gi

AEAS 110 1.50 A- 3.50 5.250

AEAS 101 3.00 A+ 4.00 12.000

RESTRICTED

16

CHEM 105 3.00 A 3.75 11.250

MATH 121 3.00 B 3.00 9.000

HUM 111 3.00 B- 2.75 8.250

HUM 103 3.00 B 3.00 9.000

PHY 11 5 3.00 A+ 4.00 12.000

CSE112 1.50 A 3.75 5.625

Total 21.00 72.375

GPA = 72.375/ 21.00 = 3.45

Suppose a student has completed four terms and obtained the following GPA.

Level Term Credit

Earned,TCi

Hours GPA Earned,

GPAi GPAi*TCi

1 1 21.00 3.73 78.330

1 2 20.50 3.93 80.565

2 1 19.75 3.96 78.210

2 2 20.25 4.00 81.000

Total 81.50 318.105

CGPA = 318.105/81.50 = 3.90

2.18 Minimum Earned Credit and GPA Requirement for Obtaining Degree

Minimum credit hour requirements for the award of bachelor degree in engineering (B.Sc. Engineering) and other discipline will be decided as per existing rules. The minimum CGPA requirement for obtaining a Bachelor degree in engineering and other discipline is 2.20.

2.19 Minimum Earned Credit and GPA Requirement for Obtaining Degree

Minimum credit hour requirements for the award of bachelor degree in engineering (B.Sc. Engineering) and other discipline will be decided as per existing rules. The minimum GPA requirement for obtaining a Bachelor's degree in Engineering and Architecture is 2.20.

2.20 Impacts of Grade Earned

a. The courses in which a student has earned a ‘D’ or a higher grade will be counted as credits earned by him/her. Any course in which a student has obtained an ‘F’ grade will

not be counted towards his/her earned credits or GPA calculation. However, the ‘F’ grade will remain permanently on the Grade Sheet and the Transcript.

b. A student who obtains an ‘F’ grade in a core course will have to repeat that particular course. However, if a student gets an ‘F’ in an optional course, he/she may choose to

repeat that course or take a substitute course if available. When a student will repeat a

RESTRICTED

17

course in which he/she has previously obtained an ‘F’, he/she will not be eligible to get a grade better than ‘B+’ in that repeated course.

c. If a student obtains a grade lower than ‘B+’ in a particular course he/she will be allowed to repeat the course only once for the purpose of grade improvement. However, he/she will not be eligible to get a grade better than ‘B+’ for an improvement course.

d. A student will be permitted to repeat for grade improvement purposes a maximum of 6 courses in B.Sc. Engineering programs and a maximum of 7 courses in B. Arch. program.

e. If a student obtains a ‘B+’ or a better grade in any course he/she will not be allowed to repeat the course for the purpose of grade improvement.

2.21 Classification of Students

2.21.1 At MIST, regular students are classified according to the number of credit hours completed/ earned towards a degree. The following classification applies to all the students:

Leve l Credit Hours Earned

Engineering Architecture

Le vel 1 0.0 to 36.0 0.0 to 34.0 Le vel 2 More than 36.0 to 72.0 More than 34.0 to 72.0

Le vel 3 More than 72.0 to 108.0 More than 72.0 to 110.0 Le vel 4 More than 108.0 More than 110.0 to 147.0

Le vel 5 More than 147.0

2.21.2 However, before the commencement of each term all students other than new batch are classified into three categories:

Category 1: This category consists of students who have passed all the courses

described for the term. A student belonging to this category will be eligible to register for all courses prescribed for the upcoming term. Category 2: This category consists of students who have earned a minimum of 15 credits but do not belong to category 1. A student belonging to this category is advised

to take at least one course less since he might have to register for one or more backlog courses as prescribed by his/her adviser. Category 3: This category consists of students who have failed to earn the minimum required 15 credits in the previous term. A student belonging to this category is advised to take at least two courses less than a category 1 student subject to the constraint of registering at least 15 credits. However, he will also be required to register for backlog

courses as prescribed by the adviser.

2.21.3 Definition of Graduating Student: Graduating students are those students who will have ≤ 24 credit hour for completing the degree requirement.

RESTRICTED

18

2.22 Performance Evaluation

i. The performance of a student will be evaluated in terms of two indices, viz. Term Grade Point Average and Cumulative Grade Point Average which is the grade average for all the terms completed.

ii. Students will be considered to be making normal progress toward a degree if their Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) for all work attempted is 2.20 or higher. Students who regularly maintain a term GPA of 2.20 or better are making good progress toward the degrees and are in good standing with MIST. Students who fail to maintain this minimum rate of progress will not be in good standing. This can happen when any one of the following conditions exists. a. The term GPA falls below 2.20. b. The Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) falls below 2.20.

c. The earned number of credits falls below 15 times the number of terms attended. iii. All such students can make up their deficiencies in GPA and credit requirements by

completing courses in the subsequent term(s) and backlog courses, if there are any, with better grades. When the minimum GPA and credit requirements are achieved the student is again returned to good standing.

2.23 Application for Graduation and Award of Degree

A student who has fulfilled all the academic requirements for Bachelor’s degree will have to apply to the Controller of Examinations through his/her Adviser for graduation. Provisional Degree will be awarded by BUP on completion of credit and GPA requirements.

2.24 Time Limits for Completion of Bachelor’s Degree

A student must complete his studies within a maximum period of six years for engineering and seven years for architecture.

2.25 Attendance, Conduct and Discipline

MIST has strict rules regarding the issues of attendance in class and discipline.

Attendance: All students are expected to attend classes regularly. The university believes that attendance is necessary for effective learning. The first responsibility of a student is to attend classes regularly and one is required to attend the classes as per MIST rules. Conduct and Discipline: During their stay in MIST all students are required to abide by the

existing rules, regulations and code of conduct. Students are strictly forbidden to form or be members of student organization or political party, club, society etc., other than those set up by MIST authority in order to enhance student’s physical, intellectual, moral and ethical

RESTRICTED

19

development. Zero tolerance in regards of sexual abuse and harassment in any forms and drug abuse and addiction are strictly observed in the campus.

2.26 Teacher-Student Interaction

The academic system in MIST encourages students to come in close contact with the teachers. For promotion of high level of teacher-student’s interaction, a course coordinator (CC) is assigned to each course. Students are free to discuss with CC about all academic matters.

Students are also encouraged to meet other teachers any time for help and guidance for academic matters. Heads of the departments, Director of Administration, Director of Students Welfare (DSW), Dean and Commandant address the students at some intervals. More so, monthly Commandant's Parade is organized in MIST where all faculty members, staff and students are

formed up, thereby increasing teacher-student interaction.

2.27 Absence during a Term

A student should not be absent from quizzes, tests, etc. during the term. Such absence will

naturally lead to reduction in points/marks, which count towards the final grade. Absence in the Term Final Examination will result in an F grade in the corresponding course. A student who has been absent for short periods, up to a maximum of three weeks due to illness, should approach the course teacher(s) or the course coordinator(s) for make-up quizzes or assignments

immediately upon return to classes. Such request has to be supported by medical certificate from competent authority (e.g. СМH/MIST Medical Officer).

2.28 Recognition of Performance

As recognition of performance and ensure continued studies MIST awards medals, scholarships and stipends will be given as per existing rules and practices.

2.29 Types of Different Examination

Following different types of final Examinations will be conducted in MIST to evaluate the students of Undergraduate Programs:

a. Term Final Examination: At the end of each normal term (after 22wk or so),

term final examination will be held. Students will appear in the term final examination for all the theory courses they have taken in the term.

b. Short Term Examination: Short Term may be conducted after one week completion of Term 2 final examination. Students will be allowed to take maximum three theoretical courses in the Short Term. Examination will be conducted at the end of Short

Term (6th

week class). However, Head of concerned department with the approval of Commandant may decide to take Supplementary examination instead of Short Term. No Laboratory/ Sessional Courses can be taken in short term.

RESTRICTED

20

c. Supplementary Examination: It will take place once in a year, after each term-I final break. It should be completed within first 3 weeks of a new term. Students will be

allowed to appear this examination for one subject at a time. Graduating students will be allowed to appear maximum two subjects during supplementary examination in their last Term. However, Head of the concerned department with the approval of Commandant

may decide to take another Supplementary Examination instead of Short Term. In that case, a student will be allowed to take only one failed course in the particular Supplementary Examination. This examination will be conducted in the previous week of

the beginning of Term I. Highest achieved grade for all courses of Supplementary Examination will be B+.

d. Improvement Examination: It will be taken during supplementary and short

term examination. Questions will be same as the question of the regular examination of that Short Term Final Examination (if any). Student can take two subject at a time and maximum 6 subjects in the whole academic duration. If a student obtains a grade lower

than ‘B+’ in a course, he/she will be allowed to repeat the course only once for grade improvement. However, he/she will not be eligible to get a grade better then ‘B+’ for an improvement course. Among the previous result and improvement examination result,

best one will be considered as final result for an individual student. However, performance of all examination i.e. previous to improvement examination, shall be reflected in the transcript.

e. Self-Study Course Examination: Only graduating students (level-4) will be

allowed to appear at Self Study course examination. It will be taken with Term Final Examination. No regular class will be arranged for this, but teachers will be assigned for supervising and guiding the students for study, conducting class test/quiz and regular

assessment for 30% marks. Maximum two theory courses may be taken as self-study course by a student. Highest achieved grade for these courses will be B+. In that case a student will be allowed to take maximum 24 credits instead of 15 in the last Term of his/her graduation.

f. Special Referred Examination: Since course system will start from 1st

Term of

2018, for all casualty cases like referred, backlog, failed courses, level repeat students will be given chance to clear their respective all failed courses by appearing in this examination. It will be held after the confirmation of the result of Term-II Final Examination of 2017 and before starting of the class of the Term-I of 2018. Students of all levels, failed in any courses even after appearing in Special Referred Examination-1, will be allowed to re-appear again in the failed courses during Special Referred Examination-2 to be held during Mid Term break of Term-1 of 2018. Student of Level-4 of 2017, failed in any courses even after appearing in these two referred examinations, will be allowed to clear failed courses as a last chance, during Term-1 final examination of 2018 (as a Special Referred Examination-3). Students of other levels, failed in any

courses even after appearing in two Special Referred Examinations, will be allowed to clear these failed courses as per normal rules of course system (either by retaking these courses or appearing at the supplementary Examination). Highest grade for courses in all these examinations will be ‘B+’.

RESTRICTED

21

2.30 Rules of Different Examinations

2.30.1 Term Final Examination: Following rules to be followed:

a. Registration to be completed before commencement of the class. A student has to register his

desired courses paying registration, examination fee and other related fees.

b. Late registration will be allowed without penalty within first one week of the term.

c. Within 1st

two weeks of a term a student can Add/Drop course/courses. To add a course, in the 3rd week, one has to register the course by paying additional fees. To drop a course, one has to apply within three weeks and paid fees will be adjusted/ refunded. If anyone wants to drop a course after three weeks and within 4 weeks, that will be permitted but paid fees will not be refunded in that case.

d. Registrar office will finalize registration of all courses within 7 (seven) weeks, issue registration slip and that will be followed by issuing Admit Card.

e. Term Final Examination to be conducted in the 18-20th

week of the term as per approved Academic Calendar.

2.30.2 Short Term Examination: Following rules to be followed: a. Short Term for period of 6 weeks may be offered by a department after one week of

completion of Term II Final Examination. b. Short Term Final Examination is to be conducted on 7

th week of Short Term.

c. Only repeat course can be offered, not any fresh course.

d. Classes will be arranged for the students who register a failed course in the Short Term.

e. After 6 (six) weeks of class, in the 7th

week short Term Examination will be held. Academic calendar for this Short Term will be declared by the Department during the Mid-Term break of Term-II.

f. One student can take only three (failed/improvement) courses at a time in the Short Term.

g. Students will have to complete registration of course for Short Term by paying all the fees, before starting of the Term-II final Exam.

h. Graduating students may register for Short Term examinations after finalization of result of T 2 final examination.

i. Maximum grading will be ‘B+’.

j. Question Setting, Moderation, Result Publication will be done following the same rules of Term Final Exam as per Exam Policy. Separate Tabulation sheet will be made for this examination.

k. However, Head of concerned department with the approval of Commandant may decide to take Supplementary Examination instead of Short Term.

2.30.3 Supplementary Examination: Following rules to be followed:

a. After the final break of every Term-I, Supplementary Examination will be held (once in a year).

b. Examination will be taken on 70% marks like Term Final examination. Remaining 30% marks on continuous assessment earned previously in that particular course will be

counted. If a student fails in a course more than once in regular terms, then best one of a ll continuous assessment marks will be counted.

RESTRICTED

22

c. A student will be allowed to take one course at a time for each supplementary examination, but in the graduating Term one student can take two courses if required.

d. Highest grade of supplementary examination will be ‘B+’. e. Registration for supplementary courses to be done during the mid-term break of Term 1,

paying the required fees. f. Examination will be completed after Term I End break within three weeks of Term II. g. If any student fails in a course, he can clear the course retaking it 2nd time or, he can clear

the examination appearing at the supplementary examination as well. But anyone fails twice in a course consecutively, he has to take approval of Academic Council of MIST for appearing third/last time in a course and need to pay extra financial penalty.

h. If anyone fails in the sessional course, that course cannot be cleared in the supplementary examination.

i. Question setting, Moderation, Result Publication will be done following the same rules of Term Final Examination as per Examination Policy.

j. However, Head of the concerned department with the approval of Commandant may decide to take another Supplementary Examination instead of Short Term. In that case, a

student will be allowed to take only one failed course in that particular Supplementary Examination. This examination will be conducted in the previous week of the beginning of Term 1. Registration of that Supplementary Examination should be completed during registration of Short Term course.

2.30.4 Improvement Examination: Following rules to be followed:

a. Any student gets a grading below ‘B+’ and desires to improve that course, he will be

allowed to appear the improvement examination for that particular course.

b. Highest grade of Improvement examination will be ‘B+’. c. One student is allowed to appear at Improvement exam in 6 (six) courses in his whole

graduation period taking maximum two courses at a time.

d. For Improvement examination, registration is to be done before Term 2 Final

Examination with the Short Term Courses or, during the registration of Supplementary Courses by paying all the fees.

e. Improvement examination to be taken during the supplementary and short term

examinations. f. Choice of Improvement course is restricted within the offered courses of that Short Term

by the Departments and in two courses at a time. g. Question Setting, Moderation and Result Publication to be done with courses of regular

Term Final Examination.

2.30.5 Self-Study Course and Examination: Following Rules to be followed:

a. An irregular student for completion of his graduation can take maximum two repeat courses as self-study course in the graduating Term if he desires and is accepted by

department. b. One student can take maximum 24 credit hours course in the graduating Term to

complete his graduation.

c. Registration for self-study course by paying all fees must be completed with other course of regular Term.

RESTRICTED

23

d. To run the self-study course, concerned Department will assign one teacher each for every self-study course offered. No regular theory class will be held, but that assigned

teacher will take necessary class Tests, Quiz Test and give attendance and observation marks to give 30% marks at the end of the Term. For remaining 70% marks written

examination will be taken with the Term Final Examination. e. Assigned teacher for self-study examination will be responsible for setting questions of

70% marks and other examination formalities.

f. Question Setting, Moderation, and Result Publication to be done with courses of Term Final Examination.

g. Grading of Self Study course and examination will be maximum ‘B+’.

2.30.6 Special Referred Examination: Following rules will be followed:

a. Immediately after the finalization of result of Term-2 final exam of 2017, for all

failed/leftover courses, special referred examination will be arranged and students will have to register the courses for the examination by paying required fees and charges.

Following the registration, Admit Card will be issued. b. Examination will be held before commencement of Term-1 of 2018. c. One student can appear at all of his failed courses (Referred/Backlog) in the Referred

Examination including present level-repeat students. d. Highest grade for all courses in this Examination will be ‘B+’.

e. Question Setting, Moderation and Result Publication will be done following the same rules of Term Final Examination as per Examination Policy.

f. Separate Tabulation Sheet will be made for this special referred examination.

2.31 Irregular Graduation

If any graduating student clears his/her failed course in Term-1 and his graduation requirements are fulfilled, his graduation will be effective from the result publication date of Term-1 and that student will be allowed to apply for provisional certificate.

RESTRICTED

24

CHAPTER 3

DEPARTMENT OF PETROLEUM AND MINING ENGINEERING (PME)

3.1 Introduction to the program The Department of Petroleum and Mining Engineering (PME) offers Bachelor of Science in

Petroleum and Mining engineering which is one the top university level programs among the

engineering universities in Bangladesh. The Department of Petroleum & Mining Engineering has

planned to start its academic work in the year 2016 with the objective to produce qualified

personnel in the field of Petroleum & Mining Engineering, skilled enough to quantify the oil, gas

and mineral resources and to develop those resources for proper exploitation. The program is

designed to prepare graduates for national and international field of Petroleum and Mining

Engineering.

Petroleum and Mining Engineering plays a vital role in all fields of modern human activities. It

has established itself as one of the most important branches of engineering. The Petroleum and

Mining Engineering undergraduate program provides an excellent technical background for

persons who want to work in the fields of Reservoir, Drilling, Production, Refining, LNG, LPG,

and Mining. In addition to lectures and practical sessions in the class room, the undergraduate

program also includes industrial/educational visits to different reputed industries/places both

home and abroad. The new generation of Petroleum and Mining engineers is encouraged to

undertake research and development activities in the above areas and this department is

committed to the study and analysis of fundamental as well as applied problems. Problems of

military and national importance have consequently received great emphasis in the activities of

this department. In addition to the above there is opportunity for postgraduate studies and research leading to

higher degrees i.e. M. Sc. (Engg), M. Engg, and Ph.D.

3.2 Vision and Mission of the Program

Vision: The department of Petroleum and Mining Engineering intends to be nationally recognized

through education and research programs in both petroleum and mining discipline. The vision is

to see the energy industry of the country to be transformed through our graduates and researchers

by translating fundamental scientific discovery into applied industry applications.

Mission:

1. To guide all efforts aiming to build, sustain, incorporate, convey and apply petroleum and

mining engineering knowledge, and to augment the human resources of these disciplines

and thus to help ensuring the nation an energy-secure future that balances environmental

impact and affordable energy supply.

2. To foster an environment in which students learn to think, conduct research, apply

knowledge and achieve success in a diverse and changing global economy.

3. To guide the students develop themselves as professionals with high ethical and moral

values.

RESTRICTED

25

3.3 Program Objectives

The Graduates of Petroleum and Mining Engineering department will be able:

1. To solve critical technical problems related to Petroleum and Mining Engineering.

2. To build up successful professional careers in oil, gas and minerals industries.

3. To pursue continuous learning through professional development, practical training

and specialized certifications.

4. To undertake post graduate and doctorate and excel in academic and research careers.

5. To positively contribute in national and global socio economic development.

3.4 Learning Outcomes

Based on the suggestion of Board of Accreditation for Engineering and Technical Education (BAETE), Bangladesh, the Bachelor in Petroleum and Mining Engineering (PME) program will have following learning outcomes:

1) Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering

fundamentals and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems. 2) Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, research the literature and analyze complex

engineering problems and reach substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, the natural sciences and the engineering sciences. 3) Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate consideration for public health and safety as well as cultural, societal and environmental concerns. 4) Investigation: Conduct investigations of complex problems, considering design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data and synthesis of information to provide valid conclusions. 5) Modern tool usage: Create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources and

modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modeling to complex engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations. 6) The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by contextual knowledge to

assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to professional engineering practice. 7) Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of professional engineering

solutions in societal and environmental contexts and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for sustainable development. 8) Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics, responsibilities and the norms of the engineering practice.

RESTRICTED

26

9) Individual work and teamwork: Function effectively as an individual and as a member or leader of diverse teams as well as in multidisciplinary settings. 10) Communication: Communicate effectively about complex engineering activities with the engineering community and with society at large. Be able to comprehend and write effective reports, design documentation, make effective presentations and give and receive clear instructions. 11) Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work as a member or a leader of a team to manage projects in multidisciplinary environments. 12) Life-long learning: Recognize the need for and have the preparation and ability to

engage in independent, life- long learning in the broadest context of technological change.

3.5 Generic Skills

1. Apply the principles and theory of Petroleum and Mining Engineering knowledge to

the requirements, design and development of different oil, gas and minerals recovery

systems with appropriate understanding.

2. Define and use appropriate research methods and modern tools to conduct a specific

project.

3. Learn independently, be self- aware and self- manage their time and workload.

4. Apply critical thinking to solve complex engineering problems.

5. Analyze real time problems and justify the appropriate use of technology.

6. Work effectively with others and exhibit social responsibility.

RESTRICTED

27

3.6 Curriculum/ Skill Mapping

Identify, formulate and analyze

engineering problems

Application of engineering

knowledge for problem solving

Design and development solution

for complex engineering problems

Conduct investigation to provide

valid conclusions

Engineering Knowledge

Development and use of modern

engineering tools and design

method

Achieve life-long learning in the

field of Petroleum and Mining

Engineering and to contribute in

socio- economic development

RESTRICTED

28

CHAPTER 4

COURSE CURRICULUM OF BACHELOR IN PETROLEUM AND MINING

ENGINEERING

4.1 Course Schedule

Keeping the above mentioned program outcome, the course schedule for the undergraduate students of the Department of Petroleum and Mining Engineering (PME) is given below:

Distribution of Credits among Major Fields

Level/ Term Humanities Math Basic

Science

(Phy,

Chem)

Other

Engg.

(ME,

CSE,

EECE)

Dept.

Engg.

Courses

Total

1-I 2.00+1.00=3.00 3.00 3.00 1.50+1.50

=3.00

3.00+3.00+1.5

0=7.50

19.50

1-II 3.00 3.00 3.00+3.00

+1.50+1.5

0=9.00

- 3.00+1.50=4.5 19.50

2-I 4.00 3.00+1.50=

4.50

3.00+3.00+3.0

0+1.5+0.75

=11.25

19.75

2-II 2.00 2.00+0.75+

3.00+0.75=

6.50

2.00+3.00+3.0

0+1.5+1.5=11

.00

19.50

3-I 19.50 19.50

3-II 21.75 21.75

4-1 20.50 20.50

4-II 21.50 21.50

% Of Total

Course 4.95 6.19 7.43 8.67 72.76 100

Total Credit

Hour

8.00 10.00 12.00 14.00 117.50 161.50

RESTRICTED

29

4.2 Distribution of Contact Hours and Credit Hours in Eight Terms

Level/Term Theory

Contact

Hours

Sessional Contact Hours

Theory Credit Hours

Sessional Credit Hours

Total Contact Hours

Total Credit Hours

1/I 14 11 14 5.5 25 19.50

1/II 15 9 15 4.5 24 19.50

2/I 16 7.5 16 3.75 23.5 19.75

2/II 15 9 15 4.5 24 19.50

3/I 15 9 15 4.5 24 19.50

3/II 18 6.00+4 weeks 18 3.75

24.00+ 4 weeks

21.75

4/I 15 11 15 5.5 26 20.50

4/II 16 11 16 5.5 27 21.50

124.00

73.50+4 weeks 124.00 37.50

197.50+4 weeks 161.50

4.3 Final Year Project/Thesis

Project/thesis will have to be undertaken by students under a supervisor in partial fulfillment of the requirement of his/her degree. Credits allotted to the project/thesis will be 4.5 corresponding to 9 contact hours.

RESTRICTED

30

4.4 Distribution of Courses in Levels and Terms

Level-1, Term-1

Sl

No

Course

No

Course Title Contact

hour/week

Credits

THEORY

1 Chem 171 Basic Chemistry 3 3

2 Hum 171 Fundamental English 2 2

3 Math 171 Differential Calculus, Integral Calculus

and Matrices

3 3

4 PME 111 Geology for Petroleum and Mining

Engineers

3 3

5 PME 113 Introduction to Petroleum and Mining

Engineering

3 3

SESSIONAL/LABORATORY

1 ME 178 Engineering Drawing and CAD 3 1.5

2 ME 176 Workshop Practice 3 1.5

3 PME 112 Geology Laboratory 3 1.5

4 Hum 172 Developing English Language Skills 2 1

25.00 19.50

Contact Hours: 14 (Theo) + 11.00 (Lab) = 25 hours/week No of Theory Courses = 5

Total Credits = 19.50 No of Laboratory Courses = 4

Level-1, Term-2

Sl

No

Course

No


hour/week

Credits

THEORY

1 Chem173 Petroleum Chemistry 3 3

2 Hum 173 Economics and Accounting 3 3

3 Math 173 Vector Analysis, Geometry and

Engineering Statistics

3 3

4 Phy 171 Physics 3 3

5 PME 123 Reservoir Rock and Fluid Properties 3 3


1 Chem 172 Chemistry Laboratory 3 1.5

2 Phy 172 Physics Laboratory 3 1.5

3 PME 124 Reservoir Rock and Fluid Properties

Laboratory

3 1.5

24.00 19.50



RESTRICTED

31

Level-2, Term-1

Sl

No

Course No Course Title Contact

hour/week

Credits

THEORY

1 EECE 271 Fundamentals of Electrical and Electronic

Engineering

3 3

2 Math 271 Differential Equations, Fourier Analysis,

Laplace Transform and Numerical Analysis

4 4

3 PME 211 Engineering Mechanics 3 3

4 PME 213 Petroleum Engineering Thermodynamics 3 3

5 PME 215 Rock Mechanics for Mining and Petroleum

Engineers

3 3


1 EECE 272 Electrical and Electronic Engineering

Laboratory

3 1.5

2 PME 216 Rock Mechanics Laboratory 3 1.5

3 PME 218 Drilling Fluid Laboratory 1.5 0.75

23.50 19.75

Contact Hours: 16 (Theo) + 7.50 (Lab) = 23.5 hours/week No of Theory Courses = 5


Level-2, Term-2

Sl

No

Course

No


hour/week

Credits

THEORY

1 CSE 271 Introduction to Computer Programming 2 2

2 PME 223 Exploration Geophysics 2 2

3 ME 271 Fluid Mechanics 3 3

4 PME 227 Mining system 3 3

5 PME 229 Strength of Materials 3 3

6 Hum 271 Sociology 2 2


1 CSE 272 Computer Programming Sessional 1.5 0.75

2 PME 224 Exploration Geophysics Laboratory 3 1.5

3 PME228 Mining System Laboratory 3 1.5

4 ME 272 Fluid Mechanics Laboratory 1.5 0.75

24.00 19.5



RESTRICTED

32

Level-3, Term-1

Sl

No

Course

No


hour/week

Credits

THEORY

1 PME 311 Mine Instrumentation and Machinery 3 3

2 PME 313 Shaft Sinking and Tunneling 3 3

3 PME 315 Well Logging and Formation Evaluation 3 3

4 PME 317 Drilling Engineering 3 3

5 PME 319 Heat Transfer and Mass Transfer 3 3


1 PME 312 Mine Instrumentation and Machineries

Laboratory

3 1.5

2 PME 316 Well Logging and Formation Evaluation

Laboratory

3 1.5

3 PME 318 Rig Floor Simulation Laboratory 3 1.5

24.00 19.50



Level-3, Term-2

Sl

No

Course

No


hour/week

Credits

THEORY

1 PME 321 Petroleum Production Engineering 3 3

2 PME 323 Natural Gas Processing and LNG

Technology

3 3

3 PME 325 Reservoir Engineering 4 4

4 PME 327 Mine Survey 3 3

5 PME 329 Health, Safety and Environment in Petroleum

and Mining Industries

2 2

6 PME 3211 Rock Blasting and Explosive Technology 3 3


1 PME 324 Natural Gas Processing and LPG Laboratory 3 1.50

2 PME 328 Mining Survey Laboratory 3 1.50

3 PME 320 Industrial Training 4 weeks 0.75

24.00 21.75



RESTRICTED

33

Level-4, Term-1

Sl

No

Course No Course Title Contact

hour/week

Credits

THEORY

1 PME 411 Well Test Analysis 3 3

2 PME 413 Reservoir Modeling and Simulation 3 3

3 PME 415 Mine Ventilation and Environmental

Engineering

3 3

4 PME 417 Petroleum Refining and LPG Technology 4 4

5 PME 419 Professional Practices and Communication 2 2


1 PME 400 Project / Thesis- Part: I 3 1.5

2 PME 412 Integrated Design Project- Part: I 2 1

3 PME 414 Reservoir Modeling and Simulation

Sessional

3 1.5

4 PME 416 Mine Ventilation and Environmental

Engineering Laboratory

3 1.5

26.00 20.50



Level-4, Term-2

Sl No Course No Course Title Contact

hour/week

Credits

THEORY

1 PME 421 Evaluation and Management of Petroleum

and Mining Projects

3 3

2 PME 423 Transmission and Distribution of Natural

Gas

3 3

3 PME 425 Enhanced Oil and Gas Recovery

Techniques

2 2

4 PME 427 Minerals Processing 3 3

5 PME 429 Ground Water Managements in Mining 2 2

6 PME 4211 Mine Planning and Design 3 3


1 PME 400 Project / Thesis- Part: II 6 3

2 PME 412 Integrated Design Project- Part: II 2 1

3 PME 428 Minerals Processing Laboratory 3 1.5

27.00 21.50

Contact Hours: 16 (Theo) + 11.0 (Lab) = 27.00 hours/week No of Theory Courses = 6


RESTRICTED

34

CHAPTER 5

DETAIL OUTLINE OF UNDERGRADUATE COURSES

Level-1, Term-1

Chem 171: Basic Chemistry

3.00 Contact Hour; 3.00 Credit Hour

Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

Chemistry is the molecular science. Chemists believe that the best understanding of the

properties of matter comes from study at the molecular level. Chemistry provides the basic

principles that govern the structure (and therefore the behavior and reactivity) of molecules.

Objective:

1. General familiarity with the following areas in chemistry: analytical, inorganic,

organic and physical.

2. The basic analytical and technical skills to work al and technical skills to work

effectively in the various fields of chemistry.

3. The ability to perform accurate quantitative measurements with an understanding of

the theory and use of contemporary chemical instrumentation, interpret experimental

results, perform calculations on these results and draw reasonable, accurate

conclusions.

4. The ability to synthesize, separate and characterize compounds using published

reactions, protocols, standard laboratory equipment, and modern instrumentation.

5. The ability to use information technology tools such as the Internet and computer-

based literature searches as well as printed literature resources to locate and retrieve

scientific information needed for laboratory or theoretical work.

Course Learning Outcomes (CO):

On successful completion of this course students will be able to:

1) Recognize the main terminology, concepts and techniques that applies to Chemistry

founded on a theory based understanding of mathematics and the natural and physical

sciences

2) Apply a critical-thinking and problem-solving approach towards the main principles

of Chemistry demonstrated through appropriate and relevant assessment

3) Apply theoretical and practice skills in data analysis used for real problems through

case studies based on empirical evidence and the scientific approach to knowledge

development

RESTRICTED

35

4) Demonstrate the ability to suggest approaches and strategies for the assessment and

quantification of Chemistry uncertainty and data management validated against

national or international standards

5) Perform, analyze and optimize reaction rate by using commercial software that is

commonly used in the industry to develop competency in the use of technology

Course Contents:

Atomic Structure: The structure of atom, Nuclear charge and atomic number, Rutherford’s

nuclear model of atom, Bohr’s model, Quantum number, Electronic configuration of

elements, Pauli’s exclusion principle, Hund’s rule.

Periodic Classification of Elements: Periodic Table, Modern Periodic law, Ionization

potential, Electron affinity, Electro negativity, Position of hydrogen, Inert gases, Lanthanides

and Actinides in the Periodic table, Properties of different types of elements in the light of

electronic configuration.

Chemical Bonds: Electronic theory of valances, Different types of bonds, Ionic bonds,

Covalent bonds, Co-ordination bonds, Metallic bonds and Hydrogen bonds, Hybridization,

Hybridization of atomic orbital.

Acids and Bases: Arrhenius concept, Bronsted-Lowery concept, Lewis concept, dissociation

constant, pH, buffer solution etc., Acid-base indicators.

Chemical Equilibrium and Kinetics: Chemical equilibrium and Equilibrium Constants,

Law of mass-action, Units of equilibrium constants, Application of law of mass-action to

Homogeneous and Heterogeneous Equilibrium, Le-Chotelier Principle, Determinations of

Kp, Kc, Rate of reaction, Order and Molecular of reactions, Rate Equations for First, Second

and Third order reactions, Chain reactions, Determination of order and rate constant of

reaction, Collision theory of reaction rates, Theory of animalcular reactions.

Oxidation and Reduction Reactions: Definitions, Oxidation state and Oxidation number,

Balancing of oxidation reduction equation, Equivalent weight of oxidizing and reducing

agents.

Electrochemistry: Electrochemical cell, Electrode potential, Oxidation-reduction potential

e.g. of cell, Reversible and Irreversible cell, Reversible electrodes, Application,

Measurements, Concentration cell, Determination of activity and activity coefficient.

Teaching-Learning Strategy:

Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

RESTRICTED

36

Study Tour

Final Examination

Assessment Strategy & Their Weights:

Assessment Method (100%)

Class Assessment

Class Participation 05

Class Attendance 05

Class Tests/Assignment/Presentation 20

Examination

Final Examination 70

Mapping of Course Learning Outcomes (CO) and Program Learning Outcomes (PO):

Course Learning Outcomes (CO) Program Learning Outcomes (PO)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.

Recognize the main terminology,

concepts and techniques that

applies to Chemistry on a theory

based understanding of

mathematics and the natural and

physical sciences

√

2.

Apply a critical-thinking and

problem-solving approach

towards the main principles of

Chemistry demonstrated through

appropriate and relevant

assessment

√

3.

Apply theoretical and practice

skills in data analysis used for

real problems through case

studies based on empirical

evidence and the scientific

approach to knowledge

development

√

4.

Demonstrate the ability to

suggest approaches and

strategies for the assessment and

quantification of chemicals and

data management validated

against national or international

standards

√

5.

Perform, analyze and optimize

reaction rate by using

commercial software that is

commonly used in the industry

to develop competency in the use

of technology

√

RESTRICTED

37

Lecture Schedule:

Lecture Lecture Topic

Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1

CT-1

Lecture-1 Atomic Structure: The structure of atom, Nuclear charge and

atomic number, Rutherford’s nuclear model of atom

Lecture-2 Bohr’s model

Lecture-3 Quantum number

Week-2

Lecture-4 Electronic configuration of elements

Lecture-5 Pauli’s exclusion principle

Lecture-6 Hund’s rule.

Week-3

Lecture-7 Periodic Classification of Elements: Periodic Table, Modern

Periodic law, Ionization potential, Electron affinity

Lecture-8 Electro negativity

Lecture-9 Position of hydrogen

Week-4

Lecture-10 Inert gases

Lecture-11 Lanthanides and Actinides in the Periodic table

Lecture-12 Properties of different types of elements in the light of electronic

configuration

Week-5

CT-2

Lecture-13 Chemical Bonds: Electronic theory of valances, Different types of

bonds, Ionic bonds

Lecture-14 Covalent bonds

Lecture-15 Co-ordination bonds

Week-6

Lecture-16 Metallic bonds and Hydrogen bonds

Lecture-17 Hybridization

Lecture-18 Hybridization of atomic orbital

Week-7

Lecture-19 Acids and Bases: Arrhenius concept, Bronsted-Lowery concept,

Lewis concept, dissociation constant

Lecture-20 pH, buffer solution etc

Lecture-21 Acid-base indicators

Week-8

Lecture-22 Chemical Equilibrium and Kinetics: Chemical equilibrium and

Equilibrium Constants, Law of mass-action,

Lecture-23 Units of equilibrium constants

Lecture-24 Application of law of mass-action to Homogeneous and

Heterogeneous Equilibrium

Week-9

Lecture-25 Application of law of mass-action to Homogeneous and

RESTRICTED

38

Heterogeneous Equilibrium

CT-3

Lecture-26 Le-Chotelier Principle

Lecture-27 Determinations of Kp, Kc, Rate of reaction

Week-10

Lecture-28 Order and Molecular of reactions

Lecture-29 Rate Equations for First, Second and Third order reactions,

Lecture-30 Chain reactions

Week-11

Lecture-31 Determination of order and rate constant of reaction

Lecture-32 Collision theory of reaction rates

Lecture-33 Theory of animalcular reactions

Week-12

Lecture-34 Oxidation and Reduction Reactions: Definitions, Oxidation state

and Oxidation number

Lecture-35 Balancing of oxidation reduction equation

Lecture-36 Equivalent weight of oxidizing and reducing agents

Week-13

CT-4

Lecture-37 Electrochemistry: Electrochemical cell, Electrode potential,

Lecture-38 Oxidation-reduction potential e.g. of cell, Reversible and

Lecture-39 Irreversible cell

Week-14

Lecture-40 Reversible electrodes

Lecture-41 Application, Measurements, Concentration cell

Lecture-42 Determination of activity and activity coefficient.

Text and Reference Books:

1. Basic Chemistry, Books a la Carte Edition by Karen C. Timberlake and William

Timberlake

2. Understanding Basic Chemistry Through Problem Solving: The Learner's Approach

by Jeanne Tan and Kim Seng Chan

3. Understand Basic Chemistry Concepts: The Periodic Table, Chemical Bonds,by Chris

McMulen

4. Introductory Chemistry by Nivaldo J. Tro

5. Basic Chemistry Concepts and Exercises by John Kenkel

RESTRICTED

39

Hum 171: Fundamental English


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

Through the study of English in Stage 6 students continue to develop their capacity to

understand and use the English language for a variety of purposes and in various textual

forms. Students engage with and explore a variety of texts that include widely acknowledged

quality literature of past and contemporary societies. Through their responding and

composing of both critical and creative texts, students develop an understanding of

themselves and of diverse human experiences and cultures. The study of English in Stage 6

provides students with opportunities to experiment with ideas and expression, to become

innovative, active, independent learners, to collaborate and to reflect on their learning.

Objective:

1. These objectives involve the four language skills (speaking, listening, reading, and

writing), but they can also include: the language functions related to the topic of the

lesson (e.g., justify, hypothesize) vocabulary essential to a student being able to fully

participate in the lesson (e.g., axis, locate, graph)





development


quantification of data management validated against national or international

standards

Course Contents:

Introduction: importance and mastering various approaches to learning English;

Phonetics: Phonetic system, correct English pronunciation; Grammar: Construction of

sentences, grammatical problems, grammar and usages, precise writing;

Communication: approaches to communication, communication today, business

communication;

Writing Methods: Business letter, tenders and quotations, resumes and job letters.

Comprehension, Paragraph writing, Amplification;

Report Writing: Purpose of a report, classification of reports, organizing a report, writing

short report, preparing complete analytical report, analysis and illustration of a report,

problems in writing reports, journal articles, technical and scientific presentation,

RESTRICTED

40

Research study: definition and purpose, research methodology, data analysis, thesis

presentation. Short stories written by some well-known classic writers.


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Assessment


Class Attendance 05


Examination




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.







development

√

2.




quantification of Enhanced Oil

and Gas Recovery uncertainty

and data management validated


standards

√

RESTRICTED

41

Lecture Schedule:


Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1

CT-1

Lecture-1 Introduction: importance and mastering various approaches to

learning English

Lecture-2 Phonetics: Phonetic system, correct English pronunciation;

Grammar

Week-2

Lecture-3 Construction of sentences, grammatical problems

Lecture-4 grammar and usages, precise writing

Week-3

Lecture-5 Communication: approaches to communication,

Lecture-6 communication today

Week-4

Lecture-7 business communication

Lecture-8 business communication

Week-5

Lecture-9 Writing Methods: Business letter, tenders and quotations,

Lecture-10 resumes

Week-6

Lecture-11 job letters

CT-2

Lecture-12 Comprehension

Week-7

Lecture-13 Paragraph writing

Lecture-14 Amplification

Week-8

Lecture-15 Report Writing: Purpose of a report, classification of reports

Lecture-16 organizing a report

Week-9

Lecture-17 writing short report

Lecture-18 preparing complete analytical report

Week-10

Lecture-19 analysis and illustration of a report

Lecture-20 problems in writing reports

Week-11

Lecture-21 journal articles

Lecture-22 technical and scientific presentation,

CT-3

Week-12

Lecture-23 Research study: definition and purpose

Lecture-24 research methodology

Week-13

Lecture-25 data analysis

Lecture-26 data analysis

Week-14

RESTRICTED

42

Lecture-27 Thesis presentation

Lecture-28 Short stories written by some well-known classic writers.


1. Understanding and Using English Grammar by Betty Azar

2. Fundamental English by p.b. ballard

RESTRICTED

43

Math 171: Differential and Integral Calculus, Matrices


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

The aim of the Differential and Integral Calculus, Matrices is that learners should be provided

with a conceptual background which empowers them to make rational sense of elementary

Differential and Integral Calculus, Matrices.

Objective:

1. To explain the characteristics of Differential Calculus and Integral Calculus, Matrices

2. To provide a physical interpretation of the Differential Calculus and Integral Calculus,

Matrices

3. To apply Differential Calculus and Integral Calculus, Matrices in solving engineering

problems

4. To use integral operations for simplification of complex problems



1) Recognize the main terminology, concepts and techniques that applies to Petroleum

and Minerals Processing founded on a theory based understanding of mathematics

and the natural and physical sciences


of Petroleum and Minerals Processing demonstrated through appropriate and relevant

assessment



development


quantification of Petroleum and Minerals Processing uncertainty and data

management validated against national or international standards

5) Perform, analyze and optimize Petroleum and Minerals Processing rate by using

commercial software that is commonly used in the industry to develop competency in

the use of technology

Course Contents:

Differential Calculus: Limit, Continuity and differentiability, Differentiation, Successive

differentiation, Leibnitz’s theorem. Taylor’s theorem. Indeterminate form, Partial derivatives

Euler’s theorem of homogeneous functions, Maxima and minima of functions of several

variables, Tangent and normal, Curvature.

RESTRICTED

44

Integral Calculus: Various types of indefinite integral, Definite integral properties of

definite integral, Beta and Gamma functions, Reduction and More reduction formula,

Computation of area, Multiple integrals.

Matrix: Solution of system of linear equations, Rank and nullity of matrix, Eigenvalues and

eigenvectors, Cayley-Hamilton theorem for inverse matrix.


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Assessment


Class Attendance 05


Examination




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Petroleum and

Minerals Processing founded on

a theory based understanding of


physical sciences

√

2.




Petroleum and Minerals

Processing demonstrated through


assessment

√

3. Apply theoretical and practice √

RESTRICTED

45






development

4.




quantification of Petroleum and

Minerals Processing and data

management validated against

national or international

standards

√

5.


Petroleum and Minerals

Processing rate by using




of technology

√

Lecture Schedule:


Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1

CT-1

Lecture-1 Differential Calculus : Limit

Lecture-2 Continuity and differentiability


Week-2


Lecture-5 Differentiation,

Lecture-6 Successive differentiation

Week-3

Lecture-7 Leibnitz’s theorem

Lecture-8 Taylor’s theorem

Lecture-9 Indeterminate form

Week-4

Lecture-10 Partial derivatives

Lecture-11 Euler’s theorem of homogeneous functions,

Lecture-12 Maxima and minima of functions of several variables

Week-5

CT-2

Lecture-13 Tangent and normal

Lecture-14 Curvature

Lecture-15 Integral Calculus : Various types of indefinite integral,

Week-6

Lecture-16 Various types of indefinite integral

RESTRICTED

46



Week-7

Lecture-19 Definite integral properties of definite integral



Week-8

Lecture-22 Beta and Gamma functions



Week-9

CT-3

Lecture-25 Reduction and More reduction formula

Lecture-26 Reduction and More reduction formula

Lecture-27 Computation of area

Week-10

Lecture-28 Multiple integrals

Lecture-29 Matrix: Solution of system of linear equations,

Lecture-30 Solution of system of linear equations

Week-11

Lecture-31 Rank and nullity of matrix



Week-12

Lecture-34 Eigenvalues and eigenvectors



Week-13

CT-4

Lecture-37 Cayley-Hamilton theorem for inverse matrix



Week-14





1. Calculus, by Haward Anton, Stephen Davis

2. Differential and Integral Calculus by Matin Chakraborty

3. A Text Book on Integral Calculus, Mohammad, Bhattacharjee & Latif

4. Differential and Integral Calculus, Das and Mukherjee.

5. Matrices, Frand Ayres, JR.

6. Matrices and Linear Transformations, Mohammad Iman Ali.

RESTRICTED

47

PME 111: Geology for Petroleum and Mining Engineers


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

The course is one of several core courses that build an essential basic working knowledge of

geological skills. The course provides the tools necessary for advancement into courses/fields

including facies analysis and sequence stratigraphy, petroleum geology, hydrogeology,

geological mapping, and research projects.

Objective:

1. Make inferences about Earth systems from observations of the natural world

2. Readily solve problems, especially those requiring spatial and temporal interpretation

3. Work with uncertainty, non-uniqueness, incompleteness, ambiguity, and indirect

observations

4. Integrate information from different disciplines and apply systems thinking

5. Have strong field skills

6. Have strong computational skills for managing and analyzing multi-component

datasets

7. Be able to collect, illustrate, and analyze spatial data



1) Recognize the main terminology, concepts and techniques that applies to Geology


sciences


of Geology demonstrated through appropriate and relevant assessment



development


quantification of Geological uncertainty and data management validated against


5) Perform, analyze and optimize geomodel by using commercial software that is


RESTRICTED

48

Course Contents:

Introduction: Introduction to geology, and petroleum and mining geology; Classification of

geology; Petroleum system; Source of petroleum; Petroleum formation.

Regional Geology: Structure of earth, Plate tectonic theory and plate boundaries; Geologic

time; Faults and Anticlines; Overview of geologic features on a regional to global scale

incorporating data and concepts from plate tectonics, Stratigraphy, Palaeontology; Igneous,

Metamorphic and sedimentary petrology. Synthesis of the geologic history of a large area.

Rocks: Classification of rock; Igneous rock; Sedimentary rock; Clastic sedimentary rocks,

Conglomerate, Shale, Clays, Bentonite, Chemical sedimentary rocks, Organic sedimentary;

Metamorphic rock; Rock cycle; Kerogen types and their significance; Maturity indicators;

Reservoir Rocks; Traps; Seals; Trap types. Sedimentary geology of reservoir rocks; Salt

domes.

Mineral Deposit: Origin of minerals, Classifications, Physical and chemical properties of

minerals; Mode of occurrence, Distribution, Genesis, Evaluation and exploration for metallic

and industrial mineral deposits.

Surface Processes: Erosion, Running and underground water, Transportation, Deposition.

Geological work of wind, running water, subsurface water, oceans and seas etc.; Earthquakes;

River flooding; Coastal hazards; Mineral resources and environment; Energy and

environment.

Exploration Methods: Subsurface geological cross sections and maps; Seismology and

seismic surveying; Gravity and magnetic surveying; Origin, composition and distribution of

coal deposits. Methods of coal exploration.


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination

RESTRICTED

49



Class Assessment


Class Attendance 05


Examination




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Geology founded on a

theory based understanding of


physical sciences

√

2.




Geology demonstrated through


assessment

√

3.







development

√

4.




quantification of Geological and



standards

√

5.


geomodels by using commercial

software that is commonly used

in the industry to develop

competency in the use of

technology

√

RESTRICTED

50

Lecture Schedule:


Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1

CT-1

Lecture-1 Introduction: Introduction to geology, and petroleum and mining

geology; Classification of geology

Lecture-2 Petroleum system; Source of petroleum

Lecture-3 Petroleum formation

Week-2

Lecture-4 Regional Geology: Structure of earth Plate tectonic theory and

plate boundaries

Lecture-5 Geologic time

Lecture-6 Faults and Anticlines

Week-3

Lecture-7 Overview of geologic features on a regional to global scale

incorporating data

Lecture-8 concepts from plate tectonics

Lecture-9 Stratigraphy

Week-4

Lecture-10 Palaeontology; Igneous

Lecture-11 Metamorphic and sedimentary petrology

Lecture-12 Synthesis of the geologic history of a large area

Week-5

CT-2

Lecture-13 Rocks: Classification of rock; Igneous rock; Sedimentary rock;

Clastic sedimentary rocks, Conglomerate, Shale, Clays, Bentonite

Lecture-14 Chemical sedimentary rocks

Lecture-15 Organic sedimentary

Week-6

Lecture-16 Metamorphic rock; Rock cycle

Lecture-17 Kerogen types and their significance

Lecture-18 Maturity indicators

Week-7

Lecture-19 Reservoir Rocks

Lecture-20 Traps

Lecture-21 Seals

Week-8

Lecture-22 Trap types

Lecture-23 Sedimentary geology of reservoir rocks

Lecture-24 Salt domes

Week-9

CT-3

Lecture-25 Mineral Deposit: Origin of minerals, Classifications

Lecture-26 Physical and chemical properties of minerals

Lecture-27 Mode of occurrence

Week-10

Lecture-28 Distribution

Lecture-29 Genesis

Lecture-30 Evaluation and exploration for metallic and industrial mineral

RESTRICTED

51

deposits

Week-11

Lecture-31 Surface Processes: Erosion, Running and underground water,

Transportation, Deposition.

Lecture-32 Geological work of wind, running water, subsurface water, oceans

and seas etc.; Earthquakes

Lecture-33 River flooding

Week-12

Lecture-34 Coastal hazards

Lecture-35 Mineral resources and environment

Lecture-36 Energy and environment

Week-13

CT-4

Lecture-37 Exploration Methods: Subsurface geological cross sections and

Lecture-38 maps

Lecture-39 Seismology and seismic surveying

Week-14

Lecture-40 Gravity and magnetic surveying

Lecture-41 Origin, composition and distribution of coal deposits

Lecture-42 Methods of coal exploration


1. Earth An Introduction to Physical Geology by EDWARD J. TARBUCK

FREDERICK K. LUTGENS

2. Physical Geology by Leet, L.D. et. al.

3. Basic Petroleum Geology by Peter K. Link

4. Energy Resources of Bangladesh by Dr. Badrul Imam

RESTRICTED

52

PME 113: Introduction to Petroleum and Mining Engineering


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

The aim of the course is to provide students with a broad overview of introduction to

petroleum and mining engineering in order that advanced courses in subsequent years can be

understood within broader petroleum and mining engineering context. It also provides an

introduction to decision-making and the petroleum and mining business environment.

Objective:

1. Be competent to handle complex petroleum and mining engineering tasks requiring

multifaceted skills.

2. Be recognized for their ability to pursue innovative solutions through creative

integration of best practices.

3. Demonstrate career advancement and exhibit the habits and personal attributes to

handle management and leadership roles.

4. Exhibit commitment to the wellbeing of the community and the environment in

pursuant of relevant solutions.




and Mining Engineering founded on a theory based understanding of mathematics and

the natural and physical sciences


of Petroleum and Mining Engineering demonstrated through appropriate and relevant

assessment



development


quantification of Petroleum and Mining Engineering uncertainty and data


5) Perform, analyze and optimize Minerals Processing rate by using commercial

software that is commonly used in the industry to develop competency in the use of

technology

Course Contents:

Petroleum Exploration: Introduction to petroleum system; History of petroleum;

Gravimetric survey; Magnetic survey; Seismic Survey; Exploration well drilling.

RESTRICTED

53

Drilling Engineering: Wellbore configuration; Types of wells; Onshore and Offshore

Drilling Rig and its components; Classification of Drilling Rigs; Drilling Rig Specification;

Power system; Hoisting system; Rotary system; Drill Bit; Drilling Fluid Circulating system;

The principal components in mud preparation, injection, cleaning & treatment system.

Reservoir Engineering: Introduction to different types of petroleum reservoir; Reservoir

fluid properties; Reservoir rock properties; Fundamentals of reservoir fluid flow.

Production Engineering: Introduction to petroleum production system; Overview of surface

and subsurface equipment, tools, devices, hardware; Properties of produced fluids.

Mining Engineering: Roles and responsibility of mining engineers. Basic understanding of

underground and open-pit mining methods. Interaction of mining with the environment.

Basic of mine ventilation, explosives, blasting etc. Safety and risk management of the mine.


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Assessment


Class Attendance 05


Examination




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Petroleum and Mining

Engineering founded on a theory



physical sciences

√

RESTRICTED

54

2.




Petroleum and Mining

Engineering demonstrated

through appropriate and relevant

assessment

√

3.







development

√

4.




quantification of Petroleum and

Mining Engineering uncertainty



standards

√

5.


Minerals Processing rate by

using commercial software that

is commonly used in the industry


of technology

√

Lecture Schedule:


Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1

CT-1

Lecture-1 Petroleum Exploration: Introduction to petroleum system; History

of petroleum

Lecture-2 Gravimetric survey; Magnetic survey; Seismic Survey

Lecture-3 Exploration well drilling

Week-2

Lecture-4 Drilling Engineering: Wellbore configuration; Types of wells

Lecture-5 Onshore and Offshore Drilling Rig and its components

Lecture-6 Classification of Drilling Rigs

Week-3

Lecture-7 Drilling Rig Specification; Power system

Lecture-8 Hoisting system; Rotary system

Lecture-9 Drill Bit

Week-4

Lecture-10 Circulating system

RESTRICTED

55

Lecture-11 Drilling Fluid

Lecture-12 The principal components in mud preparation, injection, cleaning &

treatment system.

Week-5

CT-2

Lecture-13 Reservoir Engineering: Introduction to different types of

petroleum reservoir

Lecture-14 Reservoir fluid properties

Lecture-15 Reservoir fluid properties

Week-6

Lecture-16 Reservoir rock properties

Lecture-17 Reservoir rock properties

Lecture-18 Fundamentals of reservoir fluid flow

Week-7

Lecture-19 Production Engineering: Introduction to petroleum production

system

Lecture-20 Overview of surface and subsurface equipment, tools, devices,

hardware

Lecture-21 Properties of produced fluids

Week-8

Lecture-22 Mining Engineering: Roles and responsibility of mining

engineers.

Lecture-23 Basic understanding of underground and open-pit mining methods.


Week-9

CT-3




Week-10




Week-11

Lecture-31 Interaction of mining with the environment



Week-12


Lecture-35 Basic of mine ventilation, explosives, blasting etc.


Week-13

CT-4




Week-14

Lecture-40 Safety and risk management of the mine.



RESTRICTED

56


1. Introductory Mining Engineering by H. L. Hartman

2. Applied Drilling Engineering by A.T. Bourgoyne Jr, K.K. Millheim, M.E. Chenevert

& F.S. Young Jr

3. Elements of Mining by R. S. Lewis and Clark

4. Drilling Fluids Tom S. Carter by SME Mining Engineering Handbook SME

RESTRICTED

57

ME 178: Engineering Drawing and CAD


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

An engineering drawing, a type of technical drawing, is used to fully and clearly define

objects. This is the biggest reason why the conventions of engineering drawing have evolved

over the decades toward a very precise, unambiguous state. Since the advent of computer-

aided design (CAD), engineering drawing has been advanced so far.

Objective:

1. Learn sketching and taking field dimensions.

2. Take data and transform it into graphic drawings.

3. Learn basic engineering drawing formats.

4. Learn basic CAD skills.

5. Learn who draw 2D and 3D drawings in CAD.



1) Recognize the main terminology, concepts and techniques that applies to Engineering

Drawing and CAD founded on a theory based understanding of mathematics and the

natural and physical sciences


of Engineering Drawing and CAD demonstrated through appropriate and relevant

assessment



development


quantification of Engineering Drawing and CAD data management validated against


5) Perform, analyze and optimize design by using commercial software that is


Course Contents:

Fundamental Concepts: Views; Projections: First angle, Third angle; Generation of views

of solid bodies in different planes, Sectional views, Auxiliary views, Isometric views,

Dimensioning, Basic concept of working drawing.

AutoCAD: Importance to design and drafting, Setting up a drawing: starting AutoCAD,

menu, planning for a drawing, basic commands, making a simple 2-D drawing, layers, object

RESTRICTED

58

snap, poly lines and other features, file handling and display control, editing and

dimensioning.

Computer Aided Design: Introduction to computer usage; introduction to CAD packages

and computer aided drafting: drawing editing and dimensioning of simple objects; plan,

elevations and sections of multi-storied buildings; reinforcement details of beams, slabs,

stairs etc; plan and section of septic tank; detailed drawings of roof trusses; plans, elevations

and sections of culverts, bridges and other hydraulic structures; drawings of building services.


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Attendance 5

Class performance/observation 5

Lab Test/Report Writing/project work/Assignment 50

Quiz Test 30

Viva Voce 10



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Engineering Drawing

and CAD founded on a theory



physical sciences

√

2.




Engineering Drawing and CAD

demonstrated through


assessment

√

RESTRICTED

59

3.







development

√

4.




quantification of Engineering

Drawing and CAD data



standards

√

5.


design by using commercial




technology

√

Lecture Schedule:

Lecture Experiments

Week-1 Views; Projections: First angle, Third angle

Week-2 Generation of views of solid bodies in different planes

Week-3 Sectional views, Auxiliary views

Week-4 Isometric views

Week-5 Dimensioning

Week-6 Basic concept of working drawing.

Week-7 Quiz

Week-8 AutoCAD: Importance to design and drafting, Setting up a drawing: starting

AutoCAD, menu, planning for a drawing, basic commands

Week-9 Making a simple 2-D drawing, layers, object snap, poly lines and other

features

Week-10 File handling and display control, editing and dimensioning.

Week-11 Computer Aided Design: Introduction to computer usage; introduction to

CAD packages and computer aided drafting

Week-12

drawing editing and dimensioning of simple objects; plan, elevations and

sections of multi-storied buildings; reinforcement details of beams, slabs, stairs

etc

Week-13

Plan and section of septic tank; detailed drawings of roof trusses; plans,

elevations and sections of culverts, bridges and other hydraulic structures;

drawings of building services

Week-14 Quiz

RESTRICTED

60


1. Engineering Drawing and Design by David Madsen

2. Manual of Engineering Drawing: Technical Product Specification and Documentation

to British and International Standards by Colin H. Simmons and Dennis E. Maguir

3. Technical Drawing 101 with AutoCAD 2016 by Antonio Ramirez, Ashleigh Fuller,

and Douglas Smith

4. Fundamentals of Modern Drafting by Paul Ross Wallach

RESTRICTED

61

ME 176: Workshop Practice


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

Workshop is a place where students acquire knowledge on the operation of various processes

involved in manufacturing and production. The workshop practical courses make students

competent in handling practical work in engineering environment.

Objective:

1. To know about Foundry Shop: Study of Foundry Shop: Patterns, Molds, Cores.

2. To create molding by using molding sand.

3. To analyze metal melting and Casting inspection of casting and casting defects.

4. To know about Electric arc welding and analyze the procedure of arc welding.

5. To know about Gas welding and analyze the procedure of Gas welding.

6. To know about Metal Inert Gas (MIG) welding and Tungsten Inert Gas (TIG)

welding and analyze the procedure of these both.

7. Impart knowledge to students in the latest technological topics on Production and

Industrial Engineering and to provide them with opportunities in taking up

advanced topics in the field of study.

8. Create a congenial environment that promotes learning, growth and imparts ability

to work with multi-disciplinary groups in professional, industry and research

organizations.



1) Recognize the main terminology, concepts and techniques that applies to Workshop

Practice founded on a theory based understanding of mathematics and the natural and

physical sciences


of Workshop Practice demonstrated through appropriate and relevant assessment



development


quantification of Workshop Practice uncertainty and data management validated

against national or international standards

RESTRICTED

62

Course Contents:

Sheet Metal: Shop safety practice, Identification of different types of sheets/plates, e.g. CI,

GI, MS, GP sheet etc. with commercial specification. Acquaintance with sheet metal working

tools, machines and measuring instruments. Practice jobs on sheet metal (development of

cones, bends, ducts etc.,

Machine and Fitting Shop: Shop safety practices, Acquaintance with tools used in fitting

shop, e.g. Marking, Holding, Chiseling, Filing, Sawing etc. Tools, Practical jobs on the use of

tools, Use of taps and dies. Acquaintance with different cutting tools and machine tools,

Operation and maintenance of different machine tools, Practical jobs on: plain and taper

turning, thread cutting, doing jobs by using shaper, milling, drilling and grinding machines.

Welding: Shop safety practice, Acquaintance with arc and gas welding tools, machines,

electrodes, gas cylinders, their identification, types of gas flames, job preparation for

welding. Practice on gas, arc welding and gas cutting of MS sheets and plates, soldering and

brazing practices, study of welding defects.

Foundry: Shop safety practice, Acquaintance with foundry tools and equipments,

introduction on foundry: molding, casting, pattern, core, bench, practice on simple bench or

floor molding with solid and split pattern in green sand with and without cores, preparation of

molding sand and core, preparation of mold, casting, study of defects in casting.


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Attendance 5



Quiz Test 30

Viva Voce 10

RESTRICTED

63



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Workshop Practice

founded on a theory based

understanding of mathematics

and the natural and physical

sciences

√

2.




Workshop Practice demonstrated


assessment

√

3.







development

√

4.




quantification of Workshop

Practice uncertainty and data



standards

√

Lecture Schedule:

Lecture Experiments

Week-1 Development of cones by metal sheets

Week-2 Development of bends by metal sheets

Week-3 Development of ducts by metal sheets

Week-4 Practical jobs on plain turning by using shaper machines

Week-5 Practical jobs on taper turning by using shaper machines

Week-6 Practical jobs on thread cutting by using shaper, milling, drilling and grinding

machines

Week-7 Quiz

Week-8 Practice on arc welding of MS sheets and plates, soldering and brazing

practices

Week-9 Practice on gas welding and gas cutting of MS sheets and plates

Week-10 Study of welding defects

Week-11 Preparation of molding sand and core, preparation of mold, casting, study of

defects in casting.

RESTRICTED

64


defects in casting


defects in casting

Week-14 Quiz


1. Machine Shop Practice – James Anderson; W. A. Chapman. 2. Shop Theory –Anderson & Tatro.

RESTRICTED

65

PME 112: Geology Laboratory


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

The course is one of several core courses that build an essential basic working knowledge of

geological skills. The course provides the tools necessary for advancement into courses/fields

including facies analysis and sequence stratigraphy, petroleum geology, hydrogeology,

geological mapping, and research projects.

Objective:

1. Make inferences about Earth systems from observations of the natural world

2. Readily solve problems, especially those requiring spatial and temporal interpretation

3. Work with uncertainty, non-uniqueness, incompleteness, ambiguity, and indirect

observations

4. Integrate information from different disciplines and apply systems thinking

5. Have strong field skills

6. Have strong computational skills for managing and analyzing multi-component

datasets

7. Be able to collect, illustrate, and analyze spatial data



1) Recognize the main terminology, concepts and techniques that applies to Geology


sciences


of Geology demonstrated through appropriate and relevant assessment



development


quantification of Geological uncertainty and data management validated against


5) Perform, analyze and optimize geomodels by using commercial software that is


RESTRICTED

66

Course Contents:

1. Hand-specimen study of common igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks

2. Preparation of microscope slide of rock sample

3. Identification of pore space and grain by microscope in a rock sample

4. Identification of minerals by microscope in a rock sample

5. Study the petroleum reservoir rock by scanning electron microscope (SEM) to

provide qualitative information about pore geometry, locating and identifying of

minerals, particularly clay minerals.

6. Determination of total organic content (TOC) in rock sample for petroleum

exploration

7. Study surface geological mapping and map projection, geological map scale and their

computation

8. Study subsurface geological mapping, structure contour map, isopach map, facies

map

9. Analysis of geological structure, fold, fault, joint, unconformity

10. Build simple and complex earth models, perform volume calculations, plot accurate

maps

11. Analysis of regional geology, sequence stratigraphy, tectono stratigraphic history and

associated resource potential.

12. Systematic study of stratigraphy, structure, lithology and sedimentology of the

exposed rock in a suitable area (Field Work)


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Attendance 5



Quiz Test 30

Viva Voce 10

RESTRICTED

67



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Geology founded on a



physical sciences

√

2.




Geology demonstrated through


assessment

√

3.







development

√

4.




quantification of Geological and



standards

√

5.


geomodel by using commercial




technology

√

Lecture Schedule:

Lecture Experiments

Week-1 Hand-specimen study of common igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic

rocks

Week-2 Preparation of microscope slide of rock sample

Week-3 Identification of pore space and grain by microscope in a rock sample

Week-4 Identification of minerals by microscope in a rock sample

Week-5

Study the petroleum reservoir rock by scanning electron microscope (SEM) to

provide qualitative information about pore geometry, locating and identifying

of minerals, particularly clay minerals

Week-6 Determination of total organic content (TOC) in rock sample for petroleum

exploration

RESTRICTED

68

Week-7 Quiz

Week-8 Study surface geological mapping and map projection, geological map scale

and their computation

Week-9 Study subsurface geological mapping, structure contour map, isopach map,

facies map

Week-10 Analysis of geological structure, fold, fault, joint, unconformity

Week-11 Build simple and complex earth models, perform volume calculations, plot

accurate maps

Week-12 Analysis of regional geology, sequence stratigraphy, tectonostratigraphic

history and associated resource potential

Week-13 Systematic study of stratigraphy, structure, lithology and sedimentology of the

exposed rock in a suitable area (Field Work)

Week-14 Quiz


1. Earth An Introduction to Physical Geology by EDWARD J. TARBUCK

FREDERICK K. LUTGENS

2. Physical Geology by Leet, L.D. et. al.

3. Basic Petroleum Geology by Peter K. Link

4. Energy Resources of Bangladesh by Dr. Badrul Imam

RESTRICTED

69

Hum 172: Developing English Language Skills


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

Through the study of English in Stage 6 students continue to develop their capacity to

understand and use the English language for a variety of purposes and in various textual

forms. Students engage with and explore a variety of texts that include widely acknowledged

quality literature of past and contemporary societies. Through their responding and

composing of both critical and creative texts, students develop an understanding of

themselves and of diverse human experiences and cultures. The study of English in Stage 6

provides students with opportunities to experiment with ideas and expression, to become

innovative, active, independent learners, to collaborate and to reflect on their learning.

Objective:

1. These objectives involve the four language skills (speaking, listening, reading, and

writing), but they can also include: the language functions related to the topic of the

lesson (e.g., justify, hypothesize) vocabulary essential to a student being able to fully

participate in the lesson (e.g., axis, locate, graph)





development


quantification of data management validated against national or international

standards

Course Contents:

Reading skill: skimming, scanning, predicting, inferring; analysis and interpretation of texts;

comprehension from literary and non-literary texts.

Writing skill: product approach, process approach: brain storming, self-evaluation, peer

evaluation, revision/rewriting, teacher’s evaluation; techniques of writing: comparison and

contrast, problem and solution, cause and effect, classification, illustration; writing

paragraph, essay and report.

Listening skill: listening to recorded texts; learning to take useful notes and answering

questions.

RESTRICTED

70

Speaking skill: dialogue in peer work; participation in discussion and debate; extempore

speech; narrating events; story telling; presentation.


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Attendance 5


Written Assignment 15

Oral Performance 25

Listening Skill 10

Group Presentation 30

Viva Voce 10



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.







development

√

2.








standards

√

RESTRICTED

71

Lecture Schedule:

Lecture Experiments

Week-1 Reading skill: skimming, scanning

Week-2 predicting, inferring

Week-3 Analysis and interpretation of texts

Week-4 comprehension from literary and non-literary texts

Week-5 Writing skill: product approach, process approach: brain storming, self-

evaluation, peer evaluation, revision/rewriting, teacher’s evaluation

Week-6 techniques of writing: comparison and contrast, problem and solution

Week-7 , cause and effect, classification, illustration

Week-8 writing paragraph, essay and report

Week-9 Listening skill: listening to recorded texts

Week-10 learning to take useful notes

Week-11 Answering questions

Week-12 Speaking skill: dialogue in peer work; participation in discussion and debate;

extempore speech; narrating events

Week-13 story telling

Week-14 presentation


1. Understanding and Using English Grammar by Betty Azar

2. Fundamental English by p.b. ballard

RESTRICTED

72

Level-1, Term-2

Chem 173: Petroleum Chemistry


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

This course introduces candidates to organic chemistry as practiced in the petrochemical

industries. In addition it covers general discussions on fossil fuels, gas and petroleum

exploratory, petroleum refining and up-grading processes and industrial chemical conversion

of primary petrochemicals to chemicals and products that dominate our everyday life. The

mechanism of some industrial chemical processes will also be covered

Objective:

1. Present petroleum as a source of energy and industrial organic raw materials

2. Improve our knowledge of oil and gas industry: extraction and refinery operations;

up-grading and conversion processes

3. Present molecular composition of crude petroleum as the chemical basis of refinery

operations

4. Expose students to quality control protocols associated with the oil industry

5. Explain the processes by which fuel oil, diesel oil, lub oil, and asphalt are stripped

from crude petroleum

6. Connect class room organic chemistry with industrial organic chemistry by showing

how primary petrochemicals are converted to selected products that dominate our

daily life.




Chemistry founded on a theory based understanding of mathematics and the natural

and physical sciences


of Petroleum Chemistry demonstrated through appropriate and relevant assessment



development


quantification of Petroleum Chemistry uncertainty and data management validated


RESTRICTED

73

5) Perform, analyze and optimize oil and gas processing rate by using commercial


technology

Course Contents:

Aliphatic Compounds: Alkanes, Alkenes, Alkynes, Aliphatic halides, Alcohols,

Thioalcohols, Ether and epoxides, Carbonyl compounds, Carboxylic acid and their

derivatives, Amines, Amides and keto acids.

Alicyclic Compounds: Nomenclature, Preparation, Properties, Stability, Conformations of

cyclohexanes and its derivatives, Factors affection the stability of conformations,

Conformations of ethane, propane, n-butane cyclohexane and their derivatives.

Aromatic Compounds: Introduction, Nomenclature and classification of aromatic

compounds, Source of aromatic compounds, Structure of benzene, Aromatic electrophilic and

nucleophilic substitution, Reaction, Orientation in aromatic disubstitution; General chemistry

of aromatic halides, sulphuric acids, amines amides and nitro compounds; Phenols and

carboxylic and carbonyl compounds and Polynuclear aromatic compounds.

Petroleum: Origin, Occurrence, Composition and classification of crude petroleum,

Exploration and production theory and technology of primary and secondary petroleum

refining process and distillation of crude oil; Products from petroleum distillations, their

characterization and uses, Cracking of petroleum, Gasoline, Diesel, Kerosene, Antiknock

motor fuels, Aviation fuel, Lubricating fuel. Octane number and octane number of liquid

fuels, Production of high octane fuel by alkylation’s Chemical treatment given to petroleum

products, Purification of petroleum products, additives for petroleum fraction, Petroleum wax

and petroleum coke, their manufacture and uses.

Clay chemistry: Structure of Montmorillonite; Interaction between clay particles

Polymer chemistry: Fundamental structure of polymers; Classification of polymers;

Mechanisms of selected organic, bio-organic, polymerization and catalytic reactions.


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination

RESTRICTED

74



Class Assessment


Class Attendance 05


Examination




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Petroleum Chemistry




sciences

√

2.




Petroleum Chemistry



assessment

√

3.







development

√

4.




quantification of oil and gas

processing and data management

validated against national or

international standards

√

5.


oil and gas rate by using




of technology

√

RESTRICTED

75

Lecture Schedule:


Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1

CT-1

Lecture-1 Aliphatic Compounds: Alkanes, Alkenes

Lecture-2 Alkynes, Aliphatic halides, Alcohols, Thioalcohols

Lecture-3 Ether and epoxides

Week-2

Lecture-4 Carbonyl compounds

Lecture-5 Carboxylic acid and their derivatives

Lecture-6 Amines, Amides and keto acids

Week-3

Lecture-7 Aromatic Compounds: Introduction, Nomenclature and

classification of aromatic compounds

Lecture-8 Source of aromatic compounds, Structure of benzene

Lecture-9 Aromatic electrophilic and nucleophilic substitution, Reaction

Week-4

Lecture-10 Orientation in aromatic disubstitution

Lecture-11 General chemistry of aromatic halides, sulphuric acids, amines

amides and nitro compounds

Lecture-12 Phenols and carboxylic and carbonyl compounds and Polynuclear

aromatic compounds

Week-5

CT-2

Lecture-13 Alicyclic Compounds: Nomenclature, Preparation

Lecture-14 Properties, Stability

Lecture-15 Conformations of cyclohexanes and its derivatives

Week-6

Lecture-16 Factors affection the stability of conformations

Lecture-17 Conformations of ethane, propane

Lecture-18 n-butane cyclohexane and their derivatives

Week-7

Lecture-19 Petroleum: Origin, Occurrence

Lecture-20 Composition and classification of crude petroleum

Lecture-21 Composition and classification of crude petroleum

Week-8

Lecture-22 Exploration and production theory and technology of primary and

secondary petroleum refining process and distillation of crude oil





Week-9

CT-3 Lecture-25 Products from petroleum distillations, their characterization and

uses

Lecture-26 Products from petroleum distillations, their characterization and

RESTRICTED

76

uses

Lecture-27 Products from petroleum distillations, their characterization and

uses

Week-10

Lecture-28 Cracking of petroleum

Lecture-29 Gasoline, Diesel, Kerosene

Lecture-30 Antiknock motor fuels, Aviation fuel, Lubricating fuel

Week-11

Lecture-31 Octane number and octane number of liquid fuels

Lecture-32 Production of high octane fuel by alkylation’s

Lecture-33 Chemical treatment given to petroleum products

Week-12

Lecture-34 Purification of petroleum products

Lecture-35 Additives for petroleum fraction

Lecture-36 Petroleum wax and petroleum coke, their manufacture and uses

Week-13

CT-4

Lecture-37 Clay chemistry: Structure of Montmorillonite

Lecture-38 Interaction between clay particles

Lecture-39 Interaction between clay particles

Week-14

Lecture-40 Polymer chemistry: Fundamental structure of polymers;

Classification of polymers

Lecture-41 Mechanisms of selected organic, bio-organic

Lecture-42 polymerization and catalytic reactions


1. Petroleum Chemistry and Refining by James G. Speight

2. Industrial Organic chemistry by Klaus Weissermel

RESTRICTED

77

Hum 173: Economics and Accounting


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

Economics is the cornerstone subject in any financial, commerce or business related study.

All businesses operate within an economic environment. Accounting enables students to

develop the knowledge and skills to manage the financial affairs of individuals, communities,

and businesses.

Objective:

1. To give the students the tools to make real life financial decisions in a constantly

changing and uncertain world

2. To give the students the tools of process of preparing and communicating financial

information to a wide range of users

3. To enhance financial literacy

4. To help individuals and organizations to be accountable to stakeholders for their

actions



1) Recognize the main terminology, concepts and techniques that applies to Economics

and Accounting founded on a theory based understanding of mathematics and the



of Economics and Accounting demonstrated through appropriate and relevant

assessment



development


quantification of Economics and Accounting uncertainty and data management

validated against national or international standards

5) Perform, analyze and optimize Economics conditions by using commercial software

that is commonly used in the industry to develop competency in the use of technology

Course Contents:

Basic: Definition and scope of economics, Market economy and mixed economy, Demand

and supply and their elasticity, Market equilibrium. Consumer behavior and producer

behavior, Cost and revenue theory. Price theory under different marker structure. GNP, GDP,

RESTRICTED

78

Investment, Inflation, Unemployment, Monetary policy and Fiscal policy. Development

problems related to agriculture, industry and population of Bangladesh.

Resource Economics: Introduction, A resource taxonomy, Efficient inter-temporal

allocations, The allocation over N periods, Transition to a renewable substitution, Exploration

and technological progress, Market allocations, Appropriate property rights structures,

Environmental costs.

Energy: Introduction, Natural Gas: Price control; Oil: The Cartel problem; Price elasticity of

demand, Income elasticity of demand, Non OPEC suppliers-Compatibility of member

interests, Fuels: Environmental problems, Conversion and load management, The long run

issues.

Accounting:

Financial accounting: objectives and importance of accounting; accounting as an information

system; basic accounting principles; accounting equation; recording system; accounting

cycle; journal, ledger, trial balance; preparation of financial statements considering adjusting

entries; financial statement analysis and interpretation.

Cost accounting: cost concepts and classification; cost-volume-profit analysis; contribution

margin approach and its application, break-even analysis, target profit analysis, operating

leverage; absorption costing vs variable costing; job order costing; capital budgeting; long

run planning and control.


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination

RESTRICTED

79



Class Assessment


Class Attendance 05


Examination




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Economics and

Accounting founded on a theory



physical sciences

√

2.




Economics and Accounting



assessment

√

3.







development

√

4.




quantification of Economics and

Accounting uncertainty and data



standards

√

5.


economic conditions by using




of technology

√

RESTRICTED

80

Lecture Schedule:


Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1

CT-1

Lecture-1 Basic: Definition and scope of economics, Market economy and

mixed economy, Demand and supply and their elasticity

Lecture-2 Market equilibrium

Lecture-3 . Consumer behavior and producer behavior

Week-2

Lecture-4 Cost and revenue theory

Lecture-5 Price theory under different marker structure. GNP, GDP

Lecture-6 Investment, Inflation, Unemployment

Week-3

Lecture-7 Monetary policy and Fiscal policy

Lecture-8 Development problems related to agriculture

Lecture-9 Industry and population of Bangladesh

Week-4

Lecture-10 Resource Economics: Introduction, A resource taxonomy,

Efficient inter-temporal allocations, The allocation over N periods

Lecture-11 Transition to a renewable substitution

Lecture-12 Exploration and technological progress

Week-5

CT-2

Lecture-13 Market allocations

Lecture-14 Appropriate property rights structures

Lecture-15 Environmental costs

Week-6

Lecture-16 Energy: Introduction, Natural Gas: Price control; Oil: The Cartel

problem

Lecture-17 Price elasticity of demand, Income elasticity of demand

Lecture-18 Non OPEC suppliers-Compatibility of member interests, Fuels

Week-7

Lecture-19 Environmental problems

Lecture-20 Conversion and load management

Lecture-21 The long run issues

Week-8

Lecture-22 Financial accounting: objectives and importance of accounting;

accounting as an information system; basic accounting principles

Lecture-23 accounting equation

Lecture-24 recording system; accounting cycle

Week-9

CT-3

Lecture-25 journal, ledger, trial balance

Lecture-26 journal, ledger, trial balance

Lecture-27 Preparation of financial statements considering adjusting entries

Week-10

Lecture-28 preparation of financial statements considering adjusting entries

Lecture-29 financial statement analysis and interpretation

RESTRICTED

81

Lecture-30 financial statement analysis and interpretation

Week-11

Lecture-31 Cost accounting: cost concepts and classification

Lecture-32 Cost-volume-profit analysis

Lecture-33 Contribution margin approach and its application

Week-12



Lecture-36 Break-even analysis

Week-13

CT-4

Lecture-37 Target profit analysis

Lecture-38 Operating leverage

Lecture-39 Absorption costing vs variable costing

Week-14

Lecture-40 Job order costing

Lecture-41 Capital budgeting

Lecture-42 Long run planning and control


1. The General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money by John Maynard Keynes

2. Economics by Paul Samuelson and William Nordhaus

3. Oil & Gas Accounting by Steven M. Bragg

4. The Accounting Procedures Guidebook by Steven M. Bragg

RESTRICTED

82

Math 173: Vector Analysis, Geometry and Engineering Statistics


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

The aim of the Vector Analysis, Geometry and Engineering Statistics is that learners should

be provided with a conceptual background which empowers them to make rational sense of

elementary Vector Analysis, Geometry and Engineering Statistics.

Objective:

1. To explain the characteristics of Vector Analysis, Geometry and Engineering

Statistics

2. To provide a physical interpretation of the Vector Analysis, Geometry and


3. To apply Vector Analysis, Geometry and Engineering Statistics in solving

engineering problems




1) Recognize the main terminology, concepts and techniques that applies to Vector

Analysis, Geometry and Engineering Statistics founded on a theory based

understanding of mathematics and the natural and physical sciences


of Vector Analysis, Geometry and Engineering Statistics demonstrated through

appropriate and relevant assessment



development


quantification of Vector Analysis, Geometry and Engineering Statistics uncertainty

and data management validated against national or international standards

Course Contents:

Section-A

Vector: Scalar and vector fields, gradient of a scalar field, divergence and curl of a vector

field, Vector differentiation, Line, Surface and Volume integrals, Green’s theorem (for a

plane), stokes theorem, Gauss’s theorem of divergence.

RESTRICTED

83

Geometry (3D): Rectangular co-ordinates: Distance between two points, Direction cosines,

Direction ratios, Angle between two lines. The plane - angle between two planes, Condition

for perpendicularity and parallelism of two planes. The Straight line.

Section-B

Statistics

Correlation: Scatter diagrams, Correlation co-efficient, Rank correlation, Correlation ratio,

Theorems on correlations.

Regression Analysis: Linear regression, Equation of the line of regression, Regression co-

efficient, Curve fitting, Method of least square.

Probability: Mathematical and statistical definitions, Additive and multiplicative rule of

probability, Conditional probability, Baye’s theorem.

Random Variables: Discrete and continuous random variables, Probability mass function,

Probability density function, Cumulative distribution functions, Mathematical expectation.

Discrete Probability Distribution: Binomial distribution, Negative binomial distribution,

Geometric distribution, Poisson’s distribution.

Continuous Probability Distribution: Normal distribution, Exponential distribution, Chi-

square distribution, t and F- distributions.

Sampling Distribution: Population, Sample mean, Sample variance, Central limit theorem,

Sampling distribution from a normal population.

Test of Hypothesis: Statistical hypothesis, Level of significance, Type I and Type II error,

One tailed and two tailed tests, Tests for proportions.


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination

RESTRICTED

84



Class Assessment


Class Attendance 05


Examination




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Vector Analysis,

Geometry and Engineering

Statistics founded on a theory



physical sciences

√

2.




Vector Analysis, Geometry and




assessment

√

3.







development

√

4.




quantification of Vector

Analysis, Geometry and


uncertainty and data



standards

√

RESTRICTED

85

Lecture Schedule:


Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1

CT-1

Lecture-1 Vector: Scalar and vector fields, gradient of a scalar field

Lecture-2 divergence and curl of a vector field

Lecture-3 divergence and curl of a vector field

Week-2

Lecture-4 Vector differentiation, Line

Lecture-5 Surface and Volume integrals, Green’s theorem (for a plane),

stokes theorem


stokes theorem

Week-3


stokes theorem

Lecture-8 Gauss’s theorem of divergence


Week-4


Lecture-11 Geometry(3D): Rectangular co-ordinates: Distance between two

points, Direction cosines

Lecture-12 Direction ratios, Angle between two lines

Week-5

CT-2

Lecture-13 Direction cosines, Direction ratios, Angle between two lines



Week-6

Lecture-16 The plane - angle between two planes



Week-7

Lecture-19 Condition for perpendicularity and parallelism of two planes

Lecture-20 Condition for perpendicularity and parallelism of two planes

Lecture-21 The Straight line

Week-8

Lecture-22 Statistics

Correlation: Scatter diagrams, Correlation co-efficient

Lecture-23 Rank correlation, Correlation ratio, Theorems on correlations

Lecture-24

Regression Analysis: Linear regression, Equation of the line of

regression, Regression co-efficient, Curve fitting, Method of least

square

Week-9

CT-3

Lecture-25 Probability: Mathematical and statistical definitions

Lecture-26 Additive and multiplicative rule of probability

Lecture-27 Conditional probability, Baye’s theorem

Week-10

RESTRICTED

86

Lecture-28 Random Variables: Discrete and continuous random variables,

Probability mass function, Probability density function

Lecture-29 Cumulative distribution functions

Lecture-30 Mathematical expectation

Week-11

Lecture-31 Discrete Probability Distribution: Binomial distribution,

Negative binomial distribution

Lecture-32 Geometric distribution

Lecture-33 Poisson’s distribution

Week-12

Lecture-34 Continuous Probability Distribution: Normal distribution,

Exponential distribution

Lecture-35 Chi-square distribution

Lecture-36 t and F- distributions

Week-13

CT-4

Lecture-37 Sampling Distribution: Population, Sample mean, Sample

variance

Lecture-38 Central limit theorem

Lecture-39 Sampling distribution from a normal population.

Week-14

Lecture-40 Test of Hypothesis: Statistical hypothesis, Level of significance,

Type I and Type II error

Lecture-41 One tailed and two tailed tests

Lecture-42 Tests for proportions


1. Vector Analysis, Schaum’s outlines, Murray R. Spiegel.

2. Elementary Linear Algebra, Howard Anton and Chris Rorres.

3. A Text Book on Co-ordinate Geometry with Vector Analysis, Rahman &

Bhattacharjee.

4. College Linear Algebra, Prof Abdur Rahman

5. Mathematical Physics, B D Gupta.

6. Probability and Statistics for Engineers, Scheaffer & McClave.

7. Statistics and Random Processes, B. Praba, Aruna Chalam and

Sujatha.

8. Quality Planning and Analysis, J. M. Juran& F. M. Gryna.

9. Business Statistics, Gupta and Gupta.

RESTRICTED

87

Phy 171: Physics


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

Physics is a fundamental science that endeavors to explain all the natural phenomena that

occur in the universe. Physics uses qualitative and quantitative models and theories based on

physical laws to visualize, explain and predict physical phenomena.

Objective:

1. To learn Solve for the solutions and describe the behavior of a damped and driven

harmonic oscillator in both time and frequency domains

2. Understand and implement Fourier series.

3. Understand the general motion of a particle in two dimensions so that, given functions

x(t) and y(t) which describe this motion, they can determine the components,

magnitude, and direction of the particle’s velocity and acceleration as functions of

time

4. To understand the basic working principle of various energy storage devices like

capacitors, inductors and resistors.

5. Analyze under what circumstances an object will start to slip, or to calculate the

magnitude of the force of static friction.



1) Recognize the main terminology, concepts and techniques that applies to Physics


sciences


of Physics demonstrated through appropriate and relevant assessment



development


quantification of Physics uncertainty and data management validated against national

or international standards

Course Contents:

Waves & Oscillations:

Differential equation of Simple harmonic motion (SHM), Solution of Differential equation of

SHM, total energy and average energy of SHM, spring-mass system, Two body oscillations,

RESTRICTED

88

reduced mass, Combination of Simple harmonic motions with Lissajous figures, Simple,

Compound & torsional pendulum, Differential equation of damped oscillations, Differential

equation of forced oscillation, resonance, differential equation of a progressive wave,

Relation between particle and wave velocity, Energy of a progressive wave, stationary waves,

sound waves, interference of sound waves.

Crystallography:

Classification of solids, Crystalline and non-crystalline solids, single Crystal and

polycrystalline solids, lattice, unit cell, basis & translation vector, crystal system, packing

fraction and its calculations for different crystal structure, NaCl & CsCl crystal structure,

Zinc Blende crystal structure, crystal planes & directions, interplaner spacing, Miller indices,

relation between interplaner spacing and Miller indices, Bragg’s law, X-ray diffraction,

Defects in Crystals, different types of bonds in solids, Inter atomic distances and forces of

equilibrium.

Physical Optics:

Huygens’s principle and construction, Interference of light, Conditions of interference, Young’s

double slit experiment, theory of interference fringes, Fresnel bi-prism, Interference in thin

films, Newton’s rings, Interferometers, diffraction by single slit, diffraction by double slits

and N-slits, diffraction gratings, diffraction at a circular aperture, Resolving power of a

telescope, Resolving power of a microscope, relation between magnifying power and

resolving power, polarization of light, production and analysis of polarized light, Brewster’s

law, Malus law, polarization by double refraction Nicole prism, optical activity, specific

rotation, polarimeters.


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Assessment


Class Attendance 05


Examination


RESTRICTED

89



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Physics founded on a



physical sciences

√

2.




Physics demonstrated through


assessment

√

3.







development

√

4.




quantification of Physics




standards

√

Lecture Schedule: Lecture Topic

Lecture

Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1

CT-1

Lecture-1 Waves & Oscillations:

Differential equation of Simple harmonic motion (SHM), Solution

of Differential equation of SHM

Lecture-2 total energy and average energy of SHM

Lecture-3 spring-mass system

Week-2

Lecture-4 Two body oscillations, reduced mass

Lecture-5 Combination of Simple harmonic motions with Lissajous figures,

Simple

Lecture-6 Compound & torsional pendulum

Week-3

RESTRICTED

90

Lecture-7 Differential equation of damped oscillations

Lecture-8 Differential equation of forced oscillation, resonance

Lecture-9 differential equation of a progressive wave

Week-4

Lecture-10 Relation between particle and wave velocity

Lecture-11 Energy of a progressive wave

Lecture-12 stationary waves

Week-5

CT-2

Lecture-13 sound waves

Lecture-14 interference of sound waves

Lecture-15 Crystallography:

Classification of solids, Crystalline and non-crystalline solids

Week-6

Lecture-16 single Crystal and polycrystalline solids

Lecture-17 lattice, unit cell, basis & translation vector

Lecture-18 crystal system

Week-7

Lecture-19 packing fraction and its calculations for different crystal structure,

Lecture-20 NaCl & CsCl crystal structure

Lecture-21 Zinc Blende crystal structure, crystal planes & directions,

interplaner spacing

Week-8

Lecture-22 Miller indices

Lecture-23 relation between interplaner spacing and Miller indices

Lecture-24 Bragg’s law

Week-9

CT-3

Lecture-25 X-ray diffraction

Lecture-26 Defects in Crystals

Lecture-27 different types of bonds in solids

Week-10

Lecture-28 Inter atomic distances and forces of equilibrium

Lecture-29 Physical Optics:

Huygens’s principle and construction, Interference of light, Conditions

of interference, Young’s double slit experiment

Lecture-30 theory of interference fringes

Week-11

Lecture-31 Fresnel bi-prism

Lecture-32 Interference in thin films, Newton’s rings, Interferometers,

Lecture-33 diffraction by single slit, diffraction by double slits and N-slits,

diffraction gratings

Week-12

Lecture-34 diffraction at a circular aperture

Lecture-35 Resolving power of a telescope

Lecture-36 Resolving power of a microscope

Week-13

CT-4 Lecture-37 relation between magnifying power and resolving power

Lecture-38 polarization of light

Lecture-39 production and analysis of polarized light

RESTRICTED

91

Week-14

Lecture-40 Brewster’s law, Malus law

Lecture-41 polarization by double refraction Nicole prism

Lecture-42 Optical activity, specific rotation, polarimeters


1. Waves & Oscillation by Brijlal and Subramanyam.

2. A text book of Optics by Brijlal and Subramanyam

3. Physics for Engineers- I & II by Dr Gais Uddin

4. Heat and Thermodynamics by- Brijlal and Subramannyam

5. Physics for Engineers Lecture Series by M Ziaul Ahsan

RESTRICTED

92

PME 123: Reservoir Rock and Fluid Properties


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

The aim of this module is for students to understand the fundamental importance of the

reservoir rock properties in petroleum engineering practice. Estimate porosity, permeability,

saturation, relative permeability, capillary pressure and then the initial hydrocarbon in place

using volumetric method. In addition, establish various petrophysical relations and relevant

equations and determine the rock wettability.

Objective:

The overall objective of the course is to provide the student with basic understanding of the

petrophysics of petroleum reservoirs; and expand his/her ability to perform quantitative

calculations related to fluid storage capacity and fluid-flow performances of reservoirs.

Specific objectives are:

1. Learn the nature of a petroleum reservoir, reservoir forming rock types and their

petrographic properties.



1) Recognize the main terminology, concepts and techniques that applies to Reservoir

Rock and Fluid Properties founded on a theory based understanding of mathematics



of Reservoir Rock and Fluid Properties demonstrated through appropriate and

relevant assessment



development


quantification of Reservoir Rock and Fluid Properties uncertainty and data


5) Perform, analyze and optimize Reservoir Rock and Fluid Properties by using



RESTRICTED

93

Course Contents:

Reservoir Rock Properties:-

Overview of Reservoir Rock Properties: Porosity, fluid saturation, permeability,

compressibility, core resistivity, capillary pressure, wettability and relative permeability.

Coring and Core Analysis: Coring and core analysis objectives; Coring hardware and

maximizing core recovery; Core-handling, wellsite procedures, and preservation methods;

Sidewall coring and analysis; Organizing effective laboratory programs; Porosity,

permeability and fluid saturation; Quality control in core analysis; Petrography and

mineralogy; Special core analysis, sample selection and statistical data analysis; Core-log

correlation (includes nmr log calibration, acoustic, nuclear, and electrical properties), an

introduction to rock mechanics; Wettability, relative permeability, capillary pressure, and

reservoir fluid distribution; Data integration in reservoir simulation; Design of coring and

core analysis program; NMR Core Analysis.

Electric Resistivity Analysis of Core:

Capillarity in Rocks: Capillary pressure applications in reservoir characterization; Rock

properties from mercury/air capillary pressures; Capillary pressure data representativeness;

Capillary forces in reservoir rocks, their measurement; Capillary pressure data fitting

methods; Representing a large number of capillary curves (averaging); Permeability from

capillary pressure curves and petrography; Saturation-height functions; Surface phenomena,

capillarity, wettability, and interphase tension; The competition between capillary and gravity

forces; Relationships between initial and residual saturations; Interpretation of single and

multiple pore system rocks; Clay-bound water; Capillary pressure vs. NMR ; Seal capacity.

Relative Permeability: Imbibition and drainage process; Oil-water system; Oil-Gas system;

Water-Gas system; Water-Oil--Gas system, stone model; Saturation function.

Rock Compaction Function: Newman correlation, Hall correlation, Knaap correlation.

Core Photography:

Application of reservoir rock properties modeling software.

Reservoir Fluid Properties:-

Reservoir Fluid Sampling:

Volumetric and Phase Behavior of Oil and Gas Systems: Reservoir-Fluid Composition;

Phase Diagrams for Simple Systems; Retrograde Condensation; Classification of Oilfield

Systems.

Gas and Oil Properties and Correlations: Properties, Nomenclature, and Units; Gas

Mixtures; Oil Mixtures; IFT and Diffusion Coefficients; K-Value Correlations.

RESTRICTED

94

Equation-of-State Calculations: Cubic EOS’s; Two-Phase Flash Calculation; Phase

Stability; Saturation-Pressure Calculation; Equilibrium in a Gravity Field, Compositional

Gradients; Matching an EOS to Measured Data.

Heptanes-Plus Characterization: Experimental Analyses; Molar Distribution; Inspection-

Properties Estimation; Critical-Properties Estimation; Recommended C7 Characterizations;

Grouping and Averaging Properties.

Conventional PVT Measurements: Wellstream Compositions; Multistage-Separator Test;

Constant Composition Expansion; Bubble Point Estimation; Differential Liberation

Expansion; Constant Volume Depletion; Due Point Estimation; Composition variation with

depth.

Black-Oil PVT Formulations: Traditional Black-Oil Formulation: Modified Black-Oil

(MBO) Formulation; Applications of MBO Formulation; Partial-Density Formulation;

Modifications for Gas Injection.

Water/Hydrocarbon Systems: Properties and Correlations; EOS Predictions; Hydrates.

Preparation for Reservoir Engineering and Simulation Studies: Fundamentals of

Hydrocarbon Phase Behavior: single, two, and multi-component systems, classification of

reservoirs and fluids, location of gas-oil contact ; Characterizing hydrocarbon-plus fractions:

generalized correlations, PNA determination, splitting and lumping schemes for equation of

state applications ; Natural gas properties: behavior and properties of ideal and real gases, wet

gases and their behavior, analysis of gas condensate behavior ; PVT properties of crude oils:

crude oil properties, surface and interfacial tension, properties of reservoir water,

understanding laboratory data, constant-composition expansion test, differential liberation

test, separator test, liquid dropout, swelling test, slim tube test, calculations of minimum

miscibility pressure, modeling of compositional variation with EOS and depth; Equations of

state and phase equilibria.

Application of reservoir fluid modeling software.


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination

RESTRICTED

95



Class Assessment


Class Attendance 05


Examination




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Reservoir Rock and

Fluid Properties founded on a



physical sciences

√

2.




Reservoir Rock and Fluid

Properties demonstrated through


assessment

√

3.







development

√

4.




quantification of Reservoir Rock

and Fluid Properties and data



standards

√

5.



Properties by using commercial


√

RESTRICTED

96



technology

Lecture Schedule:


Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1

CT-1

Lecture-1 Overview of Reservoir Rock Properties: Porosity, fluid

saturation, permeability

Lecture-2 Compressibility, core resistivity, capillary pressure, wettability and

relative permeability

Lecture-3

Coring and Core Analysis: Coring and core analysis objectives;

Coring hardware and maximizing core recovery; Core-handling,

wellsite procedures, and preservation methods; Sidewall coring and

analysis

Week-2

Lecture-4 Organizing effective laboratory programs; Porosity, permeability

and fluid saturation; Quality control in core analysis

Lecture-5 Petrography and mineralogy; Special core analysis, sample

selection and statistical data analysis

Lecture-6

Core-log correlation (includes nmr log calibration, acoustic,

nuclear, and electrical properties), an introduction to rock

mechanics

Week-3

Lecture-7

Wettability, relative permeability, capillary pressure, and reservoir

fluid distribution; Data integration in reservoir simulation; Design

of coring and core analysis program; NMR Core Analysis

Lecture-8 Electric Resistivity Analysis of Core

Lecture-9

Capillarity in Rocks: Capillary pressure applications in reservoir

characterization; Rock properties from mercury/air capillary

pressures

Week-4

Lecture-10 Capillary pressure data representativeness

Lecture-11 Capillary forces in reservoir rocks, their measurement

Lecture-12 Capillary pressure data fitting methods; Representing a large

number of capillary curves (averaging)

Week-5

CT-2

Lecture-13 Permeability from capillary pressure curves and petrography;

Saturation-height functions; Surface phenomena, capillarity

Lecture-14 wettability, and interphase tension; The competition between

capillary and gravity forces

Lecture-15 Relationships between initial and residual saturations

Week-6

RESTRICTED

97

Lecture-16 Interpretation of single and multiple pore system rocks; Clay-bound

water; Capillary pressure vs. NMR ; Seal capacity

Lecture-17 Relative Permeability: Imbibition and drainage process; Oil-water

system; Oil-Gas system

Lecture-18 Water-Gas system; Water-Oil--Gas system, stone model; Saturation

function

Week-7

Lecture-19 Rock Compaction Function: Newman correlation, Hall correlation,

Knaap correlation

Lecture-20 Core Photography

Lecture-21 Application of reservoir rock properties modeling software

Week-8

Lecture-22 Volumetric and Phase Behavior of Oil and Gas Systems:

Reservoir-Fluid Composition

Lecture-23 Phase Diagrams for Simple Systems; Retrograde Condensation;

Classification of Oilfield Systems

Lecture-24 Gas and Oil Properties and Correlations: Properties,

Nomenclature, and Units; Gas Mixtures; Oil Mixtures

Week-9

CT-3

Lecture-25 IFT and Diffusion Coefficients; K-Value Correlations

Lecture-26 Equation-of-State Calculations: Cubic EOS’s; Two-Phase Flash

Calculation; Phase Stability

Lecture-27 Saturation-Pressure Calculation; Equilibrium in a Gravity Field,

Compositional Gradients; Matching an EOS to Measured Data

Week-10

Lecture-28

Heptanes-Plus Characterization: Experimental Analyses; Molar

Distribution; Inspection-Properties Estimation; Critical-Properties

Estimation

Lecture-29 Recommended C7 Characterizations

Lecture-30 Grouping and Averaging Properties

Week-11

Lecture-31

Conventional PVT Measurements: Wellstream Compositions;

Multistage-Separator Test; Constant Composition Expansion;

Bubble Point Estimation

Lecture-32 Differential Liberation Expansion; Constant Volume Depletion

Lecture-33 Due Point Estimation; Composition variation with depth

Week-12

Lecture-34

Black-Oil PVT Formulations: Traditional Black-Oil Formulation:

Modified Black-Oil (MBO) Formulation; Applications of MBO

Formulation

Lecture-35 Partial-Density Formulation; Modifications for Gas Injection

Lecture-36 Water/Hydrocarbon Systems: Properties and Correlations; EOS

Predictions; Hydrates

Week-13

CT-4 Lecture-37

Preparation for Reservoir Engineering and Simulation Studies:

Fundamentals of Hydrocarbon Phase Behavior: single, two, and

multi-component systems, classification of reservoirs and fluids,

location of gas-oil contact ; Characterizing hydrocarbon-plus

fractions: generalized correlations

RESTRICTED

98

Lecture-38

PNA determination, splitting and lumping schemes for equation of

state applications ; Natural gas properties: behavior and properties

of ideal and real gases, wet gases and their behavior, analysis of gas

condensate behavior

Lecture-39

PVT properties of crude oils: crude oil properties, surface and

interfacial tension, properties of reservoir water, understanding

laboratory data, constant-composition expansion test

Week-14

Lecture-40 differential liberation test, separator test, liquid dropout, swelling

test, slim tube test

Lecture-41

Calculations of minimum miscibility pressure, modeling of

compositional variation with EOS and depth; Equations of state and

phase equilibria

Lecture-42 Application of reservoir fluid modeling software


1. Phase Behavior by Curtis H. Whitson & Michael R. Brule

2. Low Invasion Coring by J.B. Bloys and H.R. Warner Jr

3. The Properties of Petroleum Fluids by William D. McCain Jr

4. Fundamentals of Reservoir Engineering by L. P. Dake

5. Petroleum Engineering Handbook by John R. Fanchi

RESTRICTED

99

Chem 172: Chemistry Laboratory


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

Chemistry is the molecular science. Chemists believe that the best understanding of the

properties of matter comes from study at the molecular level. Chemistry provides the basic

principles that govern the structure (and therefore the behavior and reactivity) of molecules.

Objective:

1. General familiarity with the following areas in chemistry: analytical, inorganic,

organic and physical.

2. The basic analytical and technical skills to work al and technical skills to work

effectively in the various fields of chemistry.

3. The ability to perform accurate quantitative measurements with an understanding of

the theory and use of contemporary chemical instrumentation, interpret experimental

results, perform calculations on these results and draw reasonable, accurate

conclusions.

4. The ability to synthesize, separate and characterize compounds using published

reactions, protocols, standard laboratory equipment, and modern instrumentation.

5. The ability to use information technology tools such as the Internet and computer-

based literature searches as well as printed literature resources to locate and retrieve

scientific information needed for laboratory or theoretical work.



1) Recognize the main terminology, concepts and techniques that applies to Chemistry


sciences


of Chemistry demonstrated through appropriate and relevant assessment



development


quantification of Chemistry uncertainty and data management validated against


5) Perform, analyze and optimize reaction rate by using commercial software that is


RESTRICTED

100

Course Contents:

Qualitative and Quantitative Chemical Analysis

Qualitative Analysis:

i) Identification of functional group of organic compounds.

ii) Presence of N, S and halogens in organic compounds.

Quantitative Chemical Analysis: Estimation of Zinc and copper from analysis of brass.

Compleximetric Titration: Determination of Nichel and sulphet by compleximetric titration.

Analysis of Fats and Oils:

i) Iodine value (IV)

ii) Safonification value (SV)

iii) Acid value (AV)


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Attendance 5



Quiz Test 30

Viva Voce 10

RESTRICTED

101



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Chemistry on a theory



physical sciences

√

2.




Chemistry demonstrated through


assessment

√

3.







development

√

4.




quantification of chemicals and



standards

√

5.


reaction rate by using




of technology

√

Lecture Schedule:

Lecture Experiments

Week-1 Identification of functional group of organic compounds

Week-2 Identification of functional group of organic compounds

Week-3 Presence of N, S and halogens in organic compounds

Week-4 Presence of N, S and halogens in organic compounds

Week-5 Estimation of Zinc from analysis of brass

Week-6 Estimation of copper from analysis of brass

Week-7 Quiz

RESTRICTED

102

Week-8 Determination of Nichel by compleximetric titration

Week-9 Determination of sulphet by compleximetric titration

Week-10 Analysis of Fats and Oils

Week-11 Iodine value (IV)

Week-12 Safonification value (SV)

Week-13 Acid value (AV)

Week-14 Quiz


1. Basic Chemistry, Books a la Carte Edition by Karen C. Timberlake and William

Timberlake

2. Understanding Basic Chemistry Through Problem Solving: The Learner's Approach

by Jeanne Tan and Kim Seng Chan

3. Understand Basic Chemistry Concepts: The Periodic Table, Chemical Bonds,by Chris

McMulen

4. Introductory Chemistry by Nivaldo J. Tro

5. Basic Chemistry Concepts and Exercises by John Kenkel

RESTRICTED

103

Phy 172: Physics Laboratory


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

Physics is a fundamental science that endeavors to explain all the natural phenomena that

occur in the universe. Physics uses qualitative and quantitative models and theories based on

physical laws to visualize, explain and predict physical phenomena.

Objective:

1. To learn Solve for the solutions and describe the behavior of a dampedand driven

harmonic oscillator in both time and frequency domains

2. Understand and implement Fourier series.

3. Understand the general motion of a particle in two dimensions so that, given functions

x(t) and y(t) which describe this motion, they can determine the components,

magnitude, and direction of the particle’s velocity and acceleration as functions of

time

4. To understand the basic working principle of various energy storage devices like

capacitors, inductors and resistors.

5. Analyze under what circumstances an object will start to slip, or to calculate the

magnitude of the force of static friction.



1) Recognize the main terminology, concepts and techniques that applies to Physics


sciences


of Physics demonstrated through appropriate and relevant assessment



development


quantification of Physics uncertainty and data management validated against national

or international standards

Course Contents:

1. Determination of frequency of a tuning fork by the Melde’s experiment.

2. Determination of the spring constant and the effective mass of a loaded spring and

hence calculation of the rigidity modulus of the spring.

RESTRICTED

104

3. Determination of the value of g acceleration due to gravity by means of a compound

pendulum.

4. Determination of the velocity of sound.

5. Determination of focal length of a concave lens by auxiliary lens method.

6. Determination of radius of curvature of a Plano convex lens by Newton’s ring

method.

7. Determination of the refractive index of the material of a prism by spectrometer

8. Determination of the specific rotation of sugar solution by polarimeter.

9. Determination of a high resistance by the method of deflection.

10. Determination of electrochemical equivalent (ECE) of copper by the cooper

Voltammeter.

11. Determination of specific resistance of a wire using a meter bride.

12. Determination of Young’s modulus of a bar by bending method.

13. Determination of the modulus of rigidity of a wire by statical method.

14. Determination of the moment of inertia of a fly-wheel about its axis of rotation.

15. Verification of the law of conservation of linear momentum.


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Attendance 5



Quiz Test 30

Viva Voce 10



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Physics founded on a



√

RESTRICTED

105

physical sciences

2.




Physics demonstrated through


assessment

√

3.







development

√

4.




quantification of Physics




standards

√


Lecture Experiments

Week-1 Determination of frequency of a tuning fork by the Melde’s experiment

Week-2 Determination of the spring constant and the effective mass of a loaded spring

and hence calculation of the rigidity modulus of the spring

Week-3 Determination of the value of g acceleration due to gravity by means of a

compound pendulum

Week-4 Determination of the velocity of sound

Week-5 Determination of focal length of a concave lens by auxiliary lens method

Week-6

Determination of radius of curvature of a Plano convex lens by Newton’s ring

method. Determination of the refractive index of the material of a prism by

spectrometer

Week-7 Quiz

Week-8 Determination of the specific rotation of sugar solution by polarimeter

Week-9 Determination of a high resistance by the method of deflection

Week-10 Determination of electrochemical equivalent (ECE) of copper by the cooper

Voltammeter

Week-11 Determination of specific resistance of a wire using a meter bride

Determination of Young’s modulus of a bar by bending method

Week-12 Determination of the modulus of rigidity of a wire by statical method

Week-13 Determination of the moment of inertia of a fly-wheel about its axis of rotation

and Verification of the law of conservation of linear momentum

Week-14 Quiz

RESTRICTED

106


1. Waves & Oscillation by Brijlal and Subramanyam.

2. A text book of Optics by Brijlal and Subramanyam

3. Physics for Engineers- I & II by Dr Gais Uddin

4. Heat and Thermodynamics by- Brijlal and Subramannyam

5. Physics for Engineers Lecture Series by M Ziaul Ahsan

RESTRICTED

107

PME 124: Reservoir Rock and Fluid Properties Laboratory


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

The aim of this module is for students to understand the fundamental importance of the

reservoir rock properties in petroleum engineering practice. Estimate porosity, permeability,

saturation, relative permeability, capillary pressure and then the initial hydrocarbon in place

using volumetric method. In addition, establish various petrophysical relations and relevant

equations and determine the rock wettability.

Objective:

The overall objective of the course is to provide the student with basic understanding of the

petrophysics of petroleum reservoirs; and expand his/her ability to perform quantitative

calculations related to fluid storage capacity and fluid-flow performances of reservoirs.

Specific objectives are:

1. Learn the nature of a petroleum reservoir, reservoir forming rock types and their

petrographic properties,




Rock and Fluid Properties founded on a theory based understanding of mathematics



of Reservoir Rock and Fluid Properties demonstrated through appropriate and

relevant assessment



development


quantification of Reservoir Rock and Fluid Properties uncertainty and data


5) Perform, analyze and optimize Reservoir Rock and Fluid Properties by using



Course Contents:

1. Preparation of Reservoir Fluid Sample and Determine composition of reservoir fluid

sample by Gas Chromatograph

RESTRICTED

108

2. Perform PVT analysis (CCE,BP,DLE) for reservoir oil sample

3. Perform PVT analysis (CCE,DP,CVD) for reservoir gas sample

4. Perform PVT analysis (CCE,DP,CVD) for reservoir gas condensate sample

5. Perform multistage separator test for reservoir oil sample

6. Preparation of core sample by Cutting, Plugging and Trimming

7. Measurement of porosity in the core sample

8. Measurement of permeability in the core sample

9. Measurement of capillary pressure in the core sample

10. Measurement of relative permeability in the core sample

11. Determination of wettability and interfacial tension

12. Processing of core analysis data for reservoir modeling


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Attendance 5



Quiz Test 30

Viva Voce 10



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Reservoir Rock and

Fluid Properties founded on a



physical sciences

√

2.





Properties demonstrated through


√

RESTRICTED

109

assessment

3.







development

√

4.




quantification of Reservoir Rock

and Fluid Properties and data



standards

√

5.



Properties by using commercial




technology

√

Lecture Schedule:

Lecture Experiments

Week-1 Preparation of Reservoir Fluid Sample and Determine composition of

reservoir fluid sample by Gas Chromatograph

Week-2 Perform PVT analysis (CCE,BP,DLE) for reservoir oil sample

Week-3 Perform PVT analysis (CCE,DP,CVD) for reservoir gas sample

Week-4 Perform PVT analysis (CCE,DP,CVD) for reservoir gas condensate sample

Week-5 Perform multistage separator test for reservoir oil sample

Week-6 Preparation of core sample by Cutting, Plugging and Trimming

Week-7 Quiz

Week-8 Measurement of porosity in the core sample

Week-9 Measurement of permeability in the core sample

Week-10 Measurement of capillary pressure in the core sample

Week-11 Measurement of relative permeability in the core sample

Week-12 Determination of wettability and interfacial tension

Week-13 Processing of core analysis data for reservoir modeling

Week-14 Quiz


1. Phase Behavior by Curtis H. Whitson & Michael R. Brule

2. Low Invasion Coring by J.B. Bloys and H.R. Warner Jr

RESTRICTED

110

3. The Properties of Petroleum Fluids by William D. McCain Jr

4. Fundamentals of Reservoir Engineering by L. P. Dake

5. Petroleum Engineering Handbook by John R. Fanchi

RESTRICTED

111

Level-2, Term-1

EECE 271: Fundamentals of Electrical and Electronic Engineering


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

Electrical & Electronic Engineering is a fascinating field, and one which could make your

time at unique challenging, enriching and rewarding experience. Just as the world needs its

Doctors, Nurses and Teachers, Electrical Engineering is something which we simply couldn't

do without. If you like the idea of creating electrical systems which could help millions of

people on a day-to-day basis, like the systems used in phones, or computers, then read these

reasons to study Electrical & Electronic Engineering.

Objective:

1. Be successful in understanding, formulating, analyzing and solving a variety of

electrical engineering problems.

2. Be successful in operating and designing a variety of engineering systems, products or

experiments.



1) Recognize the main terminology, concepts and techniques that applies to Electrical

and Electronic Engineering founded on a theory based understanding of mathematics



of Electrical and Electronic Engineering demonstrated through appropriate and

relevant assessment



development


quantification of Electrical and Electronic Engineering uncertainty and data


5) Perform, analyze and optimize Electrical and Electronic devices by using commercial


technology

RESTRICTED

112

Course Contents:

Introduction: Sources of energy; General structure of electrical power systems, Power

Transmission and distribution via overhead lines and underground cables; Steam, Hydel, Gas

and Nuclear power generation.

DC Networks: Kickoff’s laws, Node voltage and mesh current methods, Delta-star and star-

delta conversion, Superposition principle, Thevenin’s and Norton’s theorems.

Single Phase AC Circuits: Single phase EMF generation, average and effective values of

sinusoids, solution of R,L,C series circuits, the j operator, complex representation of

impedances phasor diagram, power factor, power in complex notation, solution of parallel

and series-parallel circuits.

Three Phase AC Circuits: Three phase EME generation, delta and Y-connections, line and

phase quantities, solution of three phase circuits, balanced supply voltage and balanced load,

phasor diagram, measurement of power in thee phase circuits, Three phase four wire circuits.

Magnetic Circuits: Ampere’s circuital law, B-H curve, Solution of magnetic circuits,

Hysteresis and eddy current losses, Relays, an application of magnetic force, Basic principles

of stepper motor.

Electrical Measuring Instruments: DC PMMC instruments, Shunt and multipliers,

Multimeters, Moving iron ammeters and voltmeters, Dynamometers, Wattmeter, AC

watthour meter, Extension of instrument ranges.

Electrical Machines: DC generators: Construction, operation and types, DC motors:

Operation, classification, characteristics and applications. Transformers: Operation and

classification, Three Phase Induction Motors: Working principle, characteristics and starting,

Alternators: Working principle and synchronization, Synchronous Motors: Operation and

applications.

Electronics: p-n junction diode, rectifiers, BJT: Switching and amplification.

Power Supply: Choice of voltage, surface and underground supply, Mine cable construction,

installation, fault location, Switchgears, Earthing methods, Protective devices: over current

and over voltage.

Control and Instrumentation: Introduction to control system, open loop and closed loop

system, remote control, sequence control, introduction to programmable logic controller,

embedded controller. Drives: DC drives: single phase half wave converter drives, AC drives:

Induction motor drives-Stator voltage and rotor voltage control Transducers: Electrical

Transducers, Advantages of Electrical Transducer, Resistance Thermometers, Thermistor,

Thermocouple, Integrated Circuit temperature sensors, Linear Variable Differential

Transformer (LVDT), Capacitive Transducer:Piezo-electric Transducer, Opto-electronic

transducers. Sensors for measurement of various operational parameters, environmental

parameters and safety parameters in underground and open pit mines.

RESTRICTED

113


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Assessment


Class Attendance 05


Examination




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Electrical and

Electronic Engineering founded

on a theory based understanding

of mathematics and the natural


√

2.




Electrical and Electronic



assessment

√

3.







development

√

4. Demonstrate the ability to √

RESTRICTED

114



quantification of Electrical and

Electronic uncertainty and data



standards

5.


Electrical and Electronic devices

by using commercial software

that is commonly used in the

industry to develop competency

in the use of technology

√


Lecture

Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1

CT-1

Lecture-1

Introduction: Sources of energy; General structure of electrical

power systems, Power Transmission and distribution via overhead

lines and underground cables

Lecture-2 Steam, Hydel

Lecture-3 Gas and Nuclear power generation

Week-2

Lecture-4 DC Networks: Kickoff’s laws, Node voltage and mesh current

methods

Lecture-5 Delta-star and star-delta conversion

Lecture-6 Superposition principle

Week-3

Lecture-7 Thevenin’s and Norton’s theorems

Lecture-8 Single Phase AC Circuits: Single phase EMF generation, average

and effective values of sinusoids, solution of R,L,C series circuits

Lecture-9 the j operator, complex representation of impedances phasor

diagram, power factor

Week-4

Lecture-10 power in complex notation

Lecture-11 Solution of parallel and series-parallel circuits

Lecture-12

Three Phase AC Circuits: Three phase EME generation, delta and

Y-connections, line and phase quantities, solution of three phase

circuits

Week-5

CT-2

Lecture-13 balanced supply voltage and balanced load

Lecture-14 phasor diagram, measurement of power in thee phase circuits

Lecture-15 Three phase four wire circuits

Week-6

Lecture-16 Magnetic Circuits: Ampere’s circuital law, B-H curve, Solution of

RESTRICTED

115

magnetic circuits, Hysteresis and eddy current losses

Lecture-17 Relays, an application of magnetic force

Lecture-18 Basic principles of stepper motor

Week-7

Lecture-19

Electrical Measuring Instruments: DC PMMC instruments,

Shunt and multipliers, Multimeters, Moving iron ammeters and

voltmeters

Lecture-20 Dynamometers, Wattmeter

Lecture-21 AC watthour meter, Extension of instrument ranges

Week-8

Lecture-22 Electrical Machines: DC generators: Construction, operation and

types

Lecture-23 DC motors: Operation, classification, characteristics and

applications

Lecture-24 Transformers: Operation and classification

Week-9

CT-3

Lecture-25 Three Phase Induction Motors: Working principle, characteristics

and starting, Alternators

Lecture-26 Working principle and synchronization

Lecture-27 Synchronous Motors: Operation and applications

Week-10

Lecture-28 Electronics: p-n junction diode

Lecture-29 rectifiers, BJT

Lecture-30 Switching and amplification

Week-11

Lecture-31 Power Supply: Choice of voltage, surface and underground

supply, Mine cable construction, installation, fault location

Lecture-32 Switchgears, Earthing methods

Lecture-33 Protective devices: over current and over voltage

Week-12

Lecture-34 Control and Instrumentation: Introduction to control system

Lecture-35 open loop and closed loop system, remote control, sequence control

Lecture-36 Introduction to programmable logic controller, embedded controller

Week-13

CT-4

Lecture-37 Drives: DC drives: single phase half wave converter drives, AC

drives

Lecture-38 Induction motor drives-Stator voltage and rotor voltage control

Transducers: Electrical Transducers

Lecture-39 Advantages of Electrical Transducer, Resistance Thermometers,

Thermistor, Thermocouple

Week-14

Lecture-40 Integrated Circuit temperature sensors, Linear Variable Differential

Transformer (LVDT)

Lecture-41 Capacitive Transducer: Piezo-electric Transducer, Opto-electronic

transducers

Lecture-42

Sensors for measurement of various operational parameters,

environmental parameters and safety parameters in underground

and open pit mines

RESTRICTED

116


1. Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering by Sabyasachi Bhattacharya

2. Fundamentals of Electric Circuits by Charles K. Alexander and Matthew N.O. Sadiku

3. The Engineering Handbook by Richard C. Dorf

4. Electromagnetism for Electronic Engineers by Richard Geoffrey Carter

5. Industrial Electrical Troubleshooting by Lynn Lundquist

6. Wire Bonding in Microelectronics: Materials, Processes, Reliability, and Yield by

George G. Harman

RESTRICTED

117

Math 271: Differential Equations, Fourier Analysis, Laplace Transform and Numerical

Analysis


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

The aim of the Differential Equations, Fourier Analysis, Laplace Transform and Numerical

Analysis is that learners should be provided with a conceptual background which empowers

them to make rational sense of elementary Differential Equations, Fourier Analysis, Laplace

Transform and Numerical Analysis.

Objectives:

1. To explain the characteristics of Differential Equations, Fourier Analysis, Laplace

Transform and Numerical Analysis

2. To provide a physical interpretation of the Differential Equations, Fourier Analysis,

Laplace Transform and Numerical Analysis

3. To apply Differential Equations, Fourier Analysis, Laplace Transform and Numerical

Analysis in solving engineering problems




1) Recognize the main terminology, concepts and techniques that applies to Differential

Equations, Fourier Analysis, Laplace Transform and Numerical Analysis founded on

a theory based understanding of mathematics and the natural and physical sciences


of Differential Equations, Fourier Analysis, Laplace Transform and Numerical

Analysis demonstrated through appropriate and relevant assessment



development


quantification of Differential Equations, Fourier Analysis, Laplace Transform and

Numerical Analysis uncertainty and data management validated against national or


RESTRICTED

118

Course Contents:

Section-A

Differential Equations

Ordinary Differential Equations (ODE): Definition, Formulation, Classification, Solution

of first order differential equation using various methods, Higher order differential equation

with constant co-efficient, Homogeous differential equation. Solution of DE in series by the

method of Frobenious.

Partial Differentiation Equation (PDE): Linear and non-linear PDE of first order, Linear

PDE with constant coefficients, Boundary value problems (BVP): Wave and heat transfer

equations.

Fourier Analysis:

Fourier Analysis: Fourier series, Fourier integral, Fourier transform, Inverse Fourier

Transform and their Engineering applications.

Section-B

Laplace Transform (LT): Introduction, Laplace transform, Properties of Laplace transform,

Inverse Laplace transforms, Derivative and Integral of LT., Convolution theorem, Heavisides

expansion formula.

Numerical Analysis: Numerical Solution of Algebraic and Transcendental Equations:

Introduction, Bisection method, Newton-Raphson method. Solution of system of linear

equations using direct and iterative method.

Interpolation: Finite differences, Forward and backward differences, Difference table,

difference of polynomial. Newton forward and backward interpolation formula, Central and

divided differences, Numerical solution of ordinary differential equations.


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination

RESTRICTED

119



Class Assessment

Class Performance 05

Class Attendance 05


Examination

Final Written Examination 70



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Differential Equations,

Fourier Analysis, Laplace

Transform and Numerical

Analysis founded on a theory



physical sciences

√

2.




Differential Equations, Fourier

Analysis, Laplace Transform and

Numerical Analysis



assessment

√

3.







development

√

4.




quantification of Differential

Equations, Fourier Analysis,

Laplace Transform and

Numerical Analysis uncertainty



standards

√

RESTRICTED

120

Lecture Schedule:


Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1

CT-1

Lecture-1 Ordinary Differential Equations (ODE): Definition,

Formulation

Lecture-2 Classification, Solution of first order differential equation using

various methods


various methods


various methods

Week-2

Lecture-5 Higher order differential equation with constant co-efficient

Lecture-6 Homogeous differential equation

Lecture-7 Homogeous differential equation

Lecture-8 Solution of DE in series by the method of Frobenious

Week-3

Lecture-9 Solution of DE in series by the method of Frobenious

Lecture-10 Partial Differentiation Equation (PDE): Linear and non-linear

PDE of first order

Lecture-11 Linear and non-linear PDE of first order

Lecture-12 Linear PDE with constant coefficients

Week-4

CT-2

Lecture-13 Linear PDE with constant coefficients

Lecture-14 Boundary value problems (BVP)



Week-5

Lecture-17 Wave and heat transfer equations

Lecture-18 Wave and heat transfer equations

Lecture-19

Fourier Analysis:

Fourier Analysis: Fourier series, Fourier integral, Fourier

transform

Lecture-20 Fourier series, Fourier integral, Fourier transform

Week-6





Week-7

CT-3 Lecture-25 Inverse Fourier Transform and their Engineering applications

Lecture-26 Inverse Fourier Transform and their Engineering applications


RESTRICTED

121


Week-8

Lecture-29 Laplace Transform (LT): Introduction, Laplace transform

Lecture-30 Properties of Laplace transform



Week-9

Lecture-33 Inverse Laplace transforms



Lecture-36 Derivative and Integral of LT

Week-10

CT-4

Lecture-37 Convolution theorem

Lecture-38 Heavisides expansion formula

Lecture-39 Numerical Analysis: Numerical Solution of Algebraic and

Transcendental Equations: Introduction, Bisection method

Lecture-40 Introduction, Bisection method

Week-11



Lecture-43 Newton-Raphson method

Lecture-44 Newton-Raphson method

Week-12

CT-5

Lecture-45 Solution of system of linear equations using direct and iterative

method


method


method


method

Week-13

Lecture-49 Interpolation: Finite differences, Forward and backward

differences

Lecture-50 Difference table, difference of polynomial

Lecture-51 Newton forward and backward interpolation formula

Lecture-52 Newton forward and backward interpolation formula

Week-14

Lecture-53 Central and divided differences

Lecture-54 Numerical solution of ordinary differential equations




1. Fourier series, Schaum’s outlines series, Murray R. Spiegel.

2. Theory and problems of Laplace Transforms, Schaum’s outlines series, Murray R.

Spiegel.

3. Mathematical Physics, B D Gupta.

4. Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations – M.D. Raisinghania.

RESTRICTED

122

5. Differential Equations – Schaum’s out lines.

6. Differential Equations – B. D. Sharma.

7. Differential Equations – P. N. Chatterjee.

8. Differential Equations with applications–Dr Md. Mustafa Kamal

9. Numerical analysis by Walter Gautschi

RESTRICTED

123

PME 211: Engineering Mechanics


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

The branch of applied science that deals with state of rest or the state of motion is termed as

Mechanics. Starting from the analysis of rigid bodies under gravitational force and simple

applied forces the mechanics has grown to the analysis of robotics, aircrafts, space crafts

under dynamic force, atmospheric forces, temperatures forces etc.

Objective:

The student will be able to:

1. Understand concepts of mechanics involving force & its effects on objects, motion of

bodies, and friction with applications.

2. Apply the principles to Engineering problems

3. Understand principles of simple machines



1) Recognize the main terminology, concepts and techniques that applies to Engineering

Mechanics founded on a theory based understanding of mathematics and the natural



of Engineering Mechanics demonstrated through appropriate and relevant assessment



development


quantification of Engineering Mechanics uncertainty and data management validated


Course Contents:

Fundamental Concepts: Free body diagram, Concurrent / coplanar / non-coplanar force

systems, Resultant of forces, Resolution of forces.

Equilibrium of Particles: Conditions for equilibrium, Moments of force in vector notation,

Resultant of force couple system.

Equilibrium of Rigid Bodies: Rectangular components of forces in plane and space,

Moment of forces and couples, resolution of a given force or force system into a force and

couple, Wrench, Equivalent force system.

RESTRICTED

124

Analysis of Structures: Trusses and frames, Forces in members, Zero force member.

Belt, Rope and Chain Drive: Belt: types: Flat and V- belt, Selection, Length of open and

cross belt drives, Power transmitted by belt, Ratio of driving tension, Condition for

transmission of maximum power, Rope drive, ratio of driving tensions for rope, Chain drive,

Kinematics of chain drive.

Centroid and Center of Gravity: Line, Area, Volume, Composite bodies. Moment of inertia

of area, masses; Parallel axis theorem.

Gear Train: Simple and compound gear train, Different types of gear train and their

applications.

Kinematics of Particles: Rectilinear and curvilinear motion of particles, Position vector,

Velocity and acceleration, Derivative of vector functions.

Kinetics of Particles in Two Dimensions: Newton's second law of motion- dynamic

equilibrium, angular momentum and its rate of change; motion under a central force.

Energy and Momentum Methods: Principle of work and energy; Conservation of energy;

Principle of impulse and momentum; Impulsive motion, Impact, Linear and angular

momentum of system of particles.

Kinetics of Rigid Bodies in Two Dimensions: Translation, rotation about a fixed axis;

Absolute/relative velocity and absolute/relative acceleration in plane motion, Instantaneous

center of rotation.

Plane Motion of Rigid Bodies: Equation of motions for a plane body, Angular momentum

and its rate of change, D'Alemberts principle; Constrained plane motion; Principle of work

and energy; Conservation of energy and angular momentum; Principle of impulse and

momentum


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination

RESTRICTED

125



Class Assessment


Class Attendance 05


Examination




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Engineering

Mechanics founded on a theory



physical sciences

√

2.




Engineering Mechanics



assessment

√

3.







development

√

4.




quantification of Engineering

Mechanics uncertainty and data



standards

√

RESTRICTED

126

Lecture Schedule:


Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1

CT-1

Lecture-1 Fundamental Concepts: Free body diagram, Concurrent / coplanar

/ non-coplanar force systems

Lecture-2 Resultant of forces

Lecture-3 Resolution of forces

Week-2

Lecture-4 Equilibrium of Particles: Conditions for equilibrium

Lecture-5 Moments of force in vector notation

Lecture-6 Resultant of force couple system

Week-3

Lecture-7 Equilibrium of Rigid Bodies: Rectangular components of forces

in plane and space, Moment of forces and couples

Lecture-8 resolution of a given force or force system into a force and couple

Lecture-9 Wrench, Equivalent force system

Week-4

Lecture-10 Analysis of Structures: Trusses and frames

Lecture-11 Forces in members

Lecture-12 Zero force member

Week-5

CT-2

Lecture-13

Belt, Rope and Chain Drive: Belt: types: Flat and V- belt,

Selection, Length of open and cross belt drives, Power transmitted

by belt

Lecture-14 Ratio of driving tension, Condition for transmission of maximum

power

Lecture-15 Rope drive, ratio of driving tensions for rope, Chain drive,

Kinematics of chain drive

Week-6

Lecture-16

Centroid and Center of Gravity: Line, Area, Volume, Composite

bodies. Moment of inertia of area, masses; Parallel axis theorem

Lecture-17 Gear Train: Simple and compound gear train

Lecture-18 Different types of gear train and their applications

Week-7

Lecture-19 Kinematics of Particles: Rectilinear and curvilinear motion of

particles, Position vector

Lecture-20 Velocity and acceleration

Lecture-21 Derivative of vector functions

Week-8

Lecture-22 Kinetics of Particles in Two Dimensions: Newton's second law of

motion

Lecture-23 dynamic equilibrium

Lecture-24 angular momentum and its rate of change

Week-9 CT-3

Lecture-25 motion under a central force

RESTRICTED

127

Lecture-26 Energy and Momentum Methods: Principle of work and energy

Lecture-27 Conservation of energy

Week-10

Lecture-28 Principle of impulse and momentum

Lecture-29 Impulsive motion, Impact

Lecture-30 Linear and angular momentum of system of particles

Week-11

Lecture-31 Kinetics of Rigid Bodies in Two Dimensions: Translation

Lecture-32 rotation about a fixed axis

Lecture-33 Absolute/relative velocity and absolute/relative acceleration in

plane motion

Week-12

Lecture-34 Instantaneous center of rotation

Lecture-35 Plane Motion of Rigid Bodies: Equation of motions for a plane

body

Lecture-36 Angular momentum and its rate of change

Week-13

CT-4

Lecture-37 Angular momentum and its rate of change

Lecture-38 D'Alemberts principle

Lecture-39 Constrained plane motion

Week-14

Lecture-40 Principle of work and energy

Lecture-41 Conservation of energy and angular momentum

Lecture-42 Principle of impulse and momentum


1. Engineering Mechanics 1: Statics by Dietmar Gross, Jörg Schröder, Werner Hauger,

and Wolfgang A. Wall

2. Meriam Engineering Mechanics – Dynamic by J.L. Meriam

3. Textbook of Engineering Mechanics by R.S. Khurmi

4. Engineering Mechanics: Combined Statics & Dynamics by Russell Hibbeler

RESTRICTED

128

PME 213: Petroleum Engineering Thermodynamics


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

It is a core subject of petroleum engineering and is essential for understanding basic concepts,

thermodynamic properties of fluids and performance of thermal used in industry.

Objective:

This course is designed to make the students:

1. Understand zeroth, first and second laws of thermodynamics.

2. Discern various thermodynamic properties such as internal energy, specific volume,

enthalpy, entropy, specific heat etc. from fundamental correlations.

3. Learn the application of various thermodynamic laws for the analysis of chemical

processes.

4. Understand the concept and models of residual and excess Gibbs energy and the

associated calculations for VLE, VLLE, SVE and SLE.

5. Learn the application of the laws of thermodynamics for hydrocarbon (both liquid and

gas) characterization, handling, storage and transport.




Engineering Thermodynamics founded on a theory based understanding of

mathematics and the natural and physical sciences


of Petroleum Engineering Thermodynamics demonstrated through appropriate and

relevant assessment



development


quantification of Petroleum Engineering Thermodynamics uncertainty and data


5) Perform, analyze and optimize Petroleum Engineering Thermodynamic rate by using



RESTRICTED

129

Course Contents:

Introduction to Thermodynamics: Introduction to SI system of units; Definition of

thermodynamics; Thermodynamic system and control volume; Classes of systems;

Thermodynamic properties, Processes and cycles; Reversible and irreversible processes;

Flow and non-flow processes; Constant volume, Constant pressure, Isothermal, Adiabatic,

Polytrophic and isentropic processes; Thermodynamic equilibrium; Zeroth law of

thermodynamics.

First Law of Thermodynamics: The first law of thermodynamics; Non-flow energy

equation; Internal energy; Enthalpy; Law of conservation of energy; Corollaries of First Law,

Specific heats; Relation between specific heats; Application of the first law to some common

closed system processes; The first law as applied to open system; steady flow energy

equation; applications of the steady flow energy equation.

Pure Substance: Definition; phase of a pure substance; phase changes; independent

properties of a pure substance; p-T, p-v, T-s and h-s diagrams; triple point and critical point;

tables of thermodynamic properties of steam; Mollier Diagram. EOS

Second Law of Thermodynamics: Limitation of the first law of thermodynamics; Heat

engines and heat pumps; Corollaries of the 2nd law, Efficiencies of reversible engines,

Thermodynamics temperature scale; Entropy, Temperature-entropy diagrams for gases and

vapors, Entropy changes for a perfect gas undergoing various reversible processes.

Perfect Gas: Equation of state of a perfect gas; Internal energy, enthalpy and specific heat

capacities of a perfect gas; Coefficient of volume expansion and isothermal compressibility

for a perfect gas; Various reversible processes undergone by a perfect gas; Perfect gas

mixtures; Gibbs-Dalton law; Relations involving pressure, volume and composition, internal

energy, enthalpy and specific heats of mixtures.

Internal Combustion Engines: Introduction of petrol and diesel engines; Working principle

of both 4-stroke and 2-stroke engines; Introduction of main parts. Indicated power, brake

power and mechanical efficiency calculations. Air standard Otto and Diesel cycles; p-v and

T-s diagrams of cycles.

Vapor Power Cycles: Vapor power cycle; Rankine cycle; Reheat cycle; calculations of cycle

efficiency.

Vapor Compression Refrigeration Systems: Simple vapor compression refrigeration cycle.

p-h and T-s diagrams. Actual cycle and its analysis. Study of compressor, condenser,

expansion device and evaporator used in a refrigeration system.

Applications of the First and Second Laws of Thermodynamics with strong emphasis on

material, energy and entropy balances to solve engineering problems involving pure

components. Cycles (Rankine, Brayton, refrigeration, etc.), the calculusof thermodynamics,

equations of state for realistic thermodynamicproperties, departure functions, equilibrium and

stability criteria,fugacity, and single component phase equilibrium (vaporization, melting,

sublimation).

RESTRICTED

130

Application in gas processing, petroleum refining, LPG, LNG, EOR


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Assessment


Class Attendance 05


Examination




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Petroleum Engineering

Thermodynamics founded on a



physical sciences

√

2.




Petroleum Engineering

Thermodynamics demonstrated


assessment

√

3.





√

RESTRICTED

131



development

4.




quantification of Petroleum

Engineering Thermodynamics




standards

√

5.


Petroleum Engineering

Thermodynamic rate by using




of technology

√

Lecture Schedule:


Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1

CT-1

Lecture-1

Introduction to Thermodynamics: Introduction to SI system of

units; Definition of thermodynamics; Thermodynamic system and

control volume; Classes of systems; Thermodynamic properties,

Processes and cycles; Reversible and irreversible processes

Lecture-2 Flow and non-flow processes; Constant volume, Constant pressure,

Isothermal, Adiabatic

Lecture-3 Polytrophic and isentropic processes; Thermodynamic equilibrium;

Zeroth law of thermodynamics

Week-2

Lecture-4

First Law of Thermodynamics: The first law of thermodynamics;

Non-flow energy equation; Internal energy; Enthalpy; Law of

conservation of energy; Corollaries of First Law

Lecture-5 Specific heats; Relation between specific heats

Lecture-6 Application of the first law to some common closed system

processes

Week-3

Lecture-7 The first law as applied to open system

Lecture-8 steady flow energy equation

Lecture-9 Applications of the steady flow energy equation

Week-4

Lecture-10 Pure Substance: Definition; phase of a pure substance; phase

changes; independent properties of a pure substance

Lecture-11 p-T, p-v, T-s and h-s diagrams

RESTRICTED

132

Lecture-12 triple point and critical point

Week-5

CT-2

Lecture-13 Tables of thermodynamic properties of steam

Lecture-14 Mollier Diagram

Lecture-15 EOS

Week-6

Lecture-16

Second Law of Thermodynamics: Limitation of the first law of

thermodynamics; Heat engines and heat pumps; Corollaries of the

2nd law, Efficiencies of reversible engines

Lecture-17 Thermodynamics temperature scale; Entropy

Lecture-18 Temperature-entropy diagrams for gases and vapors

Week-7

Lecture-19 Entropy changes for a perfect gas undergoing various reversible

processes

Lecture-20 Perfect Gas: Equation of state of a perfect gas; Internal energy

Lecture-21 enthalpy and specific heat capacities of a perfect gas

Week-8

Lecture-22 Coefficient of volume expansion and isothermal compressibility for

a perfect gas

Lecture-23 Various reversible processes undergone by a perfect gas; Perfect

gas mixtures

Lecture-24 Gibbs-Dalton law; Relations involving pressure

Week-9

CT-3

Lecture-25 Volume and composition, internal energy, enthalpy and specific

heats of mixtures

Lecture-26 Internal Combustion Engines: Introduction of petrol and diesel

engines

Lecture-27 Working principle of both 4-stroke and 2-stroke engines;

Introduction of main parts

Week-10

Lecture-28 Indicated power, brake power and mechanical efficiency

calculations

Lecture-29 Air standard Otto and Diesel cycles; p-v and T-s diagrams of cycles

Lecture-30 Vapor Power Cycles: Vapor power cycle; Rankine cycle; Reheat

cycle; calculations of cycle efficiency

Week-11

Lecture-31

Vapor Compression Refrigeration Systems: Simple vapor

compression refrigeration cycle. p-h and T-s diagrams. Actual cycle

and its analysis. Study of compressor, condenser, expansion device

and evaporator used in a refrigeration system

Lecture-32





Lecture-33





Week-12

RESTRICTED

133

Lecture-34

Applications of the First and Second Laws of Thermodynamics

with strong emphasis on material, energy and entropy balances to

solve engineering problems involving pure components

Lecture-35




Lecture-36




Week-13

CT-4

Lecture-37

Cycles (Rankine, Brayton, refrigeration, etc.), the calculus of

thermodynamics, equations of state for realistic thermodynamic

properties, departure functions, equilibrium and stability

criteria,fugacity, and single component phase equilibrium

(vaporization, melting, sublimation)

Lecture-38






Lecture-39






Week-14

Lecture-40 Application in gas processing, petroleum refining, LPG, LNG,

EOR


EOR


EOR


1. Thermal Engineering by Balleny, Prentice Hall Publications

2. Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics by YUC Rao

3. Engineering Thermodynamics by PK Nag

4. Introduction to Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics by JL Smith and Vanners,

McGraw Hill Publication

5. Equation of State and PVT analysis,Tarek Ahmed, Gulf publishing company

RESTRICTED

134

PME 215: Rock Mechanics for Mining and Petroleum Engineers


Pre-requisite: None

1. Rationale:

To understand the mechanical behavior of rock and rock masses to the force fields of their

physical environment in Mining and Petroleum fields.

2. Objectives:

1. To understand about the physical properties of rocks and weakening mechanism of

rock.

2. To calculate and analyze porosity, elastic wave velocity and permeability

measurements of rocks.

3. To understand the deformation and failure mechanism of rock under tension, uniaxial

compression and triaxial compression.

4. To analyze stress distribution around excavation.

5. To design underground excavation.

6. To analyze surface subsidence.

7. To analyze slope stability of rock.

8. To analyze and design support system.

9. To understand reservoir compaction.

10. To analyze stress evolution due to production.

11. To analyze stress effect on porosity and permeability.

12. To understand the hydraulic fracturing.

13. To analyze hydraulic fracturing for stress determination.

14. To analyze mud weight limit to prevent hole collapse.

15. To analyze the effect of temperature and mud composition on borehole stability.

3. Course Outcomes (CO):

Upon completion of the course, the students will be able to:

1. Understand the theories relating to physical properties of rocks, deformation and failure of

rocks under tension, uniaxial compression, triaxial compression.

2. Apply the knowledge to design underground and open pit mine, borehole.

3. Evaluate the design requirement from rock engineering point of view.

4. Analyze of design parameters of various rock engineering structures.

RESTRICTED

135

4. Course Contents:

Physical properties of rock: Density, porosity, elastic wave velocity and dynamic elastic

constants, permeability of rock, permeability measurement at field scale, expansion

coefficient, weakening mechanism of rocks.

Deformation and failure of rock under tension: Why tension? How to measure tensile

strength of rock? Criterion of crack growth, Fracture toughness, Stable and unstable crack

growth.

Deformation and failure of rock under uniaxial compression: Why uniaxial? Uniaxial

compression test, Analysis of result, Axial stress, axial strain, lateral strain and volumetric

strain relationship of rock. Dilatancy. Mode and process of failure. Growth of inclined crack

under compressive stress.

Deformation and failure under triaxial compression: Why triaxial compression? How to

perform triaxial compression test? Experimental procedure. The characteristic of stress and

strain curves. Why confining pressure hinders nucleation of secondary cracks. Failure

criterion of rock. Physical meaning of columb’s criterion. Crack growth under triaxial

compression, Effect of pore fluid, Law of effective stress.

Rock stresses: Methods of stress measurements in fields. Stress controlled instability. Rock

mass characterization. Surface subsidence. Slope stability. Roof control plan. Design of entry,

Pillar, and bolt systems. Stresses around excavations. Convergence and stress measurements.

Reservoir Geomechanics: Introduction to poroelasticity theory; Reservoir compaction;

Linear elastic model and inelastic effects; Surface subsidence; Stress evolution during

production; Compaction as a drive mechanism; Stress effects on porosity and permeability;

Coupled reservoir simulation; Link to 4D seismic.

Borehole Stability: Diagnostics; Critical mud weight limits to prevent hole collapse and mud

losses; Effects of temperature and mud composition on borehole stability; Stability of

deviated and horizontal holes; Effects of plasticity; Modeling of borehole stability.

Sand and Particle Production; Basic mechanisms; Sand control; Sand prediction;

Volumetric sand production.

Hydraulic Fracturing: Initiation and growth of hydraulic fractures; Thermal fracturing

during water injection; Use of fracturing during simulation; Stress determination; Waste

storage.

RESTRICTED

136

5. Teaching-learning and Assessment Strategy:

Lectures, Class Performances, Assignments, Class Tests, Final Examination

Assessment Methods & Their Weights:

Assessment Methods (100%)

1. Class Assessment

(i) Class Participation 05

(ii) Class Attendance 05

(iii) Class Tests/Assignment/Presentation 20

2. Examination

(i) Final Examination 70

6. Mapping of Course Outcomes (CO) and Program Outcomes (PO):

Course Outcomes (CO) of the Course Program Outcomes (PO)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 Understand the theories relating

to physical properties of rocks,

deformation and failure of rocks

under tension, uniaxial

compression, triaxial

compression

√

2 Apply the knowledge to design

underground and open pit mine,

borehole for petroleum

production

√

3 Evaluate the design requirement

for mining and petroleum

structures from rock engineering

point of view.

√

4 Analyze of design parameters of

various rock engineering

structures.

√

7. Lecture Schedule:


Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1 Physical properties of rock; Reservoir Geomechanics

Lecture-1 Density, porosity, elastic wave velocity and dynamic elastic

constants, permeability of rock

Lecture-2 Permeability measurement at field scale, expansion coefficient

Lecture-3 Introduction to poroelasticity theory

RESTRICTED

137

Week-2 Wakening Mechanism of rocks, Deformation and failure of

rock under tension; Reservoir Geomechanics

CT-1;

CT-2

Lecture-4 Weakening mechanism of rocks

Lecture-5 Why tension? How to measure tensile strength of rock?

Lecture-6 Reservoir compaction

Week-3 Deformation and failure of rock under uniaxial compression;

Reservoir Geomechanics

Lecture-7 Criterion of crack growth, Fracture toughness, Stable and unstable

crack growth

Lecture-8 Why uniaxial? Uniaxial compression test, Analysis of result

Lecture-9 Reservoir compaction

Week-4 Deformation and failure of rock under uniaxial compression;


Lecture-10 Axial stress, axial strain, lateral strain and volumetric strain

relationship of rock

Lecture-11 Dilatancy. Mode and process of failure. Growth of inclined crack

under compressive stress

Lecture-12 Linear elastic model and inelastic effects

Week-5 Deformation and failure of rock under triaxial compression;


Lecture-13 Why triaxial compression? How to perform triaxial compression

test? Experimental procedure

Lecture-14

The characteristic of stress and strain curves. Why confining

pressure hinders nucleation of secondary cracks. Failure criterion of

rock. Physical meaning of columb’s criterion

Lecture-15 Surface subsidence; Stress evolution during production

Week-6 Deformation and failure of rock under triaxial compression;


Lecture-16 Crack growth under triaxial compression

Lecture-17 Effect of pore fluid, Law of effective stress

Lecture-18 Compaction as a drive mechanism; Stress effects on porosity and

permeability

Week-7 Rock stresses; Borehole stability

Lecture-19 Methods of stress measurements in fields. Stress controlled

instability

Lecture-20 Borehole stability: Diagnostics; Critical mud weight limits to

prevent hole collapse and mud losses

Lecture-21 Borehole stability: Diagnostics; Critical mud weight limits to

prevent hole collapse and mud losses


Lecture-22 Rock mass characterization

Lecture-23 Stability of deviated and horizontal holes

Lecture-24 Effects of temperature and mud composition on borehole stability

Week-9 Rock stresses;

Lecture-25 Slope stability

Lecture-26 Sand and Particle Production; Basic mechanisms

Lecture-27 Sand and Particle Production; Basic mechanisms

Week-10

Lecture-28 Roof control plan

RESTRICTED

138

Lecture-29 Effects of plasticity; Modeling of borehole stability

CT-3;

CT-4

Lecture-30 Effects of plasticity; Modeling of borehole stability

Week-11

Lecture-31 Design of entry, Pillar, and bolt systems

Lecture-32 Volumetric sand production

Lecture-33 Volumetric sand production

Week-12

Lecture-34 Stresses around excavations

Lecture-35 Sand control; Sand prediction

Lecture-36 Sand control; Sand prediction

Week-13

Lecture-37 Convergence and stress measurements

Lecture-38

Hydraulic Fracturing: Initiation and growth of hydraulic fractures;

Thermal fracturing during water injection

Lecture-39 Use of fracturing during simulation; Stress determination; Waste

storage.

Week-14

Lecture-40 Review

Lecture-41 Review

Lecture-42 Review

8. Materials recommended:

1. Rock Mechanics for underground mining, BHG Brady and ET Brown. 2004,

628 pp.

2. Fundamentals of Rock Mechanics. JC Jaeger, NGW Cook and RW

Zimmerman. 2007, 475 pp.

3. Supplied materials.

RESTRICTED

139

EECE 272: Electrical and Electronic Engineering Laboratory


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

Electrical & Electronic Engineering is a fascinating field, and one which could make your

time at unique challenging, enriching and rewarding experience. Just as the world needs its

Doctors, Nurses and Teachers, Electrical Engineering is something which we simply couldn't

do without. If you like the idea of creating electrical systems which could help millions of

people on a day-to-day basis, like the systems used in phones, or computers, then read these

reasons to study Electrical & Electronic Engineering.

Objective:

1. Be successful in understanding, formulating, analyzing and solving a variety of

electrical engineering problems.

2. Be successful in operating and designing a variety of engineering systems, products or

experiments.



1) Recognize the main terminology, concepts and techniques that applies to Electrical

and Electronic Engineering founded on a theory based understanding of mathematics



of Electrical and Electronic Engineering demonstrated through appropriate and

relevant assessment



development


quantification of Electrical and Electronic Engineering uncertainty and data


5) Perform, analyze and optimize Electrical and Electronic devices by using commercial


technology

Course Contents:

1. Construction and operation of simple electrical circuit

2. Verification of KVL & KCL.

3. Verification of superposition theorem.

4. Verification of thevenin’s theorem.

RESTRICTED

140

5. Familiarization with alternating current (ac) waves.

6. Study of R-L-C series circuit.

7. Different types of filters and its characteristics with different input frequency.

8. Series resonance and parallel resonance.

9. Study of diode characteristics.

10. Study of diode rectifier circuit.

11. Study of N-P-N CB (Common Base) transistor characteristics.

12. Study of N-P-N CE (Common Emitter) transistor characteristics


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Attendance 5



Quiz Test 30

Viva Voce 10



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Electrical and

Electronic Engineering founded




√

2.




Electrical and Electronic



√

RESTRICTED

141

assessment

3.







development

√

4.




quantification of Electrical and

Electronic uncertainty and data



standards

√

5.


Electrical and Electronic devices





√


Lecture Experiments

Week-1 Construction and operation of simple electrical circuit

Week-2 Verification of KVL & KCL

Week-3 Verification of superposition theorem

Week-4 Verification of thevenin’s theorem

Week-5 Familiarization with alternating current (ac) waves

Week-6 Study of R-L-C series circuit

Week-7 Quiz

Week-8 Different types of filters and its characteristics with different input frequency

Week-9 Series resonance and parallel resonance

Week-10 Study of diode characteristics

Week-11 Study of diode rectifier circuit

Week-12 Study of N-P-N CB (Common Base) transistor characteristics

Week-13 Study of N-P-N CE (Common Emitter) transistor characteristics

Week-14 Quiz


1. Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering by Sabyasachi Bhattacharya

2. Fundamentals of Electric Circuits by Charles K. Alexander and Matthew N.O. Sadiku

3. The Engineering Handbook by Richard C. Dorf

RESTRICTED

142

4. Electromagnetism for Electronic Engineers by Richard Geoffrey Carter

5. Industrial Electrical Troubleshooting by Lynn Lundquist

6. Wire Bonding in Microelectronics: Materials, Processes, Reliability, and Yield by

George G. Harman

RESTRICTED

143

PME 216: Rock Mechanics Laboratory


Pre-requisite: None

1. Rationale:

The module is to determine the engineering properties as well as characterization of rocks

considering different in-situ conditions of mining and petroleum fields as an engineering

point of view.

2. Objective:

1. To determine engineering properties of rock considering different in-situ

conditions.

2. To determine in-situ moisture content of rocks in a coal mine.

3. To determine fracture-influence on permeability of rocks.

4. To determine dynamic properties of rocks.

5. To determine strength of irregular shaped rock samples.

6. To determine slaking properties of sedimentary rocks.

7. To determine properties of joints in rocks.

8. To determine stress-strain relationship in the formation to estimate the sand

production tendency.

9. To determine shear modulus (dynamic), and bulk compressibility (dynamic) of the

formation.

10. To carry out scanning electron microscope (SEM) and X-ray diffraction analyses

to determine the cementing materials such as calcite, dolomite, illite, mixed-layer

clay, chlorite, and others.

11. To determine uniaxial compressive strength of the formation to estimate the sand


12. To perform Anelastic Strain Recovery (ASR) testing to predict the direction of the

in-situ stresses in the formation.

13. To have idea about the directional acoustic measuring devices, such as the

circumferential acoustic scanning tool (CAST) and the borehole televiewer

(BHTV) to know how the devices can run on wireline to observe natural and

induced fractures that intersect the borehole wall.

3. Course Learning Outcomes (CO):


1) To determine the engineering properties as well as characterization of rocks

considering different in-situ conditions of mining and petroleum fields as an

engineering point of view.

2) Apply a critical-thinking and problem-solving approach using engineering

properties of rock towards mining and petroleum engineering fields.

RESTRICTED

144

3) Apply theoretical and practice skills in data analysis used for real problems

through case studies based on empirical evidence and the scientific approach to

knowledge development.

4) Approaches and strategies for the assessment and quantification of reservoir

formation properties.

5) Analysis the data of directional devices to determine fractures in reservoir.

4. Course Contents:

1. Determination of engineering properties of rock considering different in-situ

conditions.

2. Determination of in-situ moisture content of rocks in a coal mine.

3. Determination of fracture-influence on permeability of rocks.

4. Determination of dynamic properties of rocks.

5. Determination of strength of irregular shaped rock samples.

6. Determination of slaking properties of sedimentary rocks.

7. Determination of properties of joints in rocks.

8. Determination of stress-strain relationship in the formation to estimate the sand


9. Determination of shear modulus (dynamic), and bulk compressibility (dynamic) of

the formation.

10. Scanning electron microscope (SEM) and X-ray diffraction analyses to determine

the cementing materials such as calcite, dolomite, illite, mixed-layer clay, chlorite,

and others.

11. Determination of Uniaxial Compressive Strength of the formation to estimate the

sand production tendency.

12. Perform Anelastic Strain Recovery (ASR) testing to predict the direction of the in-

situ stresses in the formation.

13. Demonstration of directional acoustic measuring devices, such as the


(BHTV), in order to know how the devices can run on wireline to observe natural

and induced fractures that intersect the borehole wall.

5. Teaching-Learning Strategy:

Class Lectures

Experiment

Exercise

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

RESTRICTED

145

6. Assessment Strategy & Their Weights:


Class Attendance 5


Lab Test/ Report Writing/ Project Work/ Assignment 50

Quiz Test 30

Viva Voce 10

7. Mapping of Course Learning Outcomes (CO) and Program Learning Outcomes

(PO):


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.

To determine the engineering

properties as well as

characterization of rocks

considering different in-situ

conditions of mining and

petroleum fields as an

engineering point of view

√

2.


problem-solving approach using

engineering properties of rock

towards mining and petroleum

engineering fields

√

3.







development

√

4.

Approaches and strategies for the

assessment and quantification of

reservoir formation properties

√

5.

Analysis the data of directional

devices to determine fractures in

reservoir

√


Lecture Experiments

Week-1 Determination of engineering properties of rock considering different in-situ

conditions Week-2

Week-3 Determination of in-situ moisture content of rocks in a coal mine

Week-4 Determination of fracture-influence on permeability of rocks

RESTRICTED

146

Week-5 Determination of dynamic properties of rocks

Week-6 Determination of strength of irregular shaped rock samples

Week-7 (Quiz) + Determination of slaking properties of sedimentary rocks

Week-8 Determination of properties of joints in rocks

Week-9 Determination of stress-strain relationship in the formation to estimate the sand

production tendency

Week-10 Determination of shear modulus (dynamic), and bulk compressibility

(dynamic) of the formation

Week-11

Scanning electron microscope (SEM) and X-ray diffraction analyses to

determine the cementing materials such as calcite, dolomite, illite, mixed-layer

clay, chlorite, and others

Week-12 Determination of Uniaxial Compressive Strength of the formation to estimate

the sand production tendency

Week-13 Perform Anelastic Strain Recovery (ASR) testing to predict the direction of

the in-situ stresses in the formation

Week-14

(Quiz) + Demonstration of directional acoustic measuring devices, such as the


(BHTV), in order to know how the devices can run on wireline to observe

natural and induced fractures that intersect the borehole wall, (Quiz)

9. Methods and materials:

1. Laboratory experiments

2. Supplied materials

RESTRICTED

147

PME 218: Drilling Fluid Laboratory


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

Drilling engineering is a subset of petroleum engineering. Drilling engineers design and

implement procedures to drill wells as safely and economically as possible. They work

closely with the drilling contractor, service contractors, and compliance personnel, as well as

with geologists and other technical specialists

Objective:

1. To introduce students to basic concepts, theories, principles and overview of drilling

2. Expose students to the various drilling facilities onshore and offshore and rig set-up

3. Introduce students to the history of drilling, drilling terminologies and drilling

methodologies

4. Show students the basic concept of drilling operation and process

5. Present and explain the fundamental and basic calculations in drilling

6. Identify potential drilling problems, means for prevention and mitigation



1) Recognize the main terminology, concepts and techniques that applies to drilling

engineering founded on a theory based understanding of mathematics and the natural



of drilling engineering demonstrated through appropriate and relevant assessment



development


quantification of drilling engineering uncertainty and data management validated


5) Perform, analyze and optimize drilling design and operation by using commercial


technology

6) Engage and participate in class and online discussions to help in communicating

complex concepts to professional colleagues

7) Design sustainable drilling system development solutions with minimum

environmental impact and beneficial for society

8) Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics, responsibilities and the

norms of the drilling engineering practice

RESTRICTED

148

9) Analyze and devise relevant solutions to problems posed within the course,

individually and with team mates

10) Demonstrate the ability to interact with other students to practice teamwork and

communication skills

11) Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the engineering and management

principles to field development and field operating plans to optimize profitability and

project management.

12) Evaluate and provide feedback on your own learning experience committed to self-

review and performance evaluation

Course Contents:

1. Preparation of Drilling Fluid by Blender and Determination of mud density by Mud

Balances

2. Determination of mud viscosity by Marsh Funnel Viscometer

3. Determination of mud viscosity by Rheometer

4. Determination of mud PH by P

H meters

5. Determination of mud Resistivity by Resistivity Meters

6. Determination of mud filtration tendency by Filter Press unit


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Attendance 5



Quiz Test 30

Viva Voce 10

RESTRICTED

149



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to drilling engineering




sciences

√

2.




drilling engineering



assessment

√

3.







development

√

4.




quantification of drilling




standards

√

5.


drilling design and operation by




of technology

√

6.

Engage and participate in class

and online discussions to help in

communicating complex

concepts to professional

colleagues

√

7.

Design sustainable drilling

system development solutions

with minimum environmental

impact and beneficial for society

√

8. Apply ethical principles and

commit to professional ethics, √

RESTRICTED

150

responsibilities and the norms of

the drilling engineering practice

9.

Analyze and devise relevant

solutions to problems posed

within the course, individually

and with team mates

√

10.


interact with other students to

practice teamwork and


√

11.

Demonstrate knowledge and

understanding of the engineering

and management principles to

field development and field

operating plans to optimize

profitability and project

management.

√

12.

Evaluate and provide feedback

on your own learning experience

committed to self-review and

performance evaluation

√

Lecture Schedule:

Lecture Experiments

Week-1 Preparation of Drilling Fluid by Blender and Determination of mud density by

Mud Balances

Week-2

Week-3 Determination of mud viscosity by Marsh Funnel Viscometer

Week-4

Week-5 Determination of mud viscosity by Rheometer

Week-6

Week-7 Quiz

Week-8

Week-9 Determination of mud PH by P

H meters

Week-10

Week-11 Determination of mud Resistivity by Resistivity Meters

Week-12

Week-13 Determination of mud filtration tendency by Filter Press unit

Week-14 Quiz


1. Fundamentals of Drilling Engineering by Robert F. Mitchell and Stefan Z. Miska

2. Applied Drilling Engineering by T. Bourgoyne Jr, K.K. Millheim, M.E. Chenevert &

F.S. Young Jr

3. Managed Pressure Drilling by Barkim Demirdal

RESTRICTED

151

4. Advanced Drilling and Well Technology by Bernt Aadnoy, Iain Cooper, Stefan

Miska, Robert F. Mitchell, and Michael L. Payne

5. Advanced Well Control by David Watson, Terry Brittenham and Preston L. Moore

RESTRICTED

152

Level-2, Term-2

CSE 271: Introduction to Computer Programming


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

Computer science is present in every aspect of modern society. The course looks to build on

any coding skills that primary students might have acquired while offering insight into

possible future studies in computer science and software engineering.

Objective:

Formulating algorithmic solutions to problems and implementing algorithms in C.

1. Notion of operation of a CPU, Notion of an algorithm and computational procedure,

editing and executing programs in Linux.

2. Understanding branching, iteration and data representation using arrays.

3. Modular programming and recursive solution formulation.

4. Understanding pointers and dynamic memory allocation.

5. Understanding miscellaneous aspects of C.

6. Comprehension of file operations.



1) Recognize the main terminology, concepts and techniques that applies to Computer

Programming founded on a theory based understanding of mathematics and the



of Computer Programming demonstrated through appropriate and relevant assessment



development


quantification of Computer Programming uncertainty and data management validated


5) Perform, analyze and optimize program by using commercial software that is


RESTRICTED

153

Course Contents:

Introduction to Computer Fundamentals: Types and generation of computer, Basic

organization and functional units; Input, output and memory devices; Keyboard, Mouse, CD

ROM, Printers, Floppy disk, Hard disk, Magnetic tape, etc.

Software and Application: Types of software, System software, Applications software,

Operating systems.

High Level Programming Language: Programming algorithms and flow chart. Information

representation in digital computers. Elements of computer structures and languages.

Principles of programming, Structured programming and Object oriented programming

concepts. Writing, Debugging and running programs: Variables, Data Types, Operators and

Expressions, Control flow, Procedures and Functions, Arrays, Records, Pointers input/output

system, Graphics.


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Assessment


Class Attendance 05


Examination




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Computer

Programming founded on a


√

RESTRICTED

154


physical sciences

2.




Computer Programming



assessment

√

3.







development

√

4.




quantification of Computer

Programming uncertainty and



standards

√

5.


program by using commercial




technology

√

Lecture Schedule:


Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1

CT-1

Lecture-1 Introduction to Computer Fundamentals: Types and generation of

computer

Lecture-2 Basic organization and functional units

Week-2

Lecture-3 Input, output and memory devices; Keyboard, Mouse

Lecture-4 CD ROM, Printers, Floppy disk, Hard disk, Magnetic tape, etc

Week-3

Lecture-5 Software and Application: Types of software, System software,

Applications software, Operating systems



RESTRICTED

155

Week-4





Week-5

Lecture-9 High Level Programming Language: Programming algorithms and

flow chart

Lecture-10 Programming algorithms and flow chart

Week-6

Lecture-11 Information representation in digital computers

CT-2

Lecture-12 Information representation in digital computers

Week-7

Lecture-13 Elements of computer structures and languages

Lecture-14 Elements of computer structures and languages

Week-8

Lecture-15 Principles of programming

Lecture-16 Principles of programming

Week-9

Lecture-17 Structured programming and Object oriented programming

concepts


concepts

Week-10


concepts

Lecture-20 Writing

Week-11

Lecture-21 Debugging and running programs

Lecture-22 Variables

CT-3

Week-12

Lecture-23 Data Types

Lecture-24 Operators and Expressions

Week-13

Lecture-25 Control flow

Lecture-26 Procedures and Functions

Week-14

Lecture-27 Arrays, Records

Lecture-28 Pointers input/output system, Graphics


1. ANSI C Programming, Gary J. Bronson, Cengage Learning.

2. Programming in C, Bl Juneja Anita Seth, Cengage Learning.

3. The C programming Language, Dennis Richie and Brian Kernighan, Pearson

Education.

4. C Programming-A Problem Solving Approach, Forouzan, Gilberg, Cengage.

RESTRICTED

156

5. Programming with C, Bichkar, Universities Press.

6. Programming in C, ReemaThareja, OXFORD.

7. C by Example, Noel Kalicharan, Cambridge.

RESTRICTED

157

PME 223: Exploration Geophysics


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

Exploration geophysics. Exploration geophysics is an applied branch of geophysics, which

uses physical methods, such as seismic, gravitational, magnetic, electrical and

electromagnetic at the surface of the Earth to measure the physical properties of the

subsurface, along with the anomalies in those properties

Objective:

1. Exploration of coal, oil, gas and geothermal energy resources as well as groundwater

and mineral deposits,

2. Assessment of earthquake hazards such as strong ground shaking, landslides and

liquefaction,

3. Investigation of subsurface for engineering structures,

4. Imaging of the subsurface for environmental hazards.



1) Recognize the main terminology, concepts and techniques that applies to Exploration

Geophysics founded on a theory based understanding of mathematics and the natural



of Exploration Geophysics demonstrated through appropriate and relevant assessment



development


quantification of Exploration Geophysics uncertainty and data management validated


5) Perform, analyze and optimize subsurface interpretation by using commercial


technology

Course Contents:

Gravimetric Technology: Basic principles; Earth gravity field and its variation; Gravity data

reduction; Rock and mineral density; Gravity surveying, instrument, type, working principle,

calibration.

RESTRICTED

158

Magnetic Technology: Basic principles; Geomagnetic field and its variation; Magnetism;

Rock and mineral magnetism; Magnetic surveying, instrument, type, working principle,

calibration.

Electromagnetic Technology: Basic principles; Rock and mineral electromagnetism;

Electromagnetic surveying, instrument, type, working principle, calibration.

Seismic Technology: The nature of seismic data; What is propagating? ; What causes

seismic reflections and how they relate to rock properties including pore filling material ; The

wavelet in the seismic data and its limit of resolution ; Seismic velocities as they relate to

rock properties and the imaging process ; The relationship between seismic velocities and

pore pressure ; Pore pressure prediction ; Seismic data processing and seismic migration ;

Prestack, poststack, time and depth imaging ; Direct hydrocarbon indicators and AVO ;

Seismic inversion for rock and fluid properties ; Seismic attributes ; Time lapse reservoir

monitoring (4D seismic surveys); Recent developments in seismic acquisition, processing,

and interpretation.


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Assessment


Class Attendance 05


Examination




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Exploration

Geophysics founded on a theory


√

RESTRICTED

159


physical sciences

2.




Exploration Geophysics



assessment

√

3.







development

√

4.




quantification of Exploration

Geophysics uncertainty and data



standards

√

5.


subsurface interpretation by




of technology

√

Lecture Schedule:


Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1

CT-1

Lecture-1 Gravimetric Technology: Basic principles; Earth gravity field and

its variation; Gravity data reduction

Lecture-2 Rock and mineral density

Week-2

Lecture-3 Gravity surveying

Lecture-4 instrument, type working principle, calibration

Week-3

Lecture-5 Magnetic Technology: Basic principles; Geomagnetic field and its

variation; Magnetism

Lecture-6 Rock and mineral magnetism

Week-4

RESTRICTED

160

Lecture-7 Magnetic surveying

Lecture-8 instrument, type, working principle, calibration

Week-5

Lecture-9 Electromagnetic Technology: Basic principles

Lecture-10 Rock and mineral electromagnetism

Week-6

Lecture-11 Electromagnetic surveying

CT-2

Lecture-12 Instrument, type, working principle, calibration

Week-7

Lecture-13 Seismic Technology: The nature of seismic data; What is

propagating?

Lecture-14 What causes seismic reflections and how they relate to rock

properties including pore filling material

Week-8

Lecture-15 The wavelet in the seismic data and its limit of resolution

Lecture-16 Seismic velocities as they relate to rock properties and the imaging

process

Week-9

Lecture-17 The relationship between seismic velocities and pore pressure

Lecture-18 Pore pressure prediction

Week-10

Lecture-19 Seismic data processing and seismic migration

Lecture-20 Prestack, poststack, time and depth imaging

Week-11

Lecture-21 Direct hydrocarbon indicators and AVO

Lecture-22 Seismic inversion for rock and fluid properties

CT-3

Week-12

Lecture-23 Seismic inversion for rock and fluid properties

Lecture-24 Seismic attributes

Week-13

Lecture-25 Time lapse reservoir monitoring (4D seismic surveys)

Lecture-26 Time lapse reservoir monitoring (4D seismic surveys)

Week-14

Lecture-27 Recent developments in seismic acquisition, processing, and

interpretation

Lecture-28 Recent developments in seismic acquisition, processing, and

interpretation


1. Exploration Geophysics by Mamdouh R. Gadallah • Ray Fisher

2. Seismic Amplitude by Rob Simm & Mike Bacon

3. Geology & Geophysics in Oil Exploration by Mahmoud Sroor

4. Field Geophysics by John Milsom

RESTRICTED

161

ME 271: Fluid Mechanics


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

To give fundamental knowledge of fluid, its properties and behavior under various conditions

of internal and external flows. To develop understanding about hydrostatic law, principle of

buoyancy and stability of a floating body and application of mass, momentum and energy

equation in fluid flow.

Objective:

1. The course on fluid mechanics is devised to introduce fundamental aspects of fluid

flow behavior.

2. Students will learn to develop steady state mechanical energy balance equation for

fluid flow systems, estimate pressure drop in fluid flow systems and determine

performance characteristics of fluid machinery.



1) Recognize the main terminology, concepts and techniques that applies to Fluid




of Fluid Mechanics demonstrated through appropriate and relevant assessment



development


quantification of Fluid Mechanics uncertainty and data management validated against


Course Contents:

Introduction: Fundamental concepts, Viscosity, Compressibility, Surface tension and

capillarity, Vapor pressure, Manometers and other pressure measuring devices.

Fluid Statics: Pressure at a point, pressure gradient, Pressure on flat and curved surfaces

immersed in fluids, center of pressure. Buoyancy and flotation, Metacentre and metacentric

height, Stability of submerged and floating bodies.

Kinematics of Fluid Flow: Velocity and acceleration of fluid particles, types of fluid flow,

systems and control volumes; one and two dimensional flow; continuity equation. Eulers'

RESTRICTED

162

equation and Bernoulis' equation. Energy equation with or without losses, comparison of

energy equation with Bernaullis equation, kinetic energy correction factor. Flow measuring

devices. Flow through sharp edged orifice, the pitot tube, the venturi-meter, the flow nozzle

and orifice meter.

Dimensional Analysis: Fundamental and derived units, Buckinghum theorem, significance

of dimensionless numbers, Application of dimensional analysis in fluid flow problems.

Fluid Machinery: Introduction to roto-dynamic and positive displacement machinery;

Euler's pump turbine equation. Degrees of reaction. Impulse and reaction turbine

classification; performance of Pelton wheel, Francis turbine and Kaplan turbine;

characteristic curves, governing of turbines, selections and model test of turbine.

Reciprocating Compressors: Work of compression; Single stage compressor; Multistage

compressor with inter cooling; Volumetric efficiency.

Centrifugal Compressors: Principle of operation, work done and pressure rise, Velcoity

diagram for centrifugal compressor, Slip factor, Stage pressure rise, Loading coefficient,

Diffuser, Degree of reaction, Effect of impeller blade profile, Pre-whirl and inlet guide vanes,

Centrifugal Compressor characteristic curves.

Reciprocating Pumps: Working principle of reciprocating pump. Types of reciprocating

pumps, Work done by reciprocating pump; Co-efficient of discharge, Slip, Cavitation of

reciprocating pumps; Effect of acceleration of piston on velocity and pressure in the suction

and delivery pipes.

Centrifugal Pumps: Work done and efficiency of centrifugal pumps, Advantage over

reciprocating pumps, Types of centrifugal pumps, Characteristics curves. Priming, Troubles

and remedies, Specific speed. Pumps in series and in parallel, Multistage pumps, Turbine

pump, Selection of pumps.


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination

RESTRICTED

163



Class Assessment


Class Attendance 05


Examination




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Fluid Mechanics




sciences

√

2.




Fluid Mechanics demonstrated


assessment

√

3.







development

√

4.




quantification of Fluid




standards

√

RESTRICTED

164

Lecture Schedule:


Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1

CT-1

Lecture-1 Introduction: Fundamental concepts, Viscosity, Compressibility,

Surface tension and capillarity

Lecture-2 Vapor pressure, Manometers and other pressure measuring devices

Lecture-3 Fluid Statics: Pressure at a point, pressure gradient, Pressure on

flat and curved surfaces immersed in fluids, center of pressure

Week-2

Lecture-4 Buoyancy and flotation

Lecture-5 Metacentre and metacentric height

Lecture-6 Stability of submerged and floating bodies

Week-3

Lecture-7 Kinematics of Fluid Flow: Velocity and acceleration of fluid

particles, types of fluid flow, systems and control volumes

Lecture-8 One and two dimensional flow; continuity equation

Lecture-9 Eulers' equation and Bernoulis' equation

Week-4

Lecture-10 Energy equation with or without losses, comparison of energy

equation with Bernaullis equation, kinetic energy correction factor

Lecture-11 Flow measuring devices

Lecture-12 Flow through sharp edged orifice, the pitot tube, the venturi-meter,

the flow nozzle and orifice meter

Week-5

CT-2

Lecture-13 Dimensional Analysis: Fundamental and derived units,

Buckinghum theorem, significance of dimensionless numbers

Lecture-14 Application of dimensional analysis in fluid flow problems

Lecture-15

Fluid Machinery: Introduction to roto-dynamic and positive

displacement machinery; Euler's pump turbine equation. Degrees of

reaction

Week-6

Lecture-16 Impulse and reaction turbine classification

Lecture-17 performance of Pelton wheel

Lecture-18 Francis turbine and Kaplan turbine

Week-7

Lecture-19 Characteristic curves, governing of turbines

Lecture-20 selections and model test of turbine

Lecture-21 Reciprocating Compressors: Work of compression

Week-8

Lecture-22 Single stage compressor

Lecture-23 Multistage compressor with inter cooling

Lecture-24 Volumetric efficiency

Week-9

Lecture-25

Centrifugal Compressors: Principle of operation, work done and

pressure rise, Velcoity diagram for centrifugal compressor, Slip

factor

RESTRICTED

165

Lecture-26 Stage pressure rise, Loading coefficient

CT-3

Lecture-27 Diffuser, Degree of reaction

Week-10

Lecture-28 Effect of impeller blade profile

Lecture-29 Pre-whirl and inlet guide vanes

Lecture-30 Centrifugal Compressor characteristic curves

Week-11

Lecture-31 Reciprocating Pumps: Working principle of reciprocating pump

Lecture-32 Types of reciprocating pumps

Lecture-33 Work done by reciprocating pump

Week-12

Lecture-34 Co-efficient of discharge, Slip

Lecture-35 Cavitation of reciprocating pumps

Lecture-36 Effect of acceleration of piston on velocity and pressure in the

suction and delivery pipes

Week-13

CT-4

Lecture-37

Centrifugal Pumps: Work done and efficiency of centrifugal

pumps, Advantage over reciprocating pumps, Types of centrifugal

pumps

Lecture-38 Characteristics curves. Priming

Lecture-39 Troubles and remedies, Specific speed

Week-14

Lecture-40 Pumps in series and in parallel

Lecture-41 Multistage pumps

Lecture-42 Turbine pump, Selection of pumps


1. Fundamentals of fluid mechanics by Bruce Roy Munson and Donald F. Young

2. A Textbook of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines by R. K. Bansal

3. Engineering Fluid Mechanics by C. T. Crowe, Donald F. Elger, and John A. Roberson

4. Transport Phenomena by Edwin N. Lightfoot, Robert Byron Bird, and Warren E.

Stewart

RESTRICTED

166

PME 227: Mining System


Pre-requisite: None

1. Rationale:

To understand the principles and procedures of extracting minerals economically from

surface and subsurface conditions.

2. Objectives:

1. To understand and carry out the steps of mineral exploration and the methods of

reserve estimation.

2. To understand the basics of mining system.

3. To calculate and analyze slope stability for open pit mine.

4. To calculate and analyze the pit limit and stripping ratio.

5. To design mechanical excavation.

6. To analyze and design underground excavations of different mining systems.

7. To analyze strata control of a mine.

8. To understand the mechanics of subsidence.

9. To analyze subsidence damage.

10. To understand about the basics technologies of CBM, UCG and SCG methods.



1. Understand the theories and calculations of mineral exploration.

2. Apply the knowledge to design underground and open pit mine systems.

3. Evaluate the design requirement of underground and open pit mining systems from rock


4. Analyze of design parameters of underground and open pit mining structures.

4. Course Contents:

Mineral exploration: Regional and detail exploration, Resource and reserve; Relation

between resource, reserve and exploration. Methods of reserve estimation.

Basics of mining system: Unit operations; Rock breakage; Principles of rock penetration and

application, Blasting; zones of detonation, Effective energy release, Blast geometry,

Mechanical excavation.

RESTRICTED

167

Open Pit Mining System:

An overview of open pit mining methods. Bench geometry. Typical workings of an open pit

mine. Pit limit and stripping ratio. Slope stability. Mechanical excavations.

Underground Mining Systems: Methods (classification and selection). Equipment selection.

Technical issues of a mine under water; Support systems: Strata movement, Strata behavior,

Setting load, Support components and accessories, Support configurations and their effects,

Support and component loading; Strata control in coal mines: Characteristics of coal measure

strata, Premining stresses in rock, Theories of mechanics of strata behavior, Modern concept

of strata pressure redistribution, Manifestation of strata pressure, Effects of mining

parameters on strata control, Roof falls and fracture systems due to mining; Mine subsidence:

Mechanics of development of subsidence, Engineering parameters of subsidence, Subsidence

monitoring, magnitude of subsidence, Subsidence damage, Measurement of subsidence.

Coal Bed Methane (CBM) and Underground Coal Gasification (UCG) Subsurface

Cultivation and Gasification (SCG): Principles and technologies.





1. Class Assessment




2. Examination




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 Understand the theories and

calculations of mineral

exploration.

√


underground and open pit mine

systems.

√


of underground and open pit

mining systems from rock


√

RESTRICTED

168


underground and open pit mining

structures.

√



Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1 Mineral exploration

Lecture-1 Regional ad detail exploration

CT-1;

CT-2

Lecture-2 Resource and reserve; Relation between resource, reserve and

exploration Lecture-3

Week-2 Mineral exploration

Lecture-4

Methods of exploration and reserve estimation. Lecture-5

Lecture-6

Week-3 Basics of mining system

Lecture-7 Unit operations

Lecture-8 Rock breakage

Lecture-9 Principles of rock penetration and application

Week-4 Basics of mining system

Lecture-10 Blasting; zones of detonation, Effective energy release

Lecture-11 Blast geometry

Lecture-12 Principles of Mechanical excavation

Week-5 Open Pit Mining System

Lecture-13 An overview of open pit mining methods

Lecture-14 Bench geometry. Typical workings of an open pit mine

Lecture-15 Pit limit and stripping ratio

Week-6 Open Pit Mining System

Lecture-16 Pit limit and stripping ratio

Lecture-17 Slope stability

Lecture-18


Lecture-19 Mechanical excavations: principles

Lecture-20 Mechanical excavations: selection of machineries

Lecture-21

Week-8 Underground Mining Systems

CT-3;

CT-4

Lecture-22

Methods (classification and selection) Lecture-23

Lecture-24

Week-9 Underground Mining Systems: Support systems

Lecture-25 Strata movement and strata behavior

Lecture-26

Lecture-27 Support components and accessories

Week-10 Underground Mining Systems: Support systems

Lecture-28 Support configurations and their effects

Lecture-29

RESTRICTED

169

Lecture-30

Week-11 Underground Mining Systems: Strata control in coal mine

Lecture-31 Premining stresses in rock

Lecture-32 Theories of strata behavior

Lecture-33 Fracture systems due to mining

Week-12 Underground Mining Systems: Mine subsidence

Lecture-34 Mechanics of subsidence development

Lecture-35

Lecture-36 Engineering parameters of subsidence

Week-13 Underground Mining Systems: Mine subsidence

Lecture-37 Subsidence monitoring

Lecture-38 Measurement of subsidence

Lecture-39 Analysis of subsidence data

Week-14

Lecture-40 Review

Lecture-41 Review

Lecture-42 Review

8. Materials recommended:

1) Rock Mechanics for Underground Mining; BHG Brady and ET Brown. 2004, 628

pp.

2) Mining. Boky. 1967, 753 pp.

3) Introduction to Mining Engineering; HL Hartman, JM Mutmansky.

4) Underground Mining Methods: Engineering Funadamentals and International

Case Studies; WA Hustrulid, William A Hustruid, R C Bullock.

5) Open pit Mine Planning and design;William A Hustruid, M Kuchta, RK Martin.

6) Supplied materials.

RESTRICTED

170

PME 229: Strength of Materials


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

Diploma holders in this course are required to analyze reasons for failure of different

components and select the required material for different applications. For this purpose, it is

essential to teach them concepts, principles, applications and practices covering stress, strain,

bending moment, shearing force, shafts, columns and springs. It is expected that efforts will

be made to provide appropriate learning experiences in the use of basic principles in the

solution of applied problems to develop the required competencies.

Objective:

1. To Provide the basic concepts and principles of strength of materials and to give an

ability to analyze a given problem in a simple manner

2. To give an ability to calculate stresses and deformations of objects under external

forces



1) Recognize the main terminology, concepts and techniques that applies to Strength of

Materials founded on a theory based understanding of mathematics and the natural



of Strength of Materials demonstrated through appropriate and relevant assessment



development


quantification of Strength of Materials uncertainty and data management validated


Course Contents:

Simple Stress and Strain: Introduction, Analysis of internal forces. Tension, Compression,

Shear stress, Axial stress in composites. Shearing, Bending, Centrifugal and thermal stresses,

Strain and deformation, Stress-strain diagram, Elasticity and elastic limits.

Modulus of Elasticity and Rigidity: Definition of some mechanical properties of materials,

Poission’s ratio, Volumetric strain and bulk modulus. Relation between modulus of elasticity

and bulk modulus, Statically indeterminate members. Stresses in thin walled pressure vessels.

RESTRICTED

171

Statically Determinate Beams: Introduction, Different types of loading and supports, Shear

force and bending moment diagram, Various types of stresses in beams, Flexure formula,

Economic sections, Shearing stress in beam, General shear formula, Deflection of beams,

Elastic curve, Method of double integration, Area moment and super-position methods,

Shearing stress and deflection in composite beams.

Statically Indeterminate Beams: Redundant supports in propped and restrained beams,

Solution by double integration. Area moment and superposition methods. Design of

restrained beams, Continuous beams. The three moment equation, Determination of support

reactions of continuous beam, Shear and moment diagram.

Torsion: Torsion formula, Angle of twist of solid and hollow shaft, Torsional stiffness and

equivalent shaft, Classed coil helical spring.

Combined Stresses and Strains: Principal stresses and principal planes, Combined axial and

bending stresses, Stress at a point, Stress on inclined cutting planes, Analytical method for

the determination of stresses on oblique section, Mohr’s circle, Application of Mohr’s circle

to combined loading. Transformation of strain components, Strain rosette. Relation between

modulus of rigidity and modulus of elasticity.

Column Theory: Introduction to elastic stability, Euler’s formula for central load and

different end conditions, Modes of failure and critical load, Slenderness ratio and

classification of columns, Empirical formula for columns, secant formula for columns with

eccentric loading.


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Assessment


Class Attendance 05


Examination


RESTRICTED

172



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Strength of Materials




sciences

√

2.




Strength of Materials



assessment

√

3.







development

√

4.




quantification of Strength of

Materials uncertainty and data



standards

√

Lecture Schedule:


Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1

CT-1

Lecture-1

Simple Stress and Strain: Introduction, Analysis of internal

forces. Tension, Compression, Shear stress, Axial stress in

composites. Shearing, Bending, Centrifugal and thermal stresses

Lecture-2 Strain and deformation, Stress-strain diagram

Lecture-3 Elasticity and elastic limits

Week-2

Lecture-4 Modulus of Elasticity and Rigidity: Definition of some

mechanical properties of materials

Lecture-5 Poission’s ratio

RESTRICTED

173

Lecture-6 Volumetric strain and bulk modulus

Week-3

Lecture-7 Relation between modulus of elasticity and bulk modulus

Lecture-8 Statically indeterminate members

Lecture-9 Stresses in thin walled pressure vessels

Week-4

Lecture-10 Statically Determinate Beams: Introduction, Different types of

loading and supports, Shear force and bending moment diagram

Lecture-11 Various types of stresses in beams

Lecture-12 Flexure formula, Economic sections

Week-5

CT-2

Lecture-13 Shearing stress in beam

Lecture-14 General shear formula

Lecture-15 Deflection of beams

Week-6

Lecture-16 Elastic curve, Method of double integration

Lecture-17 Area moment and super-position methods

Lecture-18 Shearing stress and deflection in composite beams

Week-7

Lecture-19 Statically Indeterminate Beams: Redundant supports in propped

and restrained beams

Lecture-20 Solution by double integration

Lecture-21 Area moment and superposition methods

Week-8

Lecture-22 Design of restrained beams, Continuous beams

Lecture-23 Design of restrained beams, Continuous beams

Lecture-24 The three moment equation

Week-9

CT-3

Lecture-25 Determination of support reactions of continuous beam

Lecture-26 Determination of support reactions of continuous beam

Lecture-27 Shear and moment diagram

Week-10

Lecture-28 Torsion: Torsion formula, Angle of twist of solid and hollow shaft,

Lecture-29 Torsional stiffness and equivalent shaft

Lecture-30 Classed coil helical spring

Week-11

Lecture-31

Combined Stresses and Strains: Principal stresses and principal

planes, Combined axial and bending stresses, Stress at a point,

Stress on inclined cutting planes

Lecture-32 Analytical method for the determination of stresses on oblique

section

Lecture-33 Mohr’s circle

Week-12

Lecture-34 Application of Mohr’s circle to combined loading

Lecture-35 Transformation of strain components, Strain rosette

Lecture-36 Relation between modulus of rigidity and modulus of elasticity.

Week-13 CT-4

Lecture-37 Column Theory: Introduction to elastic stability

RESTRICTED

174

Lecture-38 Euler’s formula for central load and different end conditions

Lecture-39 Modes of failure and critical load

Week-14

Lecture-40 Slenderness ratio and classification of columns

Lecture-41 Empirical formula for columns, secant formula for columns with

eccentric loading

Lecture-42 Empirical formula for columns, secant formula for columns with

eccentric loading


1. Strength of materials by singer and pytel

2. A Textbook of Strength of Materials by R. K. Bansal

3. SOM by Birinder Singh,; Katson Publishing House,

4. SOM by RS Khurmi; S.Chand & Co;

5. Elements of SOM by D.R. Malhotra & H.C.Gupta; Satya Prakashan,

RESTRICTED

175

Hum 271: Sociology


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

Sociology is of great importance in the solution of social problems. The present world is

suffering from many problems that can be solved through scientific study of the society. It is

the task of sociology to study the social problems through the methods of scientific research

and to find out solution to them.

Objective:

1. To train students to understand and to interpret objectively the role of social

processes, social institutions and social interactions in their lives.

2. To enable students to cope effectively with the socio-cultural and interpersonal

processes of a constantly changing complex society.



1) Recognize the main terminology, concepts and techniques that applies to Sociology


sciences


of Sociology demonstrated through appropriate and relevant assessment



development


quantification of Sociology uncertainty and data management validated against


Course Contents:

Emergence and Early Development of Sociology: History and Scope of Sociology.

Sociological Perspective-Three major perspectives. Social forces in the development of

sociology: French revolution, industrial revolution and the rise of capitalism. Development of

sociology in Bangladesh.

Sociological Research Methods: Sociology as science, Scientific method for sociology,

Basic sociological research concepts. Ethics in sociological research.

Societies, Culture and Environment: Culture: Concept, Elements, and Types, Cultural lag,

Culture’s roots, Diversity of cultures, Subculture, Counter-culture, Cultural conflict, Nature

RESTRICTED

176

and culture. Societies: Society as a subjunctive reality, The individual and the society. Types

of society: From hunting-gathering to post-modern society. Tribal societies in Bangladesh

and their social development, Rural-urban family structure. Environment: The ideology of

environmental domination, The human nature of nature, The encounter of development and

environment-sustainability, Climate change and vulnerability of Bangladesh.

Socialization Process, Education and Personality: Meaning of socialization; Socialization

agents: Family, School, Gang, Mass media etc. Personality, Personality traits, Development

of personality, Type A behavior pattern, Hostility, Modification of hostility. Educational

Institute in contemporary society, Education and social control, The educational system’s

functions, Education and gender.

Social Stratification and Work Division: Work and work division, Theory of classes and

class stratification. Class, Status and Power, Lifestyle and Social mobility. Companies and

organization in the digital era, Environment and engineering psychology–Fatigue, Job

analysis, Pros and cons of bureaucracy. Leadership and group dynamic, Work organization in

the company, Taylorism, Fordism, Post-Fordism, Toyotism; Unemployment: Social

characteristics and problems.

Globalization, Sustainability Concept: Understanding the concept of sustainability and its

degree in the development of Bangladesh, Ecological footprint, Sustainable consumption.

Impact of globalization on poor, Supporting rural development and natural resources,

Consequences of mining and excessive energy uses on the climate change.


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Assessment


Class Attendance 05


Examination


RESTRICTED

177



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Sociology founded on



physical sciences

√

2.




Sociology demonstrated through


assessment

√

3.







development

√

4.




quantification of Sociology




standards

√

Lecture Schedule:


Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1

CT-1

Lecture-1

Emergence and Early Development of Sociology: History and

Scope of Sociology. Sociological Perspective-Three major

perspectives

Lecture-2

Social forces in the development of sociology: French revolution,

industrial revolution and the rise of capitalism. Development of

sociology in Bangladesh

Week-2

Lecture-3 Sociological Research Methods: Sociology as science, Scientific

method for sociology

Lecture-4 Basic sociological research concepts. Ethics in sociological

research.

RESTRICTED

178

Week-3

Lecture-5

Societies, Culture and Environment: Culture: Concept, Elements,

and Types, Cultural lag, Culture’s roots, Diversity of cultures,

Subculture, Counter-culture, Cultural conflict, Nature and culture.

Societies: Society as a subjunctive reality, The individual and the

society. Types of society: From hunting-gathering to post-modern

society.

Lecture-6 Tribal societies in Bangladesh and their social development

Week-4

Lecture-7 Rural-urban family structure. Environment: The ideology of

environmental domination

Lecture-8 The human nature of nature

Week-5

Lecture-9 The encounter of development and environment-sustainability

Lecture-10 Climate change and vulnerability of Bangladesh.

Week-6

Lecture-11

Socialization Process, Education and Personality: Meaning of

socialization; Socialization agents: Family, School, Gang, Mass

media etc.

CT-2

Lecture-12 Personality, Personality traits, Development of personality

Week-7

Lecture-13 Type A behavior pattern

Lecture-14 Hostility, Modification of hostility.

Week-8

Lecture-15 Educational Institute in contemporary society, Education and social

control

Lecture-16 The educational system’s functions, Education and gender.

Week-9

Lecture-17

Social Stratification and Work Division: Work and work

division, Theory of classes and class stratification. Class, Status and

Power, Lifestyle and Social mobility. Companies and organization

in the digital era

Lecture-18 Environment and engineering psychology–Fatigue, Job analysis

Week-10

Lecture-19 Pros and cons of bureaucracy. Leadership and group dynamic

Lecture-20 Work organization in the company

Week-11

Lecture-21 Taylorism, Fordism, Post-Fordism, Toyotism

Lecture-22 Unemployment: Social characteristics and problems.

CT-3

Week-12

Lecture-23 Globalization, Sustainability Concept: Understanding the concept

of sustainability and its degree in the development of Bangladesh

Lecture-24 Understanding the concept of sustainability and its degree in the

development of Bangladesh

Week-13

Lecture-25 Ecological footprint

Lecture-26 Sustainable consumption. Impact of globalization on poor

Week-14

Lecture-27 Supporting rural development and natural resources

RESTRICTED

179

Lecture-28 Consequences of mining and excessive energy uses on the climate

change.


1. The Sociological Imagination by C. Wright Mills

2. The Social Construction of Reality by Peter L. Berger and Thomas Luckmann

3. Economy and Society by Max Weber

RESTRICTED

180

CSE 272: Computer Programming Sessional


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

Computer science is present in every aspect of modern society. The course looks to build on

any coding skills that primary students might have acquired while offering insight into

possible future studies in computer science and software engineering.

Objective:

Formulating algorithmic solutions to problems and implementing algorithms in C.

1. Notion of operation of a CPU, Notion of an algorithm and computational procedure,

editing and executing programs in Linux.

2. Understanding branching, iteration and data representation using arrays.

3. Modular programming and recursive solution formulation.

4. Understanding pointers and dynamic memory allocation.

5. Understanding miscellaneous aspects of C.

6. Comprehension of file operations.



1) Recognize the main terminology, concepts and techniques that applies to Computer

Programming founded on a theory based understanding of mathematics and the



of Computer Programming demonstrated through appropriate and relevant assessment



development


quantification of Computer Programming uncertainty and data management validated


5) Perform, analyze and optimize program by using commercial software that is


Course Contents:

Developing Algorithm and Programming for:

1) Solution of quadratic equation

2) Solution of sets of linear equation by Gauss elimination method

3) Solution of non-linear equation by Newton Rapson method

RESTRICTED

181

4) Numerical solution of differential equations

5) Evaluation of numerical integration of functions by Simpsons Rules

6) Evaluation of numerical integration of functions by Trapezium Rules


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Attendance 5



Quiz Test 30

Viva Voce 10



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Computer

Programming founded on a



physical sciences

√

2.




Computer Programming



assessment

√

3.





√

RESTRICTED

182



development

4.




quantification of Computer

Programming uncertainty and



standards

√

5.


program by using commercial




technology

√

Lecture Schedule:

Lecture Experiments

Week-1 Solution of quadratic equation

Week-2

Week-3 Solution of sets of linear equation by Gauss elimination method

Week-4

Week-5 Solution of non-linear equation by Newton Rapson method

Week-6

Week-7 Quiz

Week-8 Numerical solution of differential equations

Week-9

Week-10 Evaluation of numerical integration of functions by Simpsons Rules

Week-11

Week-12 Evaluation of numerical integration of functions by Trapezium Rules

Week-13

Week-14 Quiz


1. ANSI C Programming, Gary J. Bronson, Cengage Learning.

2. Programming in C, Bl Juneja Anita Seth, Cengage Learning.

3. The C programming Language, Dennis Richie and Brian Kernighan, Pearson

Education.

4. C Programming-A Problem Solving Approach, Forouzan, Gilberg, Cengage.

5. Programming with C, Bichkar, Universities Press.

6. Programming in C, ReemaThareja, OXFORD.

7. C by Example, Noel Kalicharan, Cambridge.

RESTRICTED

183

PME 224: Exploration Geophysics Laboratory


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

Exploration geophysics. Exploration geophysics is an applied branch of geophysics, which

uses physical methods, such as seismic, gravitational, magnetic, electrical and

electromagnetic at the surface of the Earth to measure the physical properties of the

subsurface, along with the anomalies in those properties

Objective:

1. Exploration of coal, oil, gas and geothermal energy resources as well as groundwater

and mineral deposits,

2. Assessment of earthquake hazards such as strong ground shaking, landslides and

liquefaction,

3. Investigation of subsurface for engineering structures,

4. Imaging of the subsurface for environmental hazards.



1) Recognize the main terminology, concepts and techniques that applies to Exploration

Geophysics founded on a theory based understanding of mathematics and the natural



of Exploration Geophysics demonstrated through appropriate and relevant assessment



development


quantification of Exploration Geophysics uncertainty and data management validated


5) Perform, analyze and optimize subsurface interpretation by using commercial


technology

Course Contents:

Acquisition of seismic data: (Field trip in BAPEX, GSB)

1. Perform acquisition of 2D seismic data in onshore

2. Perform acquisition of 3D seismic data in onshore

3. Perform acquisition of 2D seismic data in offshore

4. Perform acquisition of 3D seismic data in offshore

RESTRICTED

184

Processing of seismic data: (BAPEX, GSB lab)

1. Processing of onshore raw 2D seismic data

2. Processing of onshore raw 3D seismic data

3. Processing of offshore raw 2D seismic data

4. Processing of offshore raw 3D seismic data

Interpretation of seismic data:

1. Case study: Interpretation of onshore 2D seismic data

2. Case study: Interpretation of onshore 3D seismic data

3. Case study: Interpretation of offshore 2D seismic data

4. Case study: Interpretation of offshore 3D seismic data


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Attendance 5



Quiz Test 30

Viva Voce 10



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Exploration

Geophysics founded on a theory



physical sciences

√

2.




√

RESTRICTED

185

Exploration Geophysics



assessment

3.







development

√

4.




quantification of Exploration

Geophysics uncertainty and data



standards

√

5.


subsurface interpretation by




of technology

√


Lecture Experiments

Week-1 Perform acquisition of 2D seismic data in onshore

Week-2 Perform acquisition of 3D seismic data in onshore

Week-3 Perform acquisition of 2D seismic data in offshore

Week-4 Perform acquisition of 3D seismic data in offshore

Week-5 Processing of onshore raw 2D seismic data

Week-6 Processing of onshore raw 3D seismic data

Week-7 Quiz

Week-8 Processing of offshore raw 2D seismic data

Week-9 Processing of offshore raw 3D seismic data

Week-10 Case study: Interpretation of onshore 2D seismic data

Week-11 Case study: Interpretation of onshore 3D seismic data

Week-12 Case study: Interpretation of offshore 2D seismic data

Week-13 Case study: Interpretation of offshore 3D seismic data

Week-14 Quiz


1. Exploration Geophysics by Mamdouh R. Gadallah • Ray Fisher

RESTRICTED

186

2. Seismic Amplitude by Rob Simm & Mike Bacon

3. Geology & Geophysics in Oil Exploration by Mahmoud Sroor

4. Field Geophysics by John Milsom

RESTRICTED

187

PME 228: Mining System Laboratory


Pre-requisite: None

1. Rationale:

The module is to determine the optimum model by numerical analysis considering

different influencing factors and to prepare physical models of surface and underground

mines.

2. Objective:

1. To perform slope stability analysis.

2. To analyze and prepare surface and underground mine models by numerical

analysis.

3. To calculate and analyze to design optimum support system of mines.

4. To analyze and determine the stress field effects on mining openings.

5. To analyze the effects of in-homogeneity in stability of mine openings.

6. To analyze and determine the effect of plane of weakness on stability of openings

of mine.

7. To prepare physical models on different mining systems.



1) Apply a critical-thinking and problem-solving approach using engineering properties

of rock considering different influencing factors to tackle different engineering issues

of mining fields.

2) Apply theoretical and analytical skills to prepare mine models.

3) Apply the analysis outcomes to prepare physical models.

4) Course Contents:

1. Numerical modeling; 1. Slope stability 2. Modeling surface and underground

mine, 3. Support design of openings, 4. Stress filed consideration, 5. Effects of

multiple materials, 6. Effects of weak planes on stability.

2. Physical modeling; 7. Room and pillar, 8. Long wall mining, 9. Open pit mining,

10. UCG method, 11. Skip shaft.

RESTRICTED

188

5) Teaching-Learning Strategy:

Class Lectures

Numerical analysis

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

6) Assessment Strategy & Their Weights:


Class Attendance 5



Quiz Test 30

Viva Voce 10

7) Mapping of Course Learning Outcomes (CO) and Program Learning Outcomes

(PO):


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.


problem-solving approach using

engineering properties of rock

considering different influencing

factors to tackle different

engineering issues of mining

fields

√ √

2. Apply theoretical and analytical

skills to prepare mine models √ √

3. Apply the analysis outcomes to

prepare physical models √ √

RESTRICTED

189


Lecture Experiments

Week-1

Numerical modeling

Slope stability

Week-2 Modeling surface and underground mine

Week-3 Support design of openings

Week-4 Stress filed consideration

Week-5 Effects of multiple materials

Week-6 Effects of weak planes on stability

Week-7 Quiz

Week-8

Physical modeling

1. Room and pillar

2. Long wall mining

3. Open pit mining

4. UCG method

5. Skip shaft

Week-9

Week-10

Week-11

Week-12

Week-13

Week-14 Quiz


1. Numerical analysis

2. Preparation of physical models


RESTRICTED

190

ME 272: Fluid Mechanics Laboratory


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

To give fundamental knowledge of fluid, its properties and behavior under various conditions

of internal and external flows. To develop understanding about hydrostatic law, principle of

buoyancy and stability of a floating body and application of mass, momentum and energy

equation in fluid flow.

Objective:

1. The course on fluid mechanics is devised to introduce fundamental aspects of fluid

flow behavior.

2. Students will learn to develop steady state mechanical energy balance equation for

fluid flow systems, estimate pressure drop in fluid flow systems and determine

performance characteristics of fluid machinery.



1) Recognize the main terminology, concepts and techniques that applies to Fluid




of Fluid Mechanics demonstrated through appropriate and relevant assessment



development


quantification of Fluid Mechanics uncertainty and data management validated against


Course Contents:

1. Verification of Bernoulli’s equation.

2. Determination of coefficient of discharge by orifice.

3. Determination of coefficient of discharge by venturimeter.

4. Determination of head loss due to friction, bend, sudden expansion, sudden

contraction, in gate and globe valves.

5. Performance test of pumps.

6. Performance test of compressor, fan, blower

RESTRICTED

191


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Attendance 5



Quiz Test 30

Viva Voce 10



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Fluid Mechanics




sciences

√

2.




Fluid Mechanics demonstrated


assessment

√

3.







development

√

4. Demonstrate the ability to

suggest approaches and √

RESTRICTED

192


quantification of Fluid




standards

Lecture Schedule:

Lecture Experiments

Week-1 Verification of Bernoulli’s equation.

Week-2

Week-3 Determination of coefficient of discharge by orifice.

Week-4

Week-5 Determination of coefficient of discharge by venturimeter

Week-6

Week-7 Quiz

Week-8

Week-9 Determination of head loss due to friction, bend, sudden expansion, sudden

contraction, in gate and globe valves

Week-10

Week-11 Performance test of pumps.

Week-12

Week-13 Performance test of compressor, fan, blower

Week-14 Quiz


1. Fundamentals of fluid mechanics by Bruce Roy Munson and Donald F. Young

2. A Textbook of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines by R. K. Bansal

3. Engineering Fluid Mechanics by C. T. Crowe, Donald F. Elger, and John A. Roberson

4. Transport Phenomena by Edwin N. Lightfoot, Robert Byron Bird, and Warren E.

Stewart

RESTRICTED

193

Level-3, Term-1

PME 311: Mine Instrumentation and Machinery


Pre-requisite: None

1. Rationale:

To understand the principles and procedures to select mine instruments and machineries, and

their applicable conditions.

2. Objectives:

1. To understand the principles and applications fields of mine monitoring instruments.

2. To understand the mine transportation system and layouts.

3. To analyze and design mine machineries for surface and underground mine.



1. Understand the principles of mine instruments.

2. Understand the theories and calculations of mine machineries.

3. Evaluate the design requirements of mine machineries.

4. Analyze the design parameters of mine machineries.

5. Apply the knowledge to design mine instruments and machineries.

4. Course Contents:

Mine Monitoring instruments: Stress meter, Extensometer and field strain , Joint meter,

Vibrating ware sensor and micro-seismic sensor, Hydraulic sensor and piezometer, Optical

sensor and electrical sensor

Mine Machinery: Fundamental concepts of equipment economics. Planning for earthwork

construction. Dozers: performance characteristics, pushing materials, land clearing, ripping

rock. Scapers: Operations, types, performance charts, production cycle. Excavators; Front

shovels, hoes, loaders. Tracks and hauling equipment; capacities, size affects productivity,

Performance calculation, Safety. Cranes; mobile cranes, tower cranes, rigging, Safety.

Draglines and clamshells; description, factors affecting production.

Maintenance of Mining Machinery: Maintenance management and safety, CAD, remote

monitoring and control in mines and automation.

Classification of Mine Transport Systems and Layouts: Techno-economics Indices,

transport by gravity. Underground conveyor transport, scraper chain conveyor, belt conveyor,

special belt conveyor (cable belt) shaker and vibrating conveyors. Scrapper haulage.

RESTRICTED

194

Rail Track: Construction of rail track, mines car, choice of car, resistant to motion of car,

motion of car under gravity, man-riding cars. Rope haulage: Equipment of rope of haulage,

rope haulage calculations, scope of application of a rope haulage.

Locomotive Haulage: Types of mine locomotives. Load haul dumpers. Trackless mining

concepts, shuttle cars, mine trucks and their application.

Underground Hydraulics: Hydraulic breaking, theory of transportation, hydraulic

transportation by gravity and by pumps, equipment. Stowing material, transport.

Aerial Ropeway: construction of aerial ropeway, principle of rope way, calculation plan and

profile of ropeways.





1. Class Assessment




2. Examination




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 Understand the principles of mine

instruments

√


calculations of mine machineries.

√

3 Evaluate the design requirements

of mine machineries.

√

4 Analyze the design parameters of

mine machineries.

√


mine instruments and

machineries.

√

RESTRICTED

195



Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1 Mine Monitoring instruments

CT-1;

CT-2

Lecture-1 Stress meter

Lecture-2 Extensometer and field strain

Lecture-3 Joint meter

Week-2 Mine Monitoring instruments

Lecture-4 Vibrating ware sensor and micro-seismic sensor

Lecture-5 Hydraulic sensor and piezometer

Lecture-6 Optical sensor and electrical sensor

Week-3 Mine Machinery

Lecture-7 Fundamental concepts of equipment economics

Lecture-8

Lecture-9 Planning for earthwork construction

Week-4 Mine Machinery: Dozers

Lecture-10 Dozers: performance characteristics, pushing materials, land

clearing, ripping rock, analysis of design parameters, and selection

criterion of dozer

Lecture-11

Lecture-12

Week-5 Mine Machinery: Scrapers

Lecture-13 Scrapers: Operations, types, performance charts, production cycle,

analysis of design parameters, selection criterion of scrapers Lecture-14

Lecture-15

Week-6 Mine Machinery: Excavators

Lecture-16 Front shovels, hoes, loaders. Tracks and hauling equipment;

capacities, size affects productivity, Performance calculation,

Safety, analysis of design parameters, Selection of excavators

Lecture-17

Lecture-18

Week-7 Mine Machinery: cranes

Lecture-19 Cranes; mobile cranes, tower cranes, rigging, safety, analysis of

design parameters, Selection of cranes Lecture-20

Lecture-21

Week- 8 Min Machinery: Draglines

CT-3;

CT-4

Lecture-22 Draglines and clamshells; description, factors affecting production,

analysis of design parameters, selection of draglines and clamshells Lecture-23

Lecture-24

Week-9 Maintenance of Mining Machinery

Lecture-25 Maintenance management and safety, CAD, remote monitoring and

control in mines and automation Lecture-26

Lecture-27

Week-10 Classification of Mine Transport Systems and Layouts

Lecture-28 Techno-economics Indices, transport by gravity. Underground

conveyor transport, scraper chain conveyor, belt conveyor, special

belt conveyor (cable belt) shaker and vibrating conveyors. Scrapper

haulage

Lecture-29

Lecture-30

Week-11 Rail Track

Lecture-31 Construction of rail track, mines car, choice of car, resistant to

RESTRICTED

196

Lecture-32 motion of car, motion of car under gravity, man-riding cars

Lecture-33

Week-12 Rope haulage, Aerial ropeway

Lecture-34 Equipment of rope of haulage, rope haulage calculations, scope of

application of a rope haulage Lecture-35

Lecture-36 Construction of aerial ropeway, principle of rope way, calculation

plan and profile of ropeways

Week-13 Locomotive Haulage, Underground Hydraulics

Lecture-37 Types of mine locomotives. Load haul dumpers. Trackless mining

concepts, shuttle cars, mine trucks and their application

Lecture-38 Hydraulic breaking, theory of transportation, hydraulic

transportation by gravity and by pumps, equipment. Stowing

material, transport Lecture-39

Week-14

Lecture-40 Review

Lecture-41 Review

Lecture-42 Review

8. Books recommended:

1. SME Mining Engineering Handbook; SME.

2. Surface and underground excavations; RR tatiya.

3. Mining Engineering; Boky


RESTRICTED

197

PME 313: Shaft Sinking and Tunneling

3.00 Contact Hour; 3.00 Credit Hour;

Pre-requisite: None

4. Rationale:

To understand the principles and methods of the site preparation, initial construction of

vertical and lateral development of underground opening.

5. Objectives:

1. To understand about the options and principles to choose the openings to access

mineral deposits.

2. To understand the principles of shaft location selection.

3. To understand the shaft sinking methods.

4. To calculate and analyze the shaft sinking by freezing method.

5. To calculate and design the hoisting system

6. To calculate and design the dewatering system.

7. To calculate and design tunnel driving and boring.



1. Understand the theories and calculations of location selection, supports, hoisting

system, and dewatering system.

2. Evaluate the design requirements for shaft sinking and tunneling.

3. Analyze the design parameters of shaft sinking and tunneling.

4. Apply the knowledge to design shaft sinking and tunneling methods.

4. Course Contents:

Access to mineral deposit: Vertical shaft, inclined shaft, adit, tunnel, drift, etc. Advantages

and disadvantages. Factors affect the choice of the openings.

Shaft locations, stress and supports: Factors to choose shaft location. Shaft models;

advantages and disadvantages. Optimum locations of shaft. Pressure on shaft wall. Theory of

side pressure formation. Theory of cylinder wall. Supports.

Shafts sinking methods: Shape and size of Shaft. Surface plants. Shaft sinking methods;

conventional and unconventional. Freezing method; Principles. Physical and mechanical

characteristics of frozen rocks. Refrigerants. Diameter of periphery and number of boreholes.

RESTRICTED

198

Refrigerative equipment ability and its work time. Temperature of freezing pipe. Ice wall

thickness.

Hoisting system: Components. Hoisting types. Design of hoisting system. Total tension in

hoisting rope. Maximum static load. Maximum dynamic load.

Dewatering system: Principles. Mine pumps. Pumps in series. Pumps in parallel. Selection

of mine pumps.

Different shaft-sinking technologies: Mine entries. Horizontal, inclined and vertical

development workings. Shaft sinking and tunneling (drifting). Evaluation of ground

conditions.

Methods of tunnel driving and boring: Principles, Estimation of support requirements:

Types of support and materials for supporting, etc.





3. Class Assessment

(iv) Class Participation 05

(v) Class Attendance 05

(vi) Class Tests/Assignment/Presentation 20

4. Examination

(ii) Final Examination 70



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12


calculations of location selection,

supports, hoisting system, and

dewatering system

√


for shaft sinking and tunneling

√


shaft sinking and tunneling

√


shaft sinking and tunneling

methods

√

RESTRICTED

199



Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1 Access to mineral deposit

CT-1;

CT-2

Lecture-1 Vertical shaft

Lecture-2

Lecture-3 Inclined shaft

Week-2 Access to mineral deposit

Lecture-4 Adit

Lecture-5 Ttunnel, drift

Lecture-6 Factors affect the choice of the openings

Week-3 Shaft locations, stress and supports

Lecture-7 Factors to choose shaft location

Lecture-8 Shaft models

Lecture-9 Optimization of shaft location

Week-4 Shaft locations, stress and supports

Lecture-10 Pressure on shaft wall.

Lecture-11 Theory of side pressure formation. Theory of cylinder wall.

Lecture-12 Supports

Week-5 Shafts sinking methods

Lecture-13 Shape and size of Shaft. Surface plants.

Lecture-14 Shaft sinking methods; conventional and unconventional.

Lecture-15 Freezing method; Principles. Physical and mechanical

characteristics of frozen rocks

Week-6 Shafts sinking methods

Lecture-16 Refrigerants. Diameter of periphery and number of boreholes

Lecture-17 Refrigerative equipment ability and its work time

Lecture-18 Temperature of freezing pipe. Ice wall thickness

Week-7 Hoisting system

Lecture-19 Components

Lecture-20 Hoisting types

Lecture-21 Total tension in hoisting rope

Week- 8 Hoisting system

Lecture-22 Maximum static load

Lecture-23 Maximum dynamic load

Lecture-24 Design of hoisting system

Week-9 Dewatering system

CT-3;

CT-4

Lecture-25 Principles of dewatering system

Lecture-26 Mine pumps

Lecture-27 Pumps in series. Pumps in parallel.

Week-10 Dewatering system

Lecture-28

Calculation and design of mine pumps Lecture-29

Lecture-30

Week-11 Different shaft-sinking technologies

Lecture-31 Mine entries

RESTRICTED

200

Lecture-32 Horizontal, inclined and vertical development workings

Lecture-33

Week-12 Different shaft-sinking technologies

Lecture-34 Shaft sinking and tunneling (drifting).

Lecture-35 Evaluation of ground conditions.

Lecture-36

Week-13 Methods of tunnel driving and boring

Lecture-37 Principles

Lecture-38 Estimation of support requirements: Types of support and materials

for supporting, etc. Lecture-39

Week-14

Lecture-40 Review

Lecture-41 Review

Lecture-42 Review


1. Practical Shaft Sinking; F Donaldson.

2. Vertical and Decline Shaft Sinking: Good Practices in Technique and Technology; J

Kicki, J Sobczyk, P Kaminski.

3. Introduction to Tunnel Construction; DN Chapman, N Metje, A Stark.


RESTRICTED

201

PME 315: Well Logging and Formation Evaluation


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

Well logging, also known as borehole logging is the practice of making a detailed record of a

well. A log of the natural radioactivity of the formation along the borehole, measured in API

units. Although there are now developed some memory "Open Hole" compact formation

evaluation tool combinations.

Objective:

1. Determine Porosity, both primary and secondary (fractures and vugs)

2. Determine permeability

3. Determine water saturation and hydrocarbon movability

4. Determine hydrocarbon type (oil, gas, or condensate)

5. Determine lithology

6. Determine formation (bed) dip and strike

7. Determine sedimentary environment

8. Determine travel times of elastic waves in a formation



1) Recognize the main terminology, concepts and techniques that applies to Well

Logging and Formation Evaluation founded on a theory based understanding of



of Well Logging and Formation Evaluation demonstrated through appropriate and

relevant assessment



development


quantification of Well Logging and Formation Evaluation uncertainty and data


5) Perform, analyze and optimize Well Logging and Formation Evaluation design and

operation by using commercial software that is commonly used in the industry to

develop competency in the use of technology



7) Design sustainable Well Logging and Formation Evaluation system development

solutions with minimum environmental impact and beneficial for society

RESTRICTED

202


norms of the Well Logging and Formation Evaluation practice







project management.



Course Contents:

Well Logging:

Wireline Well Logging: Wirelinewell logging process, tools, sensors, such as gamma ray,

resistivity, density and neutron porosity;Open-hole wireline logging; Cased-hole wireline

logging; Mobilization.

Theory, Measurement and Interpretation of Well Logs: Electrical resistivity of rocks ;

Radioactive and acoustic properties of rocks ; Measurement environment ; Resistivity logs ;

The spontaneous potential log ; Gamma ray, neutron, and sonic porosity logs ; Conventional

interpretation techniques ; Reconnaissance and pattern-recognition interpretation techniques ;

Log interpretation of shaly formations ; Evaluation of gas-bearing formations; Logging

objectives ; Invasion profile ; Challenge of borehole geophysics ; Passive electrical properties

of earth materials ; Resistivity measuring tools, normal, induction, laterolog ; Reservoir/non-

reservoir discrimination ; Matrix-sensitivity logs, GR, SGR, Pe ; Depth measurements and

control ; Borehole calipers ; Porosity-mineralogy logs, density, neutron, sonic ; Porosity

determination in clean formations ; Formation resistivity factor ; Conductivity of shales ;

Porosity log crossplots and mineralogy identification ; Partially saturated rock properties and

Archie Equation ; Linear movable oil plot ; Reconnaissance techniques, Rwa, FR/FP,

logarithmic scaler ; Logarithmic MOP ; Porosity-resistivity crossplots ; Permeability

relationships ; Use of pressure measurements ; Computerized log evaluation ; Recommended

logging programs; Simultaneous acoustic and resistivity log (STAR)

Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR): Basics of NMR technology ; Rock typing from

NMR core data and its relationship to logs ; Pore geometry and what it means for the

interpretation of NMR data ; NMR logs ; Job Planning ; Log Quality Control ; Working with

NMR data (various exercises throughout the course)

Structural and Stratigraphic Interpretation of Dipmeters and Borehole-Imaging Logs:

Applications and types of dipmeters and borehole images ; Data acquisition and processing ;

Quality control and artifacts ; Oil Based Mud and Logging While Drilling Applications ;

Generation and use of stereonets and rose diagrams ; Quantitative analysis using cumulative

dip plots, vector plots, and SCAT plots ; Fractures, faults, micro-faults, and unconformities ;

RESTRICTED

203

Sub-seismic scale faults ; Determination of fracture spacing and fracture porosity ; In situ

stress from borehole breakout and drilling induced fractures ; Thin bed analysis and net sand

counts ; Carbonate porosity and facies interpretation ; Application of image data in sequence

stratigraphy ; Sedimentology from borehole images: burrows, cross beds, scoured surfaces,

slumps ; Determination of paleocurrent directions ; Interpretation of borehole images in

various depositional settings ; Reservoir characterization using borehole images ; Integration

with seismic, NMR, and production logs

Logging While Drilling (LWD): Logging While Drilling process, tools, sensors, such as

gamma ray, resistivity, density and neutron porosity.

Formation Evaluation:-

Cased Hole Formation Evaluation: Pulsed Neutron Capture Logs ; Basics of neutron

generation and gamma detections and how that leads to sigma ; Basics of calculation of water

saturation from sigma ; Methods to correct the saturation calculation for shaliness ; Log-

Inject-Log measurements to maximize accuracy ; Why logs from different service companies

report different sigma values ; Distinguishing gas from oil ; Estimating porosity ; Use of all

the auxiliary traces on the logs ; Use of oxygen activation to determine brine entry ; Use of

special modifications of the logs ; Planning to maximize success of log runs ; Carbon/Oxygen

logs ? How the logs work ; Deciding when Carbon/ Oxygen logs have a better chance for

success ; Planning log runs to maximize chances for success ; New developments that

promise improved Carbon/ Oxygen logs best drilled solids removal.

Magnetic Resonance Imaging Analysis: The clay-bound water porosity (MCBW) and total

porosity (MPHIT); enhanced permeability calculations ; zones of potential water production

; hydrocarbon-water contacts ; Calculate water saturation in the uninvaded zone ; low-

resistivity pay reservoirs ; dual-water Rw by reconstructing spontaneous potential (SP) ; dual-

water resistivity model to provide improved water saturation (Sw) calculations, especially in

shaly reservoirs ; Determination of bulk volume irreducible (BVI) ; Measurement of movable

water ; Quantification of viscous oil reserves ; Estimation of permeability in water-wet

reservoirs.

MRI Petrophysics: Simultaneous T1 and T2 log measurement; Magnetic Resonance

Imaging Analysis; Time Domain Analysis (TDA); Diffusion Analysis (DIFAN); Heavy oil

MRIAN; Combination of magnetic resonance imaging logging analyses and reservoir

stimulations;

Volumetric Petrophysics: Formation evaluation computation, weighted least-squares error

optimization technique to determine fractional lithology constituents (clay, sandstone,

limestone, and other minerals) and the percent of saturation of individual fluid components

which occupy total pore space.

Formation Lithology Analysis: CORAL analysis computes water saturation (Sw), lithology,

effective porosity (φeff) and relative permeabilities in carbonates and complex lithology

reservoirs. CORAL analysis produces an analysis of the lithology in terms of percent volume

RESTRICTED

204

shale, limestone, dolomite, sandstone, coal, and salt. It includes logic for detection and

correction for salt, rugosity, and gas.

Laminated Reservoir Analysis: Resolving gross shale volume percent to high resolution

laminated and dispersed clay content; Detection of thin-bed reservoirs ; Improve saturation

analysis of the laminated reservoir.

Borehole Image Analysis: Constant dip with depth; Increasing dip with depth: Decreasing

dip with depth: Facies profile partitions the reservoir into discrete electrofacies or flow units;

Producing electro-facies is a common and valuable operation performed by oil companies to

discriminate discrete reservoir components. These components are used to populate reservoir

models, flow simulators, determine porosity/permeability relationships, and describe the

reservoir. Log interpretation that helps define 3D reservoir facies models describing the

distribution of porosity, permeability, and capillary pressure in more detail than is possible

with reflection seismology • Determination of the optimal number of clusters, while still

allowing the analyst to control the level of detail actually needed to define the electro-facies.

Net to Gross Sand Count: High-resolution net sand and net pay images and curves;

Cumulative net sand and net pay curve ; Logic to prevent interpretation of tight streaks as pay

; Interactive histogram based calibration of logging curves ; Accurate sand and net pay counts

in laminated sediments of fluvial and turbidite formations.

Anisotropy Analysis: Analyze WaveSonic tool waveform data to identify fast and slow

shear wave travel times and their orientation in the formation ; Develop synthetic

seismograms to improve 3D seismic analysis and future seismic acquisition ; Identification of

compressive fluids in the pore space to maximize completion planning.

Saturation Analysis: Saturation analysis of a single well based on sigma logs; Saturation

analysis of a single well based on carbon/oxygen (C/O) logs; Combination of C/O and sigma

measurements and is used to calculate saturation when three fluids are present in the

reservoir.


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination

RESTRICTED

205



Class Assessment


Class Attendance 05


Examination




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Well Logging and

Formation Evaluation founded




√

2.




Well Logging and Formation

Evaluation demonstrated through


assessment

√

3.







development

√

4.




quantification of Well Logging

and Formation Evaluation




standards

√

5.



Evaluation design and operation



√

RESTRICTED

206



6.





colleagues

√

7.

Design sustainable Well Logging





√

8.

Apply ethical principles and

commit to professional ethics,


the Well Logging and Formation

Evaluation practice

√

9.




and with team mates

√

10.





√

11.







management.

√

12.





√

Lecture Schedule:


Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1

CT-1

Lecture-1

Wireline Well Logging: Wirelinewell logging process, tools,

sensors, such as gamma ray, resistivity, density and neutron

porosity

Lecture-2 Open-hole wireline logging

Lecture-3 Cased-hole wireline logging; Mobilization

Week-2

RESTRICTED

207

Lecture-4

Theory, Measurement and Interpretation of Well Logs:

Electrical resistivity of rocks ; Radioactive and acoustic properties

of rocks ; Measurement environment ; Resistivity logs ; The

spontaneous potential log ; Gamma ray, neutron, and sonic porosity

logs ; Conventional interpretation techniques ; Reconnaissance and

pattern-recognition interpretation techniques ; Log interpretation of

shaly formations

Lecture-5 Evaluation of gas-bearing formations; Logging objectives ;

Invasion profile

Lecture-6 Challenge of borehole geophysics ; Passive electrical properties of

earth materials

Week-3

Lecture-7 Resistivity measuring tools, normal, induction, laterolog ;

Reservoir/non-reservoir discrimination

Lecture-8 Matrix-sensitivity logs, GR, SGR, Pe ; Depth measurements and

control

Lecture-9 Borehole calipers ; Porosity-mineralogy logs, density, neutron,

sonic ; Porosity determination in clean formations

Week-4

Lecture-10

Formation resistivity factor ; Conductivity of shales ; Porosity log

crossplots and mineralogy identification ; Partially saturated rock

properties and Archie Equation

Lecture-11

; Linear movable oil plot ; Reconnaissance techniques, Rwa,

FR/FP, logarithmic scaler ; Logarithmic MOP ; Porosity-resistivity

crossplots

Lecture-12

Permeability relationships ; Use of pressure measurements ;

Computerized log evaluation ; Recommended logging programs;

Simultaneous acoustic and resistivity log (STAR)

Week-5

CT-2

Lecture-13

Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR): Basics of NMR

technology ; Rock typing from NMR core data and its relationship

to logs

Lecture-14 Pore geometry and what it means for the interpretation of NMR

data ; NMR logs

Lecture-15 Job Planning ; Log Quality Control ; Working with NMR data

(various exercises throughout the course)

Week-6

Lecture-16

Structural and Stratigraphic Interpretation of Dipmeters and

Borehole-Imaging Logs: Applications and types of dipmeters and

borehole images ; Data acquisition and processing ; Quality control

and artifacts

Lecture-17 Oil Based Mud and Logging While Drilling Applications ;

Generation and use of stereonets and rose diagrams

Lecture-18

Quantitative analysis using cumulative dip plots, vector plots, and

SCAT plots ; Fractures, faults, micro-faults, and unconformities ;

Sub-seismic scale faults

Week-7

Lecture-19 Determination of fracture spacing and fracture porosity ; In situ

stress from borehole breakout and drilling induced fractures ; Thin

RESTRICTED

208

bed analysis and net sand counts

Lecture-20

Carbonate porosity and facies interpretation ; Application of image

data in sequence stratigraphy ; Sedimentology from borehole

images: burrows, cross beds, scoured surfaces, slumps

Lecture-21

Determination of paleocurrent directions ; Interpretation of

borehole images in various depositional settings ; Reservoir

characterization using borehole images ; Integration with seismic,

NMR, and production logs

Week-8

Lecture-22 Logging While Drilling (LWD): Logging While Drilling process

Lecture-23 Tools, sensors, such as gamma ray, resistivity

Lecture-24 Density and neutron porosity.

Week-9

CT-3

Lecture-25

Open and Cased Hole Formation Evaluation: Pulsed Neutron

Capture Logs ; Basics of neutron generation and gamma detections

and how that leads to sigma ; Basics of calculation of water

saturation from sigma

Lecture-26

Methods to correct the saturation calculation for shaliness ; Log-

Inject-Log measurements to maximize accuracy ; Why logs from

different service companies report different sigma values ;

Distinguishing gas from oil ; Estimating porosity ; Use of all the

auxiliary traces on the logs ; Use of oxygen activation to determine

brine entry ; Use of special modifications of the logs

Lecture-27

Planning to maximize success of log runs, Carbon/Oxygen logs ?

How the logs work ; Deciding when Carbon/ Oxygen logs have a

better chance for success ; Planning log runs to maximize chances

for success ; New developments that promise improved Carbon/

Oxygen logs best drilled solids removal

Week-10

Lecture-28

Magnetic Resonance Imaging Analysis: The clay-bound water

porosity (MCBW) and total porosity (MPHIT); enhanced

permeability calculations ; zones of potential water production ;

hydrocarbon-water contacts

Lecture-29

Calculate water saturation in the uninvaded zone ; low-resistivity

pay reservoirs ; dual-water Rw by reconstructing spontaneous

potential (SP) ; dual-water resistivity model to provide improved

water saturation (Sw) calculations, especially in shaly reservoirs ;

Determination of bulk volume irreducible (BVI)

Lecture-30 Measurement of movable water; Quantification of viscous oil

reserves; Estimation of permeability in water-wet reservoirs.

Week-11

Lecture-31

MRI Petrophysics: Simultaneous T1 and T2 log measurement;

Magnetic Resonance Imaging Analysis; Time Domain Analysis

(TDA); Diffusion Analysis (DIFAN); Heavy oil MRIAN;

Combination of magnetic resonance imaging logging analyses and

reservoir stimulations

Lecture-32 Volumetric Petrophysics: Formation evaluation computation,

weighted least-squares error optimization technique to determine

RESTRICTED

209

fractional lithology constituents (clay, sandstone, limestone, and

other minerals)

Lecture-33 Percent of saturation of individual fluid components which occupy

total pore space.

Week-12

Lecture-34

Formation Lithology Analysis: CORAL analysis computes water

saturation (Sw), lithology, effective porosity (φeff) and relative

permeabilities in carbonates and complex lithology reservoirs.

Lecture-35

CORAL analysis produces an analysis of the lithology in terms of

percent volume shale, limestone, dolomite, sandstone, coal, and

salt. It includes logic for detection and correction for salt, rugosity,

and gas.

Lecture-36

Laminated Reservoir Analysis: Resolving gross shale volume

percent to high resolution laminated and dispersed clay content;

Detection of thin-bed reservoirs; Improve saturation analysis of the

laminated reservoir.

Week-13

CT-4

Lecture-37

Borehole Image Analysis: Constant dip with depth; Increasing dip

with depth: Decreasing dip with depth: Facies profile partitions the

reservoir into discrete electrofacies or flow units; Producing

electro-facies is a common and valuable operation performed by oil

companies to discriminate discrete reservoir components.

Lecture-38

The components used to populate reservoir models, flow

simulators, determine porosity/permeability relationships, and

describe the reservoir. number of clusters, while still allowing the

analyst to control the level of detail actually needed to define the

electro-facies.

Lecture-39

Log interpretation that helps define 3D reservoir facies models

describing the distribution of porosity, permeability, and capillary

pressure in more detail than is possible with reflection seismology •

Determination of the optimal number of cluster

Week-14

Lecture-40

Net to Gross Sand Count: High-resolution net sand and net pay

images and curves; Cumulative net sand and net pay curve ; Logic

to prevent interpretation of tight streaks as pay ; Interactive

histogram based calibration of logging curves ; Accurate sand and

net pay counts in laminated sediments of fluvial and turbidite

formations.

Lecture-41

Anisotropy Analysis: Analyze WaveSonic tool waveform data to

identify fast and slow shear wave travel times and their orientation

in the formation; Develop synthetic seismograms to improve 3D

seismic analysis and future seismic acquisition ; Identification of

compressive fluids in the pore space to maximize completion

planning.

Lecture-42

Saturation Analysis: Saturation analysis of a single well based on

sigma logs; Saturation analysis of a single well based on

carbon/oxygen (C/O) logs; Combination of C/O and sigma

measurements and is used to calculate saturation when three fluids

RESTRICTED

210

are present in the reservoir.


1. Basic Well Log Analysis by George Asquith and Daniel Krygowski

2. Theory, Measurement and Interpretation of Well Logs by Zaki Bassiouni

3. Well Logging II: Electric & Acoustic Logging by James R. Jorden & Frank L. Campbell

4. Well Logging and Formation Evaluation by Toby Darling

RESTRICTED

211

PME 317: Drilling Engineering


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:





Objective:




methodologies













development






technology







RESTRICTED

212







project management.



Course Contents:

Drilling Overview: Rig systems; Hydrostatics; Drill string; Casing; Drilling hydraulics;

Cementing; Well control; Pore pressure and fracture gradient; Drill bits; Well planning.

Hydraulic Friction in the Circulating System: Head loss; Laminar flow; Pipe flow;

Annular flow; Shear rate and effective viscosity; Laminar pressure loss example; Turbulent

pipe flow; Singularity losses.

Removal of Cuttings from Under the Bit: Cuttings removal process; Boundary conditions

of the drilling process; Friction loss increases with depth; Annular flow velocity limitations;

Optimizing ROP, liner by liner; Optimizing the complete well.

Transport of Cuttings to the Surface: Hole cleaning in vertical wells; Slip velocity of

perfect spheres; Slip velocity of imperfect spheres; Hole cleaning in inclinded wells;

Mechanistic model; Empirical model; Effect of barite segregation.

Keeping Wellbore within Maximum and Minimum Pressure; ECD-Control: Density

control; ECD factors; Mud density vs. temperature and pressure; Annular friction; Effect of

cuttings; Surge & swab; Other effects; Temperature variation; Ocean and wellbore

temperature profile; Conduction; Convection; Numerical solution.

Keeping the Wellbore Stable: Wellbore stability problems; Filtration control; Mechanical

stability; Chemical stability; Swelling of shale; Bit balling; Downhole problems; Inhibitive

muds; Oil based muds (OBM); Water based mud (WBM).

Standard Killing Methods: Surface and bottom pressure of a shut in well ; Stabilized

pressure just after shut in ; Gas percolation in a closed well ; MAASP ; Estimating kill mud

weight and safety factors ; Composition of influxing pore fluid; Hydraulic friction during

killing ; Killing by means of Driller’s Method ; Six phases of killing ; Critical pressures

during killing ; The Engineer’s Method and kill sheet ; Killing when unable to circulate from

bottom.

Deviatory Behavior of Gas: Transport of gas; Gas bubbles; Gas bubble velocity; Well bore

pressure during stationary gas flow; Surface pressure during killing; Gas solubility; Solubility

in general; Solubility of gas in liquids; Operational problems related to dissolved gas.

RESTRICTED

213

Narrow Pressure Window: Lowered mud window in deep wells and in deep water; High

annular friction pressure hidden in SICP; Modified killing procedure with BOP on seabed;

Killing highly inclined wells.

Special Offshore Safety Issues: Low sea temperature; Hydrates; Gelled mud in cold

pipelines; Other deep water problems; Riser Margin and riser disconnect; Gas trapped in

BOP or hidden in Riser; Shallow sands below deep water; Shallow water flow; Shallow gas;

Killing procedure in shallow sands.

Drilling Practices: Planning including requirements for the completion and testing, AFE

preparation; HSE at the rig site; Cost control, evaluating alternative drilling methods and

maximizing penetration rate; Hole cleaning, sloughing shale, lost circulation, stuck pipe and

fishing operations; Lifting capacity of drilling fluids, pressure losses in the circulating system

and ECD; Maximizing hydraulics in the planning phase and at the rig; Bit selection and

application; Casing and drill string design, selection of casing seats, BOP equipment;

Cement, cement additives and displacement mechanics; Deviation control, directional drilling

and horizontal drilling; Pressure control, routine and special problems; Project post analysis.

Drill String Vibration and Mitigation: Axial, lateral, torsional vibration; Vibration

mechanism, stick slip, bit bounce, bit whirl, BHA whirl, lateral shocks, torsional resonance,

parametric resonance, bit chatter, modal coupling.

Casing and Cementing: Selecting casing & hole sizes; Setting depths; Casing loads;

Selecting casing & connections; Casing stress calculations; Selecting appropriate cement

slurries; Mud removal & cement placement; Stage cementing, squeezes, & plugs; Preventing

gas migration; Cementing calculations; Cementing equipment; Well head equipment.

Stuck Pipe Prevention: Stuck pipe prevention; Rock mechanics; Wellbore stress; Wellbore

instability; Trend recognition; Hole cleaning; Differential sticking; Wellbore geometry;

Tripping practices; Fishing practices.

Drill String Design and Optimization: Drill string and BHA failure prevention; Low-angle

design applications; High-angle design applications; Torque, Drag, and Casing wear

mitigation; Vibration monitoring and avoidance; Drill string handling and inspection;

Vibration sensors, Vibration operating limit tables.

Directional, Horizontal and Multilateral Drilling: Applications for directional drilling;

Directional profiles; Extended reach wells; Survey calculations and accuracy; Dogleg

severity calculations and problems associated with doglegs; Planning directional and

horizontal wells; Horizontal drilling methods and applications; Logging high angle wells;

Hole-cleaning; Multi-laterals; Types of survey instruments; Tools used to deflect a wellbore;

Torque and drag calculations; Cementing.

Managing Wellsite Operations: Critical elements of effective planning and management of

drilling operations; Design and implement a program “checklist” for critical well drilling

operations; Investigate various elements of a drilling operation and mitigate visible and

hidden risk; Investigate and perform an analysis of trouble time events, nonproductive time

occurrences and invisible lost time for a drilling operation; Dissect the drilling plan and apply

total task analysis to wellsite activities; Enhance knowledge of organizational learning

systems and transfer lessons learned; Perform technical limit analysis to improve wellsite

RESTRICTED

214

performance; Measure and performance monitoring of the drilling operation; Maximize the

inexperienced resources through total task analysis in a case study to reduce drilling costs and

improve safety.

Practical Drilling Skills: Interpretation of mud logger gas units; Determining pore pressure;

On-site hydraulic optimization; Selecting proper bit loading (weight on bit and rotary speed)

for the fastest, cheapest hole; Interpreting pressure integrity tests; Hole problems (such as,

stuck pipe, lost circulation, and ballooning); Borehole stability; Operating guidelines; Drilling

fluid properties necessary to maximize drilling performance; Discussion of polymers in

drilling fluids; Solids control equipment arrangement to assure best drilled solids removal.

Optimized Pressure Drilling: Managed Pressure Drilling; Rotating Control Devices;

Underbalanced Applications.

Special Topics: Advanced Well Control topics causes of kicks, kick detection, shut-in

procedures, dual gradient drilling; Unusual well control operations, shallow gas, subsea

operations; Underbalanced Drilling, Introduction to UBD, UBD techniques, benefits of UBD

equipment, Selecting an appropriate candidate and UBD well engineering; Casing drilling,

HPHT, Introduction to Horizontal/Extended Reach/and Multilateral Drilling; Non-

conventional drilling methods and equipment including environmental aspects of drilling

activities.

Optimization: Drilling Optimization; Drill Bit Optimization; Fluids Optimization;

Optimization Software.

Survey Management: At-Bit Inclination Sensor; Compares inclination measured at the bit

with inclination measured higher up at the MWD tool; Wellbore Positioning; Directional

Survey delivers a comprehensive well positioning approach, generating the necessary risk

versus reward analysis and survey program.

Telemetry: Electromagnetic Telemetry; Mud Pulse Telemetry System; MWD/LWD

Telemetry Systems.

Mud Logging: Sampling and cuttings analysis; Volume calculations; Advanced sample

evaluation; Formation pressures; Borehole problems.

Application of drilling engineering software: Mud design, Casing design, BHA design,

Drill String Design, Drill Hydraulics, Rig Floor Simulator.


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

RESTRICTED

215

Final Examination



Class Assessment


Class Attendance 05


Examination




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.







sciences

√

2.







assessment

√

3.







development

√

4.








standards

√

5.






√

RESTRICTED

216

of technology

6.





colleagues

√

7.





√

8.





√

9.




and with team mates

√

10.





√

11.







management.

√

12.





√

Lecture Schedule:


Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1 .

CT-1

Lecture-1

Drilling Overview: Rig systems; Hydrostatics; Drill string; Casing;

Drilling hydraulics; Cementing; Well control; Pore pressure and

fracture gradient; Drill bits; Well planning

Lecture-2

Hydraulic Friction in the Circulating System: Head loss;

Laminar flow; Pipe flow; Annular flow; Shear rate and effective

viscosity; Laminar pressure loss example; Turbulent pipe flow;

Singularity losses.

Lecture-3 Removal of Cuttings from Under the Bit: Cuttings removal

process; Boundary conditions of the drilling process; Friction loss

RESTRICTED

217

increases with depth; Annular flow velocity limitations; Optimizing

ROP, liner by liner; Optimizing the complete well.

Week-2

Lecture-4

Transport of Cuttings to the Surface: Hole cleaning in vertical

wells; Slip velocity of perfect spheres; Slip velocity of imperfect

spheres; Hole cleaning in inclined wells; Mechanistic model;

Empirical model; Effect of barite segregation.

Lecture-5

Keeping Wellbore within Maximum and Minimum Pressure;

ECD-Control: Density control; ECD factors; Mud density vs.

temperature and pressure; Annular friction; Effect of cuttings;

Surge & swab; Other effects; Temperature variation; Ocean and

wellbore temperature profile; Conduction; Convection; Numerical

solution.

Lecture-6

Keeping the Wellbore Stable: Wellbore stability problems;

Filtration control; Mechanical stability; Chemical stability;

Swelling of shale; Bit balling; Downhole problems; Inhibitive

muds; Oil based muds (OBM); Water based mud (WBM).

Week-3

Lecture-7

Standard Killing Methods: Surface and bottom pressure of a shut

in well ; Stabilized pressure just after shut in ; Gas percolation in a

closed well ; MAASP ; Estimating kill mud weight and safety

factors ; Composition of influxing pore fluid; Hydraulic friction

during killing ; Killing by means of Driller’s Method ; Six phases

of killing ; Critical pressures during killing ; The Engineer’s

Method and kill sheet ; Killing when unable to circulate from

bottom.

Lecture-8

Deviatory Behavior of Gas: Transport of gas; Gas bubbles; Gas

bubble velocity; Well bore pressure during stationary gas flow;

Surface pressure during killing; Gas solubility; Solubility in

general; Solubility of gas in liquids; Operational problems related

to dissolved gas.

Lecture-9

Narrow Pressure Window: Lowered mud window in deep wells

and in deep water; High annular friction pressure hidden in SICP;

Modified killing procedure with BOP on seabed; Killing highly

inclined wells.

Week-4

Lecture-10

Special Offshore Safety Issues: Low sea temperature; Hydrates;

Gelled mud in cold pipelines; Other deep water problems; Riser

Margin and riser disconnect; Gas trapped in BOP or hidden in

Riser; Shallow sands below deep water; Shallow water flow;

Shallow gas; Killing procedure in shallow sands.

Lecture-11

Drilling Practices: Planning including requirements for the

completion and testing, AFE preparation; HSE at the rig site; Cost

control, evaluating alternative drilling methods and maximizing

penetration rate

Lecture-12

Hole cleaning, sloughing shale, lost circulation, stuck pipe and

fishing operations; Lifting capacity of drilling fluids, pressure

losses in the circulating system and ECD; Maximizing hydraulics

in the planning phase and at the rig; Bit selection and application;

RESTRICTED

218

Casing and drill string design, selection of casing seats, BOP

equipment

Week-5

CT-2

Lecture-13

Cement, cement additives and displacement mechanics; Deviation

control, directional drilling and horizontal drilling; Pressure

control, routine and special problems; Project post analysis.

Lecture-14

Drill String Vibration and Mitigation: Axial, lateral, torsional

vibration; Vibration mechanism, stick slip, bit bounce, bit whirl,

BHA whirl, lateral shocks, torsional resonance, parametric

resonance, bit chatter, modal coupling.

Lecture-15 Casing and Cementing: Selecting casing & hole sizes; Setting

depths; Casing loads

Week-6

Lecture-16 Selecting casing & connections; Casing stress calculations

Lecture-17

Selecting appropriate cement slurries; Mud removal & cement

placement; Stage cementing, squeezes, & plugs; Preventing gas

migration

Lecture-18 Cementing calculations; Cementing equipment; Well head

equipment.

Week-7

Lecture-19 Stuck Pipe Prevention: Stuck pipe prevention; Rock mechanics;

Wellbore stress

Lecture-20 Wellbore instability; Trend recognition; Hole cleaning

Lecture-21 Differential sticking; Wellbore geometry; Tripping practices;

Fishing practices.

Week-8

Lecture-22

Drill String Design and Optimization: Drill string and BHA

failure prevention; Low-angle design applications; High-angle

design applications

Lecture-23 Torque, Drag, and Casing wear mitigation; Vibration monitoring

and avoidance

Lecture-24 Drill string handling and inspection; Vibration sensors, Vibration

operating limit tables.

Week-9

CT-3

Lecture-25

Directional, Horizontal and Multilateral Drilling: Applications

for directional drilling; Directional profiles; Extended reach wells;

Survey calculations and accuracy

Lecture-26

Dogleg severity calculations and problems associated with doglegs;

Planning directional and horizontal wells; Horizontal drilling

methods and applications

Lecture-27

Logging high angle wells; Hole-cleaning; Multi-laterals; Types of

survey instruments; Tools used to deflect a wellbore; Torque and

drag calculations; Cementing.

Week-10

Lecture-28

Managing Wellsite Operations: Critical elements of effective

planning and management of drilling operations; Design and

implement a program “checklist” for critical well drilling

operations

Lecture-29 Investigate various elements of a drilling operation and mitigate

RESTRICTED

219

visible and hidden risk; Investigate and perform an analysis of

trouble time events, nonproductive time occurrences and invisible

lost time for a drilling operation

Lecture-30

Dissect the drilling plan and apply total task analysis to wellsite

activities; Enhance knowledge of organizational learning systems

and transfer lessons learned; Perform technical limit analysis to

improve wellsite performance

Week-11

Lecture-31

Measure and performance monitoring of the drilling operation;

Maximize the inexperienced resources through total task analysis in

a case study to reduce drilling costs and improve safety.

Lecture-32

Practical Drilling Skills: Interpretation of mud logger gas units;

Determining pore pressure; On-site hydraulic optimization;

Selecting proper bit loading (weight on bit and rotary speed) for the

fastest, cheapest hole

Lecture-33

Interpreting pressure integrity tests; Hole problems (such as, stuck

pipe, lost circulation, and ballooning); Borehole stability; Operating

guidelines

Week-12

Lecture-34

Drilling fluid properties necessary to maximize drilling

performance; Discussion of polymers in drilling fluids; Solids

control equipment arrangement to assure best drilled solids

removal.

Lecture-35 Optimized Pressure Drilling: Managed Pressure Drilling;

Rotating Control Devices; Underbalanced Applications.

Lecture-36

Special Topics: Advanced Well Control topics causes of kicks,

kick detection, shut-in procedures, dual gradient drilling; Unusual

well control operations, shallow gas, subsea operations;

Underbalanced Drilling, Introduction to UBD, UBD techniques,

benefits of UBD equipment, Selecting an appropriate candidate and

UBD well engineering

Week-13

CT-4

Lecture-37

Casing drilling, HPHT, Introduction to Horizontal/Extended

Reach/and Multilateral Drilling; Non-conventional drilling methods

and equipment including environmental aspects of drilling

activities.

Lecture-38 Optimization: Drilling Optimization; Drill Bit Optimization;

Fluids Optimization; Optimization Software.

Lecture-39

Survey Management: At-Bit Inclination Sensor; Compares

inclination measured at the bit with inclination measured higher up

at the MWD tool; Wellbore Positioning; Directional Survey

delivers a comprehensive well positioning approach, generating the

necessary risk versus reward analysis and survey program.

Week-14

Lecture-40 Telemetry: Electromagnetic Telemetry; Mud Pulse Telemetry

System; MWD/LWD Telemetry Systems.

Lecture-41

Mud Logging: Sampling and cuttings analysis; Volume

calculations; Advanced sample evaluation; Formation pressures;

Borehole problems.

RESTRICTED

220

Lecture-42

Application of drilling engineering software: Mud design, Casing

design, BHA design, Drill String Design, Drill Hydraulics, Rig

Floor Simulator.




F.S. Young Jr





RESTRICTED

221

PME 319: Heat Transfer and Mass Transfer


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

Heat can be transferred from one place to another by three methods: conduction in solids,

convection of fluids (liquids or gases), and radiation through anything that will allow

radiation to pass. The method used to transfer heat is usually the one that is the most efficient.

Mass transfer is the net movement of mass from one location, usually meaning stream, phase,

fraction or component, to another. Mass transfer occurs in many processes, such as

absorption, evaporation, drying, precipitation, membrane filtration, and distillation.

Objective:

Heat Transfer

1. Model basic heat transfer processes and identify modes

2. Calculate thermal resistances

3. Perform an energy balance to determine temperature and heat flux

4. Identify fins and calculate fin performance

5. Use shape factors for 2-D conduction

6. Solve lumped parameter transient heat transfer problems

7. Solve distributed parameter transient heat transfer problems

8. Recognize basic convective heat transfer and apply appropriate methods for quantifying

convection

9. Calculate convective heat transfer coefficients for internal flow

10. Calculate convective heat transfer coefficients for external flow

11. Design and size heat exchangers

12. Predict heat exchanger performance

13. Calculate radiation view factors

14. Determine radiation heat transfer

RESTRICTED

222

Mass Transfer

1. The objective of this module is to bring in the concept of mass transfer, which is mass

in transit as a result of species concentration difference in a mixture.

2. For this module, it is assumed that the student already has a good concept of

conduction and convection heat transfer, so that the mass transfer concepts are taught

with the help of drawing analogy from heat transfer.

3. It is important for the student to understand the context in which the term mass

transfer is used. The student should understand that the driving potential for mass

transfer is concentration gradient, and one can obtain a mass transfer flux due the

concentration gradient.

4. The student should understand that there are modes of mass transfer that are similar to

conduction and convection modes in heat transfer. Equivalent non-dimensional

numbers will also be introduced to describe the relative effects of various parameters

governing mass transfer.



1) Recognize the main terminology, concepts and techniques that applies to Heat

Transfer and Mass Transfer founded on a theory based understanding of mathematics



of Heat Transfer and Mass Transfer demonstrated through appropriate and relevant

assessment



development


quantification of Heat Transfer and Mass Transfer uncertainty and data management


5) Perform, analyze and optimize Heat Transfer and Mass Transfer rate by using



Course Contents:

Heat Transfer

Modes of Heat Transfer: Introduction to basic modes of heat transfer.

Conduction: Law of conduction, general heat conduction equation. Steady-state one-

dimensional heat conduction: plane wall, cylinder, sphere, composite structures. Straight fins

of rectangular and triangular profiles. Consideration of variable thermal conductivity and

systems with heat sources. Overall heat transfer coefficient, critical thickness of insulation,

thermal contact resistance; Steady State Conduction and Unsteady State Conduction.

RESTRICTED

223

Convection: Different types of flow and convection, boundary layer concepts, dimensional

analysis of forced and natural convection; Forced Convection and Natural Convection.

Radiation: Basic concept of Radiation; Application in Oil & Gas, mining industries.

Heat Exchanger: Basic types of heat exchanger, LMTD, heat exchanger efficiency, fouling

and scaling of exchanger surface, NTU method of heat exchanger design, applications of heat

exchangers; Natural gas heater.

Introduction of thermal oil recovery processes: Steam Assisted Gravity Drainage (SAGD)

Cyclic Steam Stimulation (CSS), Steamflood, In Situ Combustion and Microwave heating.

Application of heat transfer software:

Mass Transfer

Introduction to Mass transfer operation, Assignment and short type questions; Diffusion:

Fick's law of diffusion, Steady state molecular diffusion in fluids under stagnant and laminar

flow conditions, Diffusion through variable cross-sectional area, Diffusion coefficient:

measurement and prediction, Measurement of liquid-phase diffusion coefficient,

Multicomponent diffusion, Diffusivity in solids and its applications, Assignment and short

type questions; Mass transfer coefficients: Introduction to mass transfer coefficient,

Equimolar counter-diffusion of A and B (NA = -NB), Correlation for convective mass

transfer coefficient, Correlation of mass transfer coefficients for single cylinder, Theories of

mass transfer, Penetration theory, Surface Renewal Theory, Boundary Layer Theory,

Interphase mass transfer theory, Overall mass transfer coefficients,

Absorption and adsorption: Introduction to absorption, Design of packed tower, Design of

packed tower based on overall mass transfer coefficient, Counter-current multi-stage

absorption (Tray absorber), Continuous contact equipment, Absorption with chemical

reaction, Absorption accompanied by irreversible reactions, Absorption resistance,

Distillation: Introduction to distillation, Distillation columns and their process calculations,

Continuous distillation columns, Analysis of binary distillation in trayed towers: McCabe-

Thele Method, Determination of the stripping section operating line (SOL), Analysis of

binary distillation by Ponchon-Savarit Method, Stepwise procedure to determine the number

of theoretical trays, Introduction to Multicomponent Distillation,

Humidification and air conditioning: Basic concepts, Adiabatic saturation temperature,

Humidification and dehumidification operations and design calculations, Mechanical Draft

Towers: forced draft towers and induced draft towers, Design calculations of cooling tower,

Key points in the design of cooling tower and Step-by-step design procedure of cooling

tower, Evaporation loss of water in cooling tower, Example problems on humidification,

Example problems on dehumidification; Multicomponent absorption.

RESTRICTED

224

Application of mass transfer software:


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Assessment


Class Attendance 05


Examination




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Heat Transfer and

Mass Transfer founded on a



physical sciences

√

2.




Heat Transfer and Mass Transfer



assessment

√

3.





√

RESTRICTED

225



development

4.




quantification of Heat Transfer

and Mass Transfer uncertainty



standards

√

5.


Heat Transfer and Mass Transfer

rate by using commercial




technology

√

Lecture Schedule:


Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1

CT-1

Lecture-1 Modes of Heat Transfer: Introduction to basic modes of heat

transfer.

Lecture-2

Conduction: Law of conduction, general heat conduction equation.

Steady-state one-dimensional heat conduction: plane wall, cylinder,

sphere, composite structures. Straight fins of rectangular and

triangular profiles.

Lecture-3

Consideration of variable thermal conductivity and systems with

heat sources. Overall heat transfer coefficient, critical thickness of

insulation, thermal contact resistance; Steady State Conduction and

Unsteady State Conduction.

Week-2

Lecture-4

Convection: Different types of flow and convection, boundary

layer concepts, dimensional analysis of forced and natural

convection

Lecture-5 Forced Convection and Natural Convection

Lecture-6 Radiation: Basic concept of Radiation

Week-3

Lecture-7 Application in Oil & Gas, mining industries.

Lecture-8 Heat Exchanger: Basic types of heat exchanger

Lecture-9 LMTD

Week-4

Lecture-10 heat exchanger efficiency

Lecture-11 Fouling

RESTRICTED

226

Lecture-12 Scaling of exchanger surface

Week-5

CT-2

Lecture-13 NTU method of heat exchanger design

Lecture-14 Applications of heat exchangers

Lecture-15 Natural gas heater

Week-6

Lecture-16 Introduction of thermal oil recovery processes

Lecture-17 Steam Assisted Gravity Drainage (SAGD)

Lecture-18 Cyclic Steam Stimulation (CSS)

Week-7

Lecture-19 Steam flooding

Lecture-20 In Situ Combustion and Microwave heating.

Lecture-21 Application of heat transfer software

Week-8

Lecture-22 Introduction to Mass transfer operation, Assignment and short type

questions; Diffusion: Fick's law of diffusion

Lecture-23 Steady state molecular diffusion in fluids under stagnant and

laminar flow conditions

Lecture-24

Diffusion through variable cross-sectional area, Diffusion

coefficient: measurement and prediction, Measurement of liquid-

phase diffusion coefficient

Week-9

CT-3

Lecture-25

Multicomponent diffusion, Diffusivity in solids and its

applications, Assignment and short type questions; Mass transfer

coefficients: Introduction to mass transfer coefficient

Lecture-26

Equimolar counter-diffusion of A and B (NA = -NB), Correlation

for convective mass transfer coefficient, Correlation of mass

transfer coefficients for single cylinder

Lecture-27

Theories of mass transfer, Penetration theory, Surface Renewal

Theory, Boundary Layer Theory, Interphase mass transfer theory,

Overall mass transfer coefficients

Week-10

Lecture-28 Absorption and adsorption: Introduction to absorption, Design of

packed tower

Lecture-29 Design of packed tower based on overall mass transfer coefficient,

Counter-current multi-stage absorption (Tray absorber)

Lecture-30

Continuous contact equipment, Absorption with chemical reaction,

Absorption accompanied by irreversible reactions, Absorption

resistance

Week-11

Lecture-31 Distillation: Introduction to distillation, Distillation columns and

their process calculations

Lecture-32 Continuous distillation columns

Lecture-33 Analysis of binary distillation in trayed towers: McCabe-Thele

Method

Week-12

Lecture-34 Determination of the stripping section operating line (SOL)

Lecture-35 Analysis of binary distillation by Ponchon-Savarit Method,

Stepwise procedure to determine the number of theoretical trays

RESTRICTED

227

Lecture-36 Introduction to Multicomponent Distillation

Week-13

CT-4

Lecture-37 Humidification and air conditioning: Basic concepts, Adiabatic

saturation temperature

Lecture-38 Humidification and dehumidification operations and design

calculations

Lecture-39 Mechanical Draft Towers: forced draft towers and induced draft

towers, Design calculations of cooling tower

Week-14

Lecture-40 Key points in the design of cooling tower and Step-by-step design

procedure of cooling tower

Lecture-41

Evaporation loss of water in cooling tower, Example problems on

humidification, Example problems on dehumidification;

Multicomponent absorption.

Lecture-42 Application of mass transfer software


1. A heat transfer textbook by John H. Lienhard IV and. John H. Lienhard V

2. asic eat Transfer by D.H.Bacon

3. Fundamentals of Heat and Mass. Transfer By FRANK P. INCROPERA

4. Mass-transfer operations by Robert Ewald Treybal

RESTRICTED

228

PME 312: Mine Instrumentation and Machineries Laboratory


Pre-requisite: None

1. Rationale:

The module is to have deep understanding about the instruments for mining and to know

about the criterion of mine machineries selection.

2. Objective:

1. To perform test and analyze stress data from stress meter.

2. To perform test and analyze strains data from extensometer and field strain gauge.

3. To perform test and analyze displacement data from joint meter.

4. To perform test and analyze seismic data from seismic sensor.

5. To perform test and analyze hydraulic pressure data from hydraulic sensor and

piezometer.

6. To perform test and analyze light and electric current data from optical sensor.

7. To calculate and analyze the selection criterion of mine machineries.



1) To understand the working principles of mine instruments.

2) To carry out test and analysis data of sensors for mining application.

3) Evaluate the data of sensors to solve mining engineering issues.

4) Calculation and evaluation to select mine instruments and machineries.

5) Course Contents:

a. Stress meter: How to measure the stress in mine area

b. Extensometer and field strain gauge: How to determine convergence and

strain in a mine area

c. Joint meter: How to monitor joints in a mine area?

d. Vibrating ware sensor and micro-seismic sensor: How to detect vibration

and micro-seismic activities in mine area?

e. Hydraulic sensor and piezometer: How to detect hydraulic pressure and

status of water body in a mine area?

f. Optical sensor and electrical sensor: How to detect level of light and

electric current in a mine area?

Criterion to select machineries in a mine.

RESTRICTED

229

6) Teaching-Learning Strategy:

Class Lectures

Experiment

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

7) Assessment Strategy & Their Weights:


Class Attendance 5



Quiz Test 30

Viva Voce 10

8) Mapping of Course Learning Outcomes (CO) and Program Learning

Outcomes (PO):

Course LearningOutcomes(CO) Program Learning Outcomes (PO)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1. To understand the working

principles of mine instruments √

2.

To carry out test and analysis

data of sensors for mining

application

√ √

3. Evaluate the data of sensors to

solve mining engineering issues √

4.

Calculation and evaluation to

select mine instruments and

machineries

√


Lecture Experiments

Week-1 Stress meter: How to measure the stress in mine area

Week-3 Extensometer and field strain gauge: How to determine convergence

and strain in a mine area

Week-5 Joint meter: How to monitor joints in a mine area

Week-7 Vibrating ware sensor and micro-seismic sensor: How to detect

vibration and micro-seismic activities in mine area?

Week-9 Hydraulic sensor and piezometer: How to detect hydraulic pressure

and status of water body in a mine area

Week-11 Optical sensor and electrical sensor: How to detect level of light and

RESTRICTED

230

electric current in a mine area

Week-13 Criterion to select machineries in a mine

Week-14 Quiz


1. Experiments


RESTRICTED

231

PME 316: Well Logging and Formation Evaluation Laboratory


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

Well logging, also known as borehole logging is the practice of making a detailed record of a

well. A log of the natural radioactivity of the formation along the borehole, measured in API

units. Although there are now developed some memory "Open Hole" compact formation

evaluation tool combinations.

Objective:

1. Determine Porosity, both primary and secondary (fractures and vugs)

2. Determine permeability

3. Determine water saturation and hydrocarbon movability

4. Determine hydrocarbon type (oil, gas, or condensate)

5. Determine lithology

6. Determine formation (bed) dip and strike

7. Determine sedimentary environment

8. Determine travel times of elastic waves in a formation



1) Recognize the main terminology, concepts and techniques that applies to Well

Logging and Formation Evaluation founded on a theory based understanding of



of Well Logging and Formation Evaluation demonstrated through appropriate and

relevant assessment



development


quantification of Well Logging and Formation Evaluation uncertainty and data


5) Perform, analyze and optimize Well Logging and Formation Evaluation design and

operation by using commercial software that is commonly used in the industry to




7) Design sustainable Well Logging and Formation Evaluation system development

solutions with minimum environmental impact and beneficial for society

RESTRICTED

232


norms of the Well Logging and Formation Evaluation practice







project management.



Course Contents:

Well Logging:-

1. Introduction of well logging equipment and recording devices and their working

principle; Demonstration of data acquisition, processing and interpretation of

Spontaneous Potential log (SP).

2. Demonstration of data acquisition, processing and interpretation of Resistivity and

Induction log (RT, AT, ILD, ILM, MSFL, SFLU); Demonstration of data

acquisition, processing and interpretation of Gamma Ray log (GR, CGR).

3. Demonstration of data acquisition, processing and interpretation of Porosity logs

(PHI, NPHI); Demonstration of data acquisition, processing and interpretation of

Nuclear Magnetic Resonance log (NMR, MRI)

4. Demonstration of data acquisition, processing and interpretation of Caliper log

(CAL, CALI); Demonstration of data acquisition, processing and interpretation of

Simultaneous Acoustic and Resistivity log (STAR)

5. Demonstration of data acquisition, processing and interpretation of Sonic log (AC,

DT); Demonstration of data acquisition, processing and interpretation of Density

log (DRHO, RHOB)

Formation Evaluation:-

1. Estimation of formation porosity (PORO, POR, PORA, PORD, PORF, PORN,

PORW); Estimation of formation permeability (K, PERM) ;Estimation of

formation water (SW, SWIR) ; Estimation of formation shale content (SH)

2. Reservoir quality measurements of NMR; Light hydrocarbon identification

3. The clay-bound water porosity (MCBW) and total porosity (MPHIT)

measurement; Magnetic Resonance Imaging Analysis to determine Permeability,

effective porosity, total porosity, water saturation, free water volume, irreducible

water volume ; Time Domain Analysis (TDA) for volumetric calculation of gas,

oil, and water; formation total and effective porosity; permeability estimation.

4. Diffusion Analysis (DIFAN) to determine Porosity, Sw, diffusion ratios,

permeability, watercut (if relative permeabilities are known) ; Residual oil

saturation, porosity, permeability, viscosity, flushed zone Sw; Heavy Oil MRI to

RESTRICTED

233

determine corrected BVI, clay porosity, total porosity, improved permeability

estimates, effective porosity, water saturations, viscosity.

5. Magnetic resonance imaging logging and reservoir stimulations analyses to

determine initial production rate, time of recovery, porosity, permeability,

Young's modulus, Poisson's ratio optimum NPV for the well ;Analysis of well log

to determine Sw, Sxo, Vsh, φeff, lithology, hydrocarbon weight, permeability,

plus volumetric percent of selected minerals.

6. Shaly Sand Analysis to determine Sw, Sxo, Vsh, φeff, lithology, hydrocarbon weight, permeability; Complex Lithology Analysis to determine Sw, Sxo, Vsh,

φeff, Lithology volume percent, permeability; Laminated Reservoir Analysis to

determine Sw, Sxo, VS , φeff, lithology hydrocarbon weight (oil, gas),

permeability.


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Attendance 5



Quiz Test 30

Viva Voce 10



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Well Logging and

Formation Evaluation founded




√

2. Apply a critical-thinking and

problem-solving approach √

RESTRICTED

234



Evaluation demonstrated through


assessment

3.







development

√

4.




quantification of Well Logging





standards

√

5.



Evaluation design and operation





√

6.





colleagues

√

7.

Design sustainable Well Logging





√

8.




the Well Logging and Formation

Evaluation practice

√

9.




and with team mates

√




√

RESTRICTED

235


11.







management.

√

12.





√

Lecture Schedule:

Lecture Experiments

Week-1

Introduction of well logging equipment and recording devices and their

working principle; Demonstration of data acquisition, processing and

interpretation of Spontaneous Potential log (SP).

Week-2

Demonstration of data acquisition, processing and interpretation of Resistivity

and Induction log (RT, AT, ILD, ILM, MSFL, SFLU); Demonstration of data

acquisition, processing and interpretation of Gamma Ray log (GR, CGR).

Week-3

Demonstration of data acquisition, processing and interpretation of Porosity

logs (PHI, NPHI); Demonstration of data acquisition, processing and

interpretation of Nuclear Magnetic Resonance log (NMR, MRI)

Week-4

Demonstration of data acquisition, processing and interpretation of Caliper log

(CAL, CALI); Demonstration of data acquisition, processing and interpretation

of Simultaneous Acoustic and Resistivity log (STAR)

Week-5

Demonstration of data acquisition, processing and interpretation of Sonic log

(AC, DT); Demonstration of data acquisition, processing and interpretation of

Density log (DRHO, RHOB)

Week-6

Introduction of well logging equipment and recording devices and their

working principle; Demonstration of data acquisition, processing and

interpretation of Spontaneous Potential log (SP).

Week-7 Quiz

Week-8

Estimation of formation porosity (PORO, POR, PORA, PORD, PORF, PORN,

PORW); Estimation of formation permeability (K, PERM) ;Estimation of

formation water (SW, SWIR) ; Estimation of formation shale content (SH)

Week-9 Reservoir quality measurements of NMR; Light hydrocarbon identification

Week-10

The clay-bound water porosity (MCBW) and total porosity (MPHIT)

measurement; Magnetic Resonance Imaging Analysis to determine

Permeability, effective porosity, total porosity, water saturation, free water

volume, irreducible water volume ; Time Domain Analysis (TDA) for

volumetric calculation of gas, oil, and water; formation total and effective

porosity; permeability estimation.

Week-11

Diffusion Analysis (DIFAN) to determine Porosity, Sw, diffusion ratios,

permeability, watercut (if relative permeabilities are known) ; Residual oil

saturation, porosity, permeability, viscosity, flushed zone Sw; Heavy Oil MRI

to determine corrected BVI, clay porosity, total porosity, improved

RESTRICTED

236

permeability estimates, effective porosity, water saturations, viscosity.

Week-12

Magnetic resonance imaging logging and reservoir stimulations analyses to

determine initial production rate, time of recovery, porosity, permeability,

Young's modulus, Poisson's ratio optimum NPV for the well ;Analysis of well

log to determine Sw, Sxo, Vsh, φeff, lithology, hydrocarbon weight,

permeability, plus volumetric percent of selected minerals.

Week-13

Shaly Sand Analysis to determine Sw, Sxo, Vsh, φeff, lithology, hydrocarbon

weight, permeability; Complex Lithology Analysis to determine Sw, Sxo, Vsh,

φeff, Lithology volume percent, permeability; Laminated Reservoir Analysis

to determine Sw, Sxo, VS , φeff, lithology hydrocarbon weight (oil, gas),

permeability.

Week-14 Quiz


1. Basic Well Log Analysis by George Asquith and Daniel Krygowski

2. Theory, Measurement and Interpretation of Well Logs by Zaki Bassiouni

3. Well Logging II: Electric & Acoustic Logging by James R. Jorden & Frank L. Campbell

4. Well Logging and Formation Evaluation by Toby Darling

RESTRICTED

237

PME 318: Rig Floor Simulation Laboratory


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:





Objective:




methodologies













development






technology







RESTRICTED

238







project management.



Course Contents:

Onshore Drilling

1. Perform well killing operation by volumetric method

2. Perform well killing operation by COMBINED STRIPPING AND

VOLUMETRIC METHOD

3. Perform well killing operation by DRILLER'S METHOD

4. Perform well killing operation by WAIT AND WEIGHT METHOD.

5. Perform well killing operation by CONCURRENT METHOD.

6. Case Study

Offshore Drilling

1. Perform well killing operation by volumetric method

2. Perform well killing operation by COMBINED STRIPPING AND

VOLUMETRIC METHOD

3. Perform well killing operation by DRILLER'S METHOD

4. Perform well killing operation by WAIT AND WEIGHT METHOD.

5. Perform well killing operation by CONCURRENT METHOD.

6. Case Study


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination

RESTRICTED

239



Class Attendance 5



Quiz Test 30

Viva Voce 10



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.







sciences

√

2.







assessment

√

3.







development

√

4.








standards

√

5.






of technology

√

6. Engage and participate in class √

RESTRICTED

240




colleagues

7.





√

8.





√

9.




and with team mates

√

10.





√

11.







management.

√

12.





√

Lecture Schedule:

Lecture Experiments

Week-1 Perform well killing operation by volumetric method

Week-2 Perform well killing operation by COMBINED STRIPPING AND

VOLUMETRIC METHOD

Week-3 Perform well killing operation by DRILLER'S METHOD

Week-4 Perform well killing operation by WAIT AND WEIGHT METHOD.

Week-5 Perform well killing operation by CONCURRENT METHOD.

Week-6 Case Study

Week-7 Quiz

Week-8 Perform well killing operation by volumetric method

Week-9 Perform well killing operation by COMBINED STRIPPING AND

VOLUMETRIC METHOD

Week-10 Perform well killing operation by DRILLER'S METHOD

Week-11 Perform well killing operation by WAIT AND WEIGHT METHOD.

RESTRICTED

241

Week-12 Perform well killing operation by CONCURRENT METHOD.

Week-13 Case Study

Week-14 Quiz




F.S. Young Jr





RESTRICTED

242

Level-3, Term-2

PME 321: Petroleum Production Engineering


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

Petroleum production engineering is a branch of petroleum engineering that includes:

selecting equipment for surface facilities that separate and measure the produced fluids (oil,

natural gas, water, and impurities), prepare the oil and gas for transportation to market, and

handle disposal of any water and impurities.

Objective:

1. Evaluating inflow and outflow performance between the reservoir and the wellbore.

2. Designing completion systems, including tubing selection, perforating, sand control,

matrix stimulation, and hydraulic fracturing.

3. Selecting artificial lift equipment, including sucker-rod lift (typically beam pumping), gas

lift, electrical submersible pumps, subsurface hydraulic pumps, progressing-cavity pumps,

and plunger lift.

4. Selecting ( not design ) equipment for surface facilities that separate and measure the

produced fluids (oil, natural gas, water, and impurities), prepare the oil and gas for

transportation to market, and handle disposal of any water and impurities.



1) Recognize the main terminology, concepts and techniques that applies to petroleum

production engineering founded on a theory based understanding of mathematics and



of petroleum production engineering demonstrated through appropriate and relevant

assessment



development


quantification of petroleum production uncertainty and data management validated


RESTRICTED

243

5) Perform, analyze and optimize oil and gas production rate by using commercial


technology



7) Design sustainable petroleum production system development solutions with

minimum environmental impact and beneficial for society


norms of the petroleum production engineering practice







project management.



Course Contents:

Production System: Introduction to petroleum production system; Overview of surface and

subsurface equipment, tools, devices, hardware.

Surface Separation Systems: Applied principles of Oil and Gas Surface Operations;

Characterization of Petroleum Fluids; Two-Phase Oil and Gas Systems; Two-Phase

Separation Operations, and Selection Procedures.

Artificial Lift Systems: Overview of artificial lift technology; Criteria for selection of

artificial lift system; Reservoir performance: inflow and outflow relationships; Artificial lift

screening.

Relief and Flare Systems: Purposes and overview of typical relief and flare systems and key

components; Safety implications and the causes of overpressure; Codes, standards and

recommended practices used for overpressure protection design and operation in oil and gas

facilities.

Process Utility Systems: Process heating systems, Steam , Hot oil , Glycol and water ;

Process cooling systems , Indirect, cooling water , Direct-seawater ; Process drains – open

and closed ; Refrigeration ; Power generation and distribution ; Instrument/Plant air and

breathing air; Fresh & potable water ; Fuel systems , Natural gas , Diesel ; Firewater ; Inert

gas systems ; Utilities energy considerations ; Utilities management issues; CO2 Surface

Facilities.

Production Modeling and Optimization: Review of reservoir inflow characterization and

modeling tools; inflow performance relationships; numerical vs. analytical modeling; steady-

state, pseudo steady-state and transient reservoir flow; Review of multiphase flow modeling

in wellbores, risers and flowlines, empirical vs. mechanistic models; nodal analysis; steady-

RESTRICTED

244

state flow models vs. transient flow models; Tuning of multiphase flow models; Flow

assurance issues (i.e. hydrates, asphaltenes, waxes, scales); Production optimization

techniques, solutions to boost oil production, liquid unloading techniques in gas wells,

downhole and seabed water separation.

Production Operations: Importance of the geological model ; Reservoir engineering

fundamentals in production operations ; Well testing methods applicable to production

operations ; Understanding inflow and outflow and applied system analysis ; Primary and

remedial cementing operations ; Well completion design and equipment ; Completion and

workover well fluids ; Perforating design and applications ; Production logging ; Artificial lift

completions ; Problem wells ; Formation damage ; Acidizing ; Corrosion control ; Scale

deposition, removal, and prevention ; Surfactants ; Paraffin and asphaltenes ; Sand control ;

Hydraulic fracturing ; Unconventional Resources, Shale Gas and Oil, Heavy Oil and

Bitumen.

Well Stimulation: Geological / basic reservoir properties ; Formation damage; Non-acid

damage removal techniques ; Acidizing, Objectives, types, additives ; Acidizing placement

techniques and the pressure chart ; Quality control and safety ; Hydraulic fracturing materials

and their importance to success, including gel and slick water treatments ; The frac chart ;

Hydraulic fracturing quality control and safety ; Energized fluids - application and safety.

Multiphase Flow in Production Operations: Gas and Liquid pertinent PVT properties for

multiphase flows ; Fundamentals and principles of multiphase flows ; Multiphase flows in

production tubing and casing (horizontal, vertical and inclined) ; Multiphase flows in

pipelines and transportation systems ; Multiphase flow constraints and flow though

restrictions ; Production delivery assurance under multiphase flow conditions ; Production

assurance considerations in conceptual design and operations.

Performance Analysis, Prediction, and Optimization Using NODAL Analysis: General

Overview of Nodal Analysis ; Inflow Performance ; Completion Performance ; Tubing

Performance ; Flowline Performance ; Artificial Lift.

Flow Assurance for Offshore Production: Overview of flow assurance ; PVT analysis and

fluid properties ; Steady state and transient multiphase flow modeling ; Hydrate, paraffin and

asphaltene control ; Corrosion, erosion and sand control; Fluid property and phase behavior

modeling ; Equations of state ; Fugacity and equilibrium; Viscosities of oils; Thermal

modeling ; Multiphase pressure boosting ; Slugging: hydrodynamic, terrain induced & ramp

up ; Commissioning, Start-up, and Shutdown Operations.

Production Logging: Problem identification and solution with production logs ;

Temperature logs ; Radioactive tracer logs ; Spinner flowmeter logs ; Log combinations for

injection well profiling ; Multiphase flow effects ; Deflector or basket flowmeters ; Fluid

density logs ; Fluid capacitance logs ; Slip velocity correlations ; Multiphase log

interpretation ; Noise logs ; Cement bond logs ; Ultrasonic pulse-echo logs ; Pulsed neutron

logs for flow identification ; Horizontal well production logs.

Sand Control: Sand control techniques ; Radial flow and formation damage ; Causes and

effects of sand production ; Predicting sand production ; Gravel pack design ; Slotted liners

and wire wrapped screens ; Gravel pack completion equipment and service tools ; Well

preparation for gravel packing ; Perforating for gravel placement techniques ; Perforation

RESTRICTED

245

prepacking and enhanced prepacking ; Frac packing ; Open hole gravel packing ; Expandable

screens ; Gravel pack performance ; Horizontal well completions.

Water Technology in Oil and Gas Production: Water chemistry fundamentals ; Water

sampling and analysis ; Water-formed scales ; Corrosion control ; Water treatment

microbiology ; Produced water discharge/disposal and treatment principles ; Produced water

treating equipment, theory of operation, advantages and disadvantages, and the importance of

oil droplet size ; Water injection and disposal systems, theory of operation, corrosion, scale,

and biological control ; Case study.

Corrosion Management in Production/Processing Operations: Fundamentals of corrosion

theory ; Major causes of corrosion (O2, CO2, H2S, microbiologically influenced corrosion) ;

Forms of corrosion damage ; Materials selection ; Protective coatings & linings ; Cathodic

protection ; Corrosion inhibitors ; Corrosion monitoring and inspection ; Corrosion in gas

processing facilities ; Corrosion in water injection systems ; Corrosion management strategy

and life-cycle costs.

Troubleshooting Oil and Gas Processing Facilities: Understanding the similarities and

differences between Troubleshooting vs. Optimization vs. Debottlenecking ; Types of oil and

gas processing facilities ; Typical processing facility block flow diagrams and how to use

them ; System trouble versus Component/Equipment- Specific trouble ; Defining

good/normal operation ; Quantifying the cost of the trouble ; Gathering, validating and

utilization of data (Types of data, Sources of data, Data quality and validation, Using the

data) ; Fundamentals of root cause analysis and methodology ; Developing a step-by-step

troubleshooting methodology/flowchart (What, why, how, who, when?) ; Identifying the best

solution (Criteria for defining best solution [cost/ profitability, safety, environmental impact,

regulatory, combination of above]) ; Troubleshooting checklists for main processes and major

equipment types.

Completion process: Zonal isolation ; Tubing, packers & completion equipment ; Safety &

flow control devices ; Open hole completions ; Basic completion types ; Perforating ; Open &

cased hole logging ; Formation damage & treatment ; Completion fluids ; Multiple

completions; Completion performance and completion skin factor.

Workovers techniques: Stimulation application, surfactants, solvents, acidizing, fracturing

&deep perforating ; Formation & sand control, screens, chemical consolidation, gravel

packing, frac-pack, new & novel techniques ; Scale & corrosion ; Paraffin &asphaltenes ;

Recompletions ; Reworks ; Sidetracking ; Deepening ; Coiled tubing.

Well Intervention: Coiled Tubing; Hydraulic Workover & Snubbing; Slickline.

Application of petroleum production engineering software: MBAL, PVTi, SCHEDULE,

ECLIPSE, PETREL, VFPi, PIPESIM


Class Lectures

Exercise

RESTRICTED

246

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Assessment


Class Attendance 05


Examination




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to petroleum production

engineering founded on a theory



physical sciences

√

2.




petroleum production

engineering demonstrated


assessment

√

3.







development

√

4.




quantification of reservoir

√

RESTRICTED

247




standards

5.


oil and gas production rate by




of technology

√

6.





colleagues

√

7.

Design sustainable petroleum

production system development

solutions with minimum

environmental impact and

beneficial for society

√

8.




the petroleum production

engineering practice

√

9.




and with team mates

√

10.





√

11.







management.

√

12.





√

RESTRICTED

248

Lecture Schedule:


Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1 Production System

CT-1

Lecture-1

Production System: Introduction to petroleum production system;

Overview of surface and subsurface equipment, tools, devices,

hardware.

Lecture-2

Surface Separation Systems: Applied principles of Oil and Gas

Surface Operations; Characterization of Petroleum Fluids; Two-

Phase Oil and Gas Systems; Two-Phase Separation Operations, and

Selection Procedures.

Lecture-3

Artificial Lift Systems: Overview of artificial lift technology;

Criteria for selection of artificial lift system; Reservoir

performance: inflow and outflow relationships; Artificial lift

screening.

Week-2 Relief and Flare Systems and Process Utility Systems

Lecture-4

Relief and Flare Systems: Purposes and overview of typical relief

and flare systems and key components; Safety implications and the

causes of overpressure; Codes, standards and recommended

practices used for overpressure protection design and operation in

oil and gas facilities.

Lecture-5

Process Utility Systems: Process heating systems, Steam , Hot oil ,

Glycol and water ; Process cooling systems , Indirect, cooling water

, Direct-seawater ; Process drains – open and closed ; Refrigeration

; Power generation and distribution

Lecture-6

Instrument/Plant air and breathing air; Fresh & potable water ; Fuel

systems , Natural gas , Diesel ; Firewater ; Inert gas systems ;

Utilities energy considerations ; Utilities management issues; CO2

Surface Facilities.

Week-3 Production Modeling and Optimization

Lecture-7

Review of reservoir inflow characterization and modeling tools;

inflow performance relationships; numerical vs. analytical

modeling; steady-state, pseudo steady-state and transient reservoir

flow

Lecture-8

Review of multiphase flow modeling in wellbores, risers and

flowlines, empirical vs. mechanistic models; nodal analysis; steady-

state flow models vs. transient flow models; Tuning of multiphase

flow models

Lecture-9

Flow assurance issues (i.e. hydrates, asphaltenes, waxes, scales);

Production optimization techniques, solutions to boost oil

production, liquid unloading techniques in gas wells, downhole and

seabed water separation.

Week-4 Production Operations

Lecture-10 Importance of the geological model ; Reservoir engineering

RESTRICTED

249

fundamentals in production operations ; Well testing methods

applicable to production operations ; Understanding inflow and

outflow and applied system analysis ; Primary and remedial

cementing operations

Lecture-11

Well completion design and equipment ; Completion and workover

well fluids ; Perforating design and applications ; Production

logging ; Artificial lift completions ; Problem wells ; Formation

damage

Lecture-12

Acidizing ; Corrosion control ; Scale deposition, removal, and

prevention ; Surfactants ; Paraffin and asphaltenes ; Sand control ;

Hydraulic fracturing ; Unconventional Resources, Shale Gas and

Oil, Heavy Oil and Bitumen.

Week-5 Well Stimulation

CT-2

Lecture-13

Geological / basic reservoir properties ; Formation damage; Non-

acid damage removal techniques ; Acidizing, Objectives, types,

additives

Lecture-14

Acidizing placement techniques and the pressure chart ; Quality

control and safety ; Hydraulic fracturing materials and their

importance to success, including gel and slick water treatments

Lecture-15 The frac chart ; Hydraulic fracturing quality control and safety ;

Energized fluids - application and safety.

Week-6 Multiphase Flow in Production Operations

Lecture-16 Gas and Liquid pertinent PVT properties for multiphase flows ;

Fundamentals and principles of multiphase flows

Lecture-17

Multiphase flows in production tubing and casing (horizontal,

vertical and inclined); Multiphase flows in pipelines and

transportation systems; Multiphase flow constraints and flow

though restrictions

Lecture-18

Production delivery assurance under multiphase flow conditions ;

Production assurance considerations in conceptual design and

operations

Week-7 Performance Analysis, Prediction, and Optimization Using

NODAL Analysis

Lecture-19 General Overview of Nodal Analysis

Lecture-20 Inflow Performance ; Completion Performance

Lecture-21 Tubing Performance ; Flowline Performance ; Artificial Lift.

Week-8 Flow Assurance for Offshore Production

Lecture-22

Overview of flow assurance ; PVT analysis and fluid properties ;

Steady state and transient multiphase flow modeling ; Hydrate,

paraffin and asphaltene control

Lecture-23

Corrosion, erosion and sand control; Fluid property and phase

behavior modeling ; Equations of state ; Fugacity and equilibrium;

Viscosities of oils

Lecture-24

Thermal modeling; Multiphase pressure boosting ; Slugging:

hydrodynamic, terrain induced & ramp up ; Commissioning, Start-

up, and Shutdown Operations.

Week-9 Production Logging

Lecture-25

Problem identification and solution with production logs ;

Temperature logs ; Radioactive tracer logs ; Spinner flowmeter logs

RESTRICTED

250

Lecture-26

Log combinations for injection well profiling ; Multiphase flow

effects ; Deflector or basket flowmeters ; Fluid density logs ; Fluid

capacitance logs ; Slip velocity correlations

CT-3 Lecture-27

Multiphase log interpretation ; Noise logs ; Cement bond logs ;

Ultrasonic pulse-echo logs ; Pulsed neutron logs for flow

identification ; Horizontal well production logs.

Week-10 Sand Control

Lecture-28 Sand control techniques ; Radial flow and formation damage ;

Causes and effects of sand production ; Predicting sand production

Lecture-29

Gravel pack design ; Slotted liners and wire wrapped screens ;

Gravel pack completion equipment and service tools ; Well

preparation for gravel packing ; Perforating for gravel placement

techniques

Lecture-30

Perforation prepacking and enhanced prepacking ; Frac packing ;

Open hole gravel packing ; Expandable screens ; Gravel pack

performance ; Horizontal well completions

Week-11 Water Technology in Oil and Gas Production

Lecture-31

Water chemistry fundamentals ; Water sampling and analysis ;

Water-formed scales ; Corrosion control ; Water treatment

microbiology

Lecture-32

Produced water discharge/disposal and treatment principles ;

Produced water treating equipment, theory of operation, advantages

and disadvantages, and the importance of oil droplet size

Lecture-33 Water injection and disposal systems, theory of operation,

corrosion, scale, and biological control; Case study.

Week-12 Corrosion Management in Production/Processing Operations

Lecture-34

Fundamentals of corrosion theory ; Major causes of corrosion (O2,

CO2, H2S, microbiologically influenced corrosion) ; Forms of

corrosion damage

Lecture-35

Materials selection ; Protective coatings & linings ; Cathodic

protection ; Corrosion inhibitors ; Corrosion monitoring and

inspection

Lecture-36 Corrosion in gas processing facilities; Corrosion in water injection

systems ; Corrosion management strategy and life-cycle costs.

Week-13 Troubleshooting Oil and Gas Processing Facilities

CT-4

Lecture-37

Understanding the similarities and differences between

Troubleshooting vs. Optimization vs. Debottlenecking; Types of oil

and gas processing facilities ; Typical processing facility block

flow diagrams and how to use them ; System trouble versus

Component/Equipment- Specific trouble ; Defining good/normal

operation ; main processes and major equipment types.

Lecture-38

Quantifying the cost of the trouble; Gathering, validating and

utilization of data (Types of data, Sources of data, Data quality and

validation, Using the data) ; Fundamentals of root cause analysis

and methodology ; Developing a step-by-step troubleshooting

methodology/flowchart (What, why, how, who, when?) ;

Identifying the best solution (Criteria for defining best solution

[cost/ profitability, safety, environmental impact, regulatory,

combination of above]) ; Troubleshooting checklists.

RESTRICTED

251

Lecture-39

Completion process: Zonal isolation ; Tubing, packers &

completion equipment ; Safety & flow control devices ; Open hole

completions ; Basic completion types ; Perforating ; Open & cased

hole logging ; Formation damage & treatment ; Completion fluids ;

Multiple completions; Completion performance and completion

skin factor.

Week-14 Workovers techniques

Lecture-40

Stimulation application, surfactants, solvents, acidizing, fracturing

&deep perforating ; Formation & sand control, screens, chemical

consolidation, gravel packing, frac-pack, new & novel techniques ;

Scale & corrosion ; Paraffin &asphaltenes ; Recompletions ;

Reworks ; Sidetracking ; Deepening ; Coiled tubing.

Lecture-41 Well Intervention: Coiled Tubing; Hydraulic Workover &

Snubbing; Slickline.

Lecture-42 Application of petroleum production engineering software:

MBAL, PVTi, SCHEDULE, ECLIPSE, PETREL, VFPi, PIPESIM


1. Petroleum Production Engineering by Boyun Guo, Ph.D., William C. Lyons, Ph.D.,

and Ali Ghalambor, Ph.D

2. Multiphase Flow in Wells by James P. Brill and Hemanta Mukherjee

3. Design and Appraisal of Hydraulic Fractures by Jack R. Jones and Larry K. Britt

4. Offshore Multiphase Production Operations by Mack Shippen and Stuart Scott

5. Sand Control by W.L. Penberthy Jr and C.M. Shaughnessy

6. Petroleum Production Systems by Michael J. Economides, A. Daniel Hill

RESTRICTED

252

PME 323: Natural Gas Processing and LNG Technology


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

Natural-gas processing is a complex industrial process designed to clean raw natural gas by

separating impurities and various non-methane hydrocarbons and fluids to produce what is

known as pipeline quality dry natural gas. Liquefied natural gas (LNG) is natural gas

(predominantly methane with some mixture of ethane that has been cooled down to liquid

form for ease and safety of non-pressurized storage or transport.

Objective:

1. Explain the key functional and commercial activities across the industry and

recognize how they relate to their own company and their own role

2. Cooperate more effectively with people in other functional areas by better

understanding their roles and the terminology used

3. Improve workflow quality by better understanding the sources of information and the

purpose and uses of their work output

4. Recognize the key drivers of revenues and costs, giving them tools to identify how

they can make a difference through their own actions

5. Understand how industry trends and challenges require adjustment to changing needs



1) Recognize the main terminology, concepts and techniques that applies to Natural Gas

Processing and LNG Technology founded on a theory based understanding of



of Natural Gas Processing and LNG Technology engineering demonstrated through




development


quantification of Natural Gas Processing and LNG Technology uncertainty and data


5) Perform, analyze and optimize gas processing rate by using commercial software that

is commonly used in the industry to develop competency in the use of technology



RESTRICTED

253

7) Design sustainable Natural Gas Processing system development solutions with



norms of the Natural Gas Processing and LNG Technology engineering practice






principles to Natural Gas Processing and LNG Technology plans to optimize

profitability and project management.



Course Contents:

Natural Gas Conditioning: Physical properties of hydrocarbons; Terminology and

nomenclature ; Qualitative phase behavior ; Vapor-liquid equilibrium ; Water-hydrocarbon

phase behavior, hydrates etc ; Basic Thermodynamics and Application of Energy Balances ;

Process Control and Instrumentation ; Relief and Flare Systems ; Fluid hydraulics; two-phase

flow ; Separation equipment ;Heat Transfer Equipment ; Pumps ; Compressors and Drivers ;

Refrigeration in Gas Conditioning and NGL Extraction Facilities ; Fractionation ; Glycol

dehydration; TEG ; Adsorption Dehydration and Hydrocarbon Removal ; Gas Treating and

Sulfur Recovery

Natural Gas Processing: Introduction of Gas Processing ; Different methods of removing oil

& condensate, water, natural gas liquids, sulfur and carbon dioxide; Low-Temperature

Separation (LTX); Dehydrating the natural gas by absorption & adsorption process-

diethylene glycol (DEG), triethylene glycol (TEG), flash tank separator condensers and solid

desiccant dehydration; sweetening of natural gas, amine process; Design of gas process plant

using ASPEN HYSIS; Gas Gathering pipe lines and associated facilities; Gas process plant

operation and control; Safety & Environment.

Gas Treating and Sulfur Recovery: Fundamentals of sour gas processing, sweetening etc. ;

Overview of gas treating and sulfur recovery, terminology ; Gas specifications and process

selection criteria ; Generic and specialty amine treating ; Common operating and technical

problems ; Proprietary amine solvents such as Sulfinol and Flexsorb ; Carbonate processes ;

Physical absorption processes, e.g. Selexol ; Metallurgical issues – corrosion ; Other

technologies and new developments ; Selective treating, acid gas enrichment ; Solid bed and

non-regenerable treating; scavengers ; Liquid product treating ; Sulfur recovery processes ;

Tail gas clean-up: SCOT-type, CBA and others ; Acid gas injection ; Emerging and new

technologies

Natural Gas Liquid (NGL):Introduction of Natural Gas Liquid (NGL) extraction;

Techniques for removing NGLs from the natural gas stream, the absorption method and the

cryogenic expander process; Natural Gas Liquid Fractionation, Deethanizer ,Depropanizer,

Debutanizer and Deisobutanizer; Design of NGL Extraction and Fractionation Plant;

Operation, Safety and Environment.

RESTRICTED

254

Liquid Natural Gas (LNG): Introduction of LNG; Properties of LNG,CNG ,PNG , LCNG;

Liquefaction Plant; LNG storage tanks; LNG loading system; LNG Ships; LNG receiving

terminal: pipelines, ship berthing facilities, unloading facilities, storage tanks, vaporization

system, units for handling boil-off from the tanks, metering station and ancillaries;

Hydrocarbon Properties ; Vapor Liquid Equilibrium ; Gas Pre-treatment ; Heat Exchangers

used in LNG Processing ; Refrigeration (Single and Multi-component) ; Compressors and

Drivers used in LNG Processing ; Liquefaction ; LNG Storage ; LNG Shipping ; LNG

Terminal Siting and HSE ; LNG Receiving Terminals (unloading, send-out, BoG

Management) ; LNG Commercial Issues ; LNG Project Issues ; Future trends and New

Developments; Properties of hydrocarbons – LNG focus ; Vapor-liquid phase behavior and

equilibrium ; Water-hydrocarbon system behavior. ; Hydrates and Inhibition;

Thermodynamics of LNG processes; Separation equipment ; Gas treatment, CO2 and H2S

removal for liquefaction. ; Dehydration of natural gas – glycol, molecular sieves ; Heat

transfer, heat exchangers ; Pumps and compressors; gas turbines ; Refrigeration systems ;

LNG liquefaction technologies ; Fractionation and absorption; Process control examples ;

LNG storage, shipping and receiving overview ; Prospect in Bangladesh.

Application of natural gas engineering software: Aspen Hysis, PIPESIM


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Assessment


Class Attendance 05


Examination




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1. Recognize the main terminology,

concepts and techniques that √

RESTRICTED

255

applies to Natural Gas

Processing and LNG Technology




sciences

2.




Natural Gas Processing and LNG

Technology demonstrated


assessment

√

3.







development

√

4.




quantification of Natural Gas





standards

√

5.


gas processing by using




of technology

√

6.





colleagues

√

7.

Design sustainable Natural Gas


development solutions with

minimum environmental impact

and beneficial for society

√

8.




the Natural Gas Processing and

LNG Technology practice

√

RESTRICTED

256

9.




and with team mates

√

10.





√

11.





Technology plans to optimize


management.

√

12.





√

Lecture Schedule:


Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1

CT-1

Lecture-1 Natural Gas Conditioning: Physical properties of hydrocarbons;

Terminology and nomenclature ; Qualitative phase behavior

Lecture-2 Vapor-liquid equilibrium ; Water-hydrocarbon phase behavior,

hydrates etc

Lecture-3 Basic Thermodynamics and Application of Energy Balances

Week-2

Lecture-4 Process Control and Instrumentation ; Relief and Flare Systems

Lecture-5 Fluid hydraulics; two-phase flow

Lecture-6 Separation equipment ;Heat Transfer Equipment ; Pumps ;

Compressors and Drivers

Week-3

Lecture-7 Refrigeration in Gas Conditioning and NGL Extraction Facilities ;

Fractionation

Lecture-8 Glycol dehydration; TEG

Lecture-9 Adsorption Dehydration and Hydrocarbon Removal ; Gas Treating

and Sulfur Recovery

Week-4

Lecture-10 Natural Gas Processing: Introduction of Gas Processing ;

Different methods of removing oil & condensate, water

Lecture-11 natural gas liquids, sulfur and carbon dioxide

Lecture-12 Low-Temperature Separation (LTX)

Week-5 CT-2

RESTRICTED

257

Lecture-13 Dehydrating the natural gas by absorption

Lecture-14 adsorption process- diethylene glycol (DEG), triethylene glycol

(TEG)

Lecture-15 flash tank separator condensers and solid desiccant dehydration

Week-6

Lecture-16 Sweetening of natural gas, amine process

Lecture-17 Design of gas process plant using ASPEN HYSIS; Gas Gathering

pipe lines and associated facilities

Lecture-18 Gas process plant operation and control; Safety & Environment.

Week-7

Lecture-19

Gas Treating and Sulfur Recovery: Fundamentals of sour gas

processing, sweetening etc. ; Overview of gas treating and sulfur

recovery, terminology ; Gas specifications and process selection

criteria ; Generic and specialty amine treating ; Common operating

and technical problems

Lecture-20 Proprietary amine solvents such as Sulfinol and Flexsorb ;

Carbonate processes ; Physical absorption processes, e.g. Selexol

Lecture-21 Metallurgical issues – corrosion ; Other technologies and new

developments ; Selective treating, acid gas enrichment

Week-8

Lecture-22 Solid bed and non-regenerable treating; scavengers ; Liquid product

treating

Lecture-23 Sulfur recovery processes ; Tail gas clean-up: SCOT-type

Lecture-24 CBA and others ; Acid gas injection ; Emerging and new

technologies

Week-9

CT-3

Lecture-25

Natural Gas Liquid (NGL):Introduction of Natural Gas Liquid

(NGL) extraction; Techniques for removing NGLs from the natural

gas stream, the absorption method and the cryogenic expander

process; Natural Gas Liquid Fractionation

Lecture-26 Deethanizer ,Depropanizer, Debutanizer and Deisobutanizer;

Design of NGL

Lecture-27 Extraction and Fractionation Plant; Operation, Safety and

Environment.

Week-10

Lecture-28

Liquid Natural Gas (LNG): Introduction of LNG; Properties of

LNG,CNG ,PNG , LCNG; Liquefaction Plant; LNG storage tanks;

LNG loading system; LNG Ships

Lecture-29 LNG receiving terminal: pipelines, ship berthing facilities,

unloading facilities, storage tanks

Lecture-30 vaporization system, units for handling boil-off from the tanks

Week-11

Lecture-31 Metering station and ancillaries

Lecture-32

Lecture-33 Hydrocarbon Properties ; Vapor Liquid Equilibrium

Week-12

Lecture-34 Gas Pre-treatment ; Heat Exchangers used in LNG Processing

Lecture-35 Refrigeration (Single and Multi-component) ; Compressors and

Drivers used in LNG Processing ; Liquefaction ; LNG Storage

RESTRICTED

258

LNG Shipping ; LNG Terminal Siting and HSE

Lecture-36 LNG Receiving Terminals (unloading, send-out, BoG

Management) ; LNG Commercial Issues ; LNG Project Issues

Week-13

CT-4

Lecture-37

Future trends and New Developments; Properties of hydrocarbons

– LNG focus ; Vapor-liquid phase behavior and equilibrium ;

Water-hydrocarbon system behavior.

Lecture-38

Hydrates and Inhibition; Thermodynamics of LNG processes;

Separation equipment ; Gas treatment, CO2 and H2S removal for

liquefaction.

Lecture-39

Dehydration of natural gas – glycol, molecular sieves ; Heat

transfer, heat exchangers ; Pumps and compressors; gas turbines ;

Refrigeration systems

Week-14

Lecture-40

LNG liquefaction technologies ; Fractionation and absorption;

Process control examples ; LNG storage, shipping and receiving

overview

Lecture-41 Application of natural gas engineering software: Aspen Hysis,

PIPESIM

Lecture-42 Prospect in Bangladesh


1. Fundamentals of Natural Gas Processing by Arthur J. Kidnay

2. Handbook of Natural Gas Transmission and Processing by Saeid Mokhatab, William

A. Poe and John Y. Mak

3. Handbook of Liquefied Natural Gas by Saeid Mokhatab

RESTRICTED

259

PME 325: Reservoir Engineering


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

Reservoir engineering is a branch of petroleum engineering that applies scientific principles

to the fluid flow through porous medium during the development and production of oil and

gas reservoirs so as to obtain a high economic recovery. The working tools of the reservoir

engineer are subsurface geology, applied mathematics, and the basic laws of physics and

chemistry governing the behavior of liquid and vapor phases of crude oil, natural gas, and

water in reservoir rock. Of particular interest to reservoir engineers is generating accurate

reserves estimates for use in financial reporting. Other job responsibilities include numerical

reservoir modeling, production forecasting, well testing, well drilling and workover planning,

economic modeling, and PVT analysis of reservoir fluids. Reservoir engineers also play a

central role in field development planning, recommending appropriate and cost effective

reservoir depletion schemes such as waterflooding or gas injection to maximize hydrocarbon

recovery.

Objectives:

1. Present volumetric method to calculate initial oil in place.

2. Demonstrate volumetric method to calculate unit recovery from volumetric gas

reservoirs.

3. Calculate unit recovery from gas reservoirs under water drive.

4. Define and the effects of water drive mechanism on the hydrocarbon reservoirs.

5. Demonstrate the linear form of the Material Balance equation for a gas reservoir and

comment on its application.

6. Present how calculate the total water influx resulting from a known aquifer volume in

terms of total aquifer compressibility and pressure drop over the aquifer.

7. Present how to calculate initial oil and gas from the gas condensate reservoirs based

on mole composition and other properties of typical single phase reservoir fluids.

8. Predict and calculate volumetric depletion performance of a retrograde gas

condensation.

9. Present how to calculate initial oil in place by the volumetric method and estimate of

oil recoveries in under-saturated reservoir.

10. How to use Material Balance in under-saturated reservoirs.

11. Predict and calculate solution gas drive performance.



1) Recognize the main terminology, concepts and techniques that applies to reservoir



RESTRICTED

260


of reservoir engineering demonstrated through appropriate and relevant assessment



development


quantification of reservoir uncertainty and data management validated against


5) Perform, analyze and optimize a material balance / decline curve / water influx

exercise, by using commercial software that is commonly used in the industry to




7) Design sustainable reservoir development solutions with minimum environmental



norms of the reservoir engineering practice






principles to development field development and field operating plans to optimize




Course Contents:

Fundamentals of Reservoir Engineering: Fundamentals of reservoir fluid flow; Reservoir

fluid distribution; Reservoir classification; Darcy’s law; Flow equation; Two-phase flow

model; Three-phase flow model.

Fluid Gradients and Pressure Regimes: Hydrostatic pressure; Phase pressure; Capillary

pressure and relative permeability in two phase (Oil-Water) system, two phase (Gas-Water)

system, two phase (Gas-Oil) system and three phase (Water-Oil-Gas) system.

Reservoir Drive Mechanisms: Reservoir drive mechanisms; Gas cap drive, Solution gas

drive, Water drive, Rock compaction, Gravity drainage, Expansion of oil and Combined

drive; Reservoir types as per drive mechanisms; Recovery by different drive mechanisms;

Gas reservoirs; volumetric, water drive and compaction drive; Oil reservoirs; water drive,

water flood, gravity, drainage, gas cap expansion, combination drive; Quantifying production

by different drive mechanisms and recovery factors.

RESTRICTED

261

Flow Through Porous Media and Flow Equations: Reservoir geometry; Coordinate

system; Derivation fluid flow equations; continuity equation, Darcy´s equation, fluid and

rock equations, initial and boundary conditions, analytical solution, steady and transient

states, Diffusivity equation, General form of flow equation using Black Oil PVT

relationships, Multiphase flow; Non-horizontal flow; Multidimensional flow in Cartesian,

cylindrical and spherical coordinate systems.

Material Balance: Development of general material balance equation; Havlena-Odeh linear

material balance equation and examples; Oil recovery material balance; Gas material balance;

Material balance for volumetric, compaction, water drive and compartmentalized reservoirs;

Gas recovery factor and gas production forecasting; Reserve estimation by material balance.

Rate Decline Analysis: Conventional decline curve equations; exponential, hyperbolic and

harmonic rate versus time and rate versus cumulative production relationships, selecting the

proper equation based on reservoir properties and drive mechanisms; The effects of transient

production, recognize transient production, transient forecasts can overestimate remaining

reserves, properly constrain transient forecasts; Forecasting during displacement processes,

using trends like water-oil ratio and versus cumulative oil production to estimate ultimate oil

recovery, converting trends into an oil rate versus time forecast; Difficult situations, layered

and compartmented reservoirs, downtime, workovers, changing facility conditions and

facility constraints, forecasting groups of wells, common mistakes; Production decline type-

curves.

Immiscible Displacement: Fluid displacement process; Fractional flow; Buckley Leverett

and Welge analysis; Vertical and diffuse flow; Buckley-Leverett 1D displacement; Oil

recovery by Buckley-Leverett-Welge method; Segregated flow and oil recovery; Dietz

model; Vertical sweep efficiency; Dykstra-Parsons model.

Production Forecasting: Types of forecasts; Purposes; Methods; Tools; Practices and

procedures.

Aquifers: Schilthuis, Hurst van Everdingen, Carter Tracy, and Fetkovitch methods of aquifer

analysis and description; Natural water influx; Steady state models; Van Everdingen-Hurst

unsteady state model; History matching; Carter-Tracy model.

Petroleum Resources Management System: Petroleum resources definitions, classification,

and categorization guidelines; Seismic applications; Assessment of petroleum resources using

deterministic procedures; Probabilistic reserves estimation; Aggregation of reserves;

Evaluation of petroleum reserves and resources; Production measurement and operational

issues; Resources entitlement and recognition.

Reservoir Characterization: Data for reservoir characterization, sources, scale of the

data/extrapolation to other areas, acquisition planning, cross-disciplinary

applications/integration; quality/error minimization, data management; Geostatistics in

reservoir characterization, applicable techniques, data viability and applicability, multiple

working models, ranking of models with multi-source data; Reservoir models, sequence

RESTRICTED

262

stratigraphic, geological, geophysical, reservoir engineering, flow unit, preliminary

production ; Economics and risking, volumetrics, probability of success, financial returns of

project; Organizational structure, team styles, team communications; Assessment and

evaluation, the holistic reservoir characterization model.

Reservoir Management: Definition of reservoir management; an integrated,

interdisciplinary team effort; Goal setting, planning, implementing, monitoring, and

evaluating reservoir performance; Field development and field operating plans to optimize

profitability; Efficient monitoring of reservoir performance; Minimizing drilling of

unnecessary wells; Wellbore and surface systems; Well testing and automated production

systems; Economic impact of operating plans; Identifying and acquiring critical data, data

acquisition, and analysis; Maximizing economic recovery and minimizing capital investment,

risk, and operating expenses; Timing of field implementation of reservoir management plan;

Case histories and analysis; Importance of reservoir characterization and drilling and

operating plans; Primary recovery, pressure maintenance, and secondary and tertiary

recovery; Responsibilities for team members; Project management in reservoir development.

Role of Reservoir Engineers in Managing Asset Values: Asset life cycles, professional

roles, hydrocarbon reservoir descriptions; Reservoir Engineering Ethics.

Application of reservoir engineering software: MBAL, FEKETE, SCAL, PVTi,

SCHEDULE, ECLIPSE, PETREL


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Assessment


Class Attendance 05


Examination


RESTRICTED

263



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to reservoir engineering




sciences

√

2.




reservoir engineering



assessment

√

3.







development

√

4.




quantification of reservoir




standards

√

5.

Perform, analyze and optimize a

material balance / decline curve /

water influx exercise, by using




of technology

√

6.





colleagues

√

7.

Design sustainable reservoir




√

8. Apply ethical principles and √

RESTRICTED

264



the reservoir engineering

practice

9.




and with team mates

√

10.





√

11.




development field development

and field operating plans to

optimize profitability and project

management.

√

12.





√

Lecture Schedule:


Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1 Fundamentals of Reservoir Engineering:

CT-1

Lecture-1 Fundamentals of reservoir fluid flow

Lecture-2 Reservoir fluid distribution

Lecture-3 Reservoir classification; Darcy’s law

Lecture-4 Flow equation; Two-phase flow model; Three-phase flow model.

Week-2 Fluid Gradients and Pressure Regimes

Lecture-5 Hydrostatic pressure; Phase pressure

Lecture-6 Capillary pressure and relative permeability

Lecture-7 Two phase (Oil-Water) system, two phase (Gas-Water) system, two

phase (Gas-Oil) system

Lecture-8 Three phase (Water-Oil-Gas) system

Week-3 Reservoir Drive Mechanisms

Lecture-9

Reservoir drive mechanisms; Gas cap drive, Solution gas drive,

Water drive, Rock compaction, Gravity drainage, Expansion of oil

and Combined drive

Lecture-10 Reservoir types as per drive mechanisms; Recovery by different

drive mechanisms

Lecture-11 Gas reservoirs; volumetric, water drive and compaction drive; Oil

reservoirs; water drive, water flood, gravity, drainage, gas cap

RESTRICTED

265

expansion, combination drive

Lecture-12 Quantifying production by different drive mechanisms and

recovery factors.

Week-4 Flow Through Porous Media and Flow Equations

CT-2

Lecture-13 Reservoir geometry; Coordinate system; Derivation fluid flow

equations; continuity equation

Lecture-14 Darcy´s equation, fluid and rock equations, initial and boundary

conditions, analytical solution, steady and transient states

Lecture-15 Diffusivity equation, General form of flow equation using Black

Oil PVT relationships

Lecture-16 Multiphase flow; Non-horizontal flow; Multidimensional flow in

Cartesian, cylindrical and spherical coordinate systems

Week-5 Material Balance

Lecture-17 Development of general material balance equation

Lecture-18 Havlena-Odeh linear material balance equation and examples; Oil

recovery material balance

Lecture-19 Gas material balance; Material balance for volumetric, compaction,

water drive and compartmentalized reservoirs

Lecture-20 Gas recovery factor and gas production forecasting; Reserve

estimation by material balance.

Week-6 Rate Decline Analysis

Lecture-21

Conventional decline curve equations; exponential, hyperbolic and

harmonic rate versus time and rate versus cumulative production

relationships

Lecture-22

selecting the proper equation based on reservoir properties and

drive mechanisms; The effects of transient production, recognize

transient production, transient forecasts can overestimate remaining

reserves, properly constrain transient forecasts

Lecture-23

Forecasting during displacement processes, using trends like water-

oil ratio and versus cumulative oil production to estimate ultimate

oil recovery, converting trends into an oil rate versus time forecast

Lecture-24

Difficult situations, layered and compartmented reservoirs,

downtime, workovers, changing facility conditions and facility

constraints, forecasting groups of wells, common mistakes;

Production decline type-curves

Week-7 Immiscible Displacement

CT-3

Lecture-25 Fluid displacement process; Fractional flow

Lecture-26 Buckley Leverett and Welge analysis; Vertical and diffuse flow

Lecture-27 Buckley-Leverett 1D displacement; Oil recovery by Buckley-

Leverett-Welge method

Lecture-28 Segregated flow and oil recovery; Dietz model; Vertical sweep

efficiency; Dykstra-Parsons model

Week-8 Production Forecasting

Lecture-29 Types of forecasts

Lecture-30 Purposes; Methods

Lecture-31 Tools

Lecture-32 Practices and procedures

Week-9 Aquifers

Lecture-33 Schilthuis, Hurst van Everdingen, Carter Tracy

RESTRICTED

266

Lecture-34 Fetkovitch methods of aquifer analysis and description

Lecture-35 Natural water influx; Steady state models

Lecture-36 Van Everdingen-Hurst unsteady state model; History matching;

Carter-Tracy model

Week-10 Petroleum Resources Management System

CT-4

Lecture-37 Petroleum resources definitions, classification, and categorization

guidelines; Seismic applications

Lecture-38 Assessment of petroleum resources using deterministic procedures

Lecture-39 Probabilistic reserves estimation; Aggregation of reserves

Lecture-40

Evaluation of petroleum reserves and resources; Production

measurement and operational issues; Resources entitlement and

recognition

Week-11 Reservoir Characterization

Lecture-41

Data for reservoir characterization, sources, scale of the

data/extrapolation to other areas, acquisition planning, cross-

disciplinary applications/integration; quality/error minimization,

data management

Lecture-42

Geostatistics in reservoir characterization, applicable techniques,

data viability and applicability, multiple working models, ranking

of models with multi-source data

Lecture-43 Reservoir models, sequence stratigraphic, geological, geophysical,

reservoir engineering, flow unit, preliminary production

Lecture-44

Economics and risking, volumetrics, probability of success,

financial returns of project; Organizational structure, team styles,

team communications; Assessment and evaluation, the holistic

reservoir characterization model

Week-12 Reservoir Management

CT-5

Lecture-45

Definition of reservoir management; an integrated, interdisciplinary

team effort; Goal setting, planning, implementing, monitoring, and

evaluating reservoir performance

Lecture-46

Field development and field operating plans to optimize

profitability; Efficient monitoring of reservoir performance;

Minimizing drilling of unnecessary wells; Wellbore and surface

systems

Lecture-47

Well testing and automated production systems; Economic impact

of operating plans; Identifying and acquiring critical data, data

acquisition, and analysis; Maximizing economic recovery and

minimizing capital investment, risk, and operating expenses;

Timing of field implementation of reservoir management plan

Lecture-48

Case histories and analysis; Importance of reservoir

characterization and drilling and operating plans; Primary recovery,

pressure maintenance, and secondary and tertiary recovery;

Responsibilities for team members; Project management in

reservoir development

Week-13 Role of Reservoir Engineers in Managing Asset Values

Lecture-49 Asset life cycles

Lecture-50 Professional roles

Lecture-51 Hydrocarbon reservoir descriptions

Lecture-52 Reservoir Engineering Ethics

RESTRICTED

267

Week-14 Application of reservoir engineering software

Lecture-53 MBAL, FEKETE

Lecture-54 SCAL, PVTi, SCHEDULE

Lecture-55 ECLIPSE

Lecture-56 PETREL


1. Fundamentals of Reservoir Engineering by Dake

2. Fundamental principles of Reservoir Engineering by Towler

3. Applied Petroleum Reservoir Engineering by Craft, Hawkins and Terry

4. The Practice of Reservoir Engineering by Dake

5. Gas Reservoir Engineering by Lee and Wattenbarger

6. Petroleum Reservoir Engineering by Amyx, Bass and Whiting

7. Reservoir Engineering Handbook by Tarek Ahmed

8. Development of Petroleum Reservoirs by Papay

9. Well Testing by Lee

10. Advances in Well Testing by Earlougher, Jr.

11. Reservoir Engineering Aspects of Waterflooding by Craig

12. Enhanced Oil Recovery by Lake

13. Enhanced Oil Recovery by Green and Willhite

14. Miscible Flooding by Stalkup, Jr.

RESTRICTED

268

PME 327: Mine Survey


Pre-requisite: None

1. Rationale:

To understand the principles and methods of the site preparation, initial construction of

vertical and lateral development of underground opening.

2. Objectives:

1. To measure distance, height, angle, area and volumes with different survey

instruments in a mine field.

2. To apply leveling for mining.

3. To apply photogrammetry in mining field.

4. To calculate and analyze deformation monitoring data of a mine field.

5. To carry out underground mine survey and shaft plumbing.



1. Understand the theories and calculations of distance, height, angle, area and volume

of a mine field.

2. Evaluate the design requirements for open pit or underground mine.

3. Analyze the design parameters for mining methods.

4. Apply the knowledge to design a mine or to solve technical problems.

4. Course Contents:

Understand the earth, earth surface and surveying. The basic principles of mine

surveying.

Fundamentals of the theory of Errors: Sources of errors, Kinds of errors, Theory of

probability, Accuracy in surveying.

Measurement of distance: Direct distance measurement- Equipment, Direct linear

measurement fieldwork, Errors in measurement and corrections. Indirect distance

measurement- Optical distance measurement, Electromagnetic distance measurement,

Application of EDM.

RESTRICTED

269

Height measurement: Leveling definition, Bench marks, Types of leveling, Principles of

leveling, Modern surveyor’s levels, The leveling stuff, Level accessories, Leveling fieldwork,

Permanent adjustments to the level, Sources of errors in leveling.

Angular measurement: The basic construction of theodolite, Reading systems- Optical

theodolites, Electronic theodolites, Setting on an angle, Measuring angles, Adjustments.

Leveling applications: Establishing TBM, Contouring plans by level and staff, Sections and

cross sections, Precise leveling, Reciprocal leveling.

Areas and volumes: Area of simple figures, Areas from drawing and plans, Areas from

survey field notes, Areas from co-ordinates, Alteration and subdivision of areas, Volume

calculations, Volumes from cross sections, Volume from contours, Volume from spot

heights.

Photogrammetry: Principles, Classification of aerial photograph, Advantages and

applications, Photogrammetry measurements, Stereoscopy.

Geodetic survey: Introduction to geodesy, Geodetic surveying and GPS, Deformation

monitoring surveys,

Underground mine survey: Horizontal surveys of underground working, the procedure of

tunnel and shaft surveying, the procedure of underground surveying.

Correlation of surface surveys with underground surveys, Shaft plumbing, Transfer of height

and coordinates.





1. Class Assessment




2. Examination




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12


calculations of distance, height,

angle, area and volume of a mine

√

RESTRICTED

270

field


for open pit or underground mine

√

3 Analyze the design parameters

for mining methods

√

4 Apply the knowledge to design a

mine or to solve technical

problems

√ √



Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1

CT-1;

CT-2

Lecture-1 Understand the earth, earth surface and surveying.

Lecture-2 The basic principles of mine surveying.

Lecture-3

Week-2 Fundamentals of the theory of Errors

Lecture-4 Sources of errors, Kinds of errors

Lecture-5 Theory of probability

Lecture-6 Accuracy in surveying

Week-3 Measurement of distance

Lecture-7 Direct distance measurement- Equipment

Lecture-8 Direct linear measurement fieldwork,

Lecture-9 Errors in measurement and corrections

Week-4 Measurement of distance

Lecture-10 Indirect distance measurement- Optical distance measurement

Lecture-11 Electromagnetic distance measurement

Lecture-12 Application of EDM

Week-5 Height measurement

Lecture-13 Leveling definition, Bench marks, Types of leveling

Lecture-14 Principles of leveling, Modern surveyor’s levels

Lecture-15 The leveling stuff, Level accessories, Leveling fieldwork

Week-6 Height measurement, Measurement of distance

Lecture-16 Permanent adjustments to the level, Sources of errors in leveling.

Lecture-17 Exercises


Week-7 Angular measurement

Lecture-19 The basic construction of theodolite

Lecture-20 Reading systems- Optical theodolites, Electronic theodolites

Lecture-21 Setting on an angle, Measuring angles, Adjustments

Week- 8 Leveling applications

Lecture-22 Establishing TBM

Lecture-23 Contouring plans by level and staff


Week-9 Leveling applications

Lecture-25 Sections and cross sections

RESTRICTED

271

Lecture-26 Precise leveling, Reciprocal leveling

CT-3;

CT-4


Week-10 Areas and volumes

Lecture-28 Area of simple figures, Areas from drawing and plans, Areas from

survey field notes, Areas from co-ordinates

Lecture-29 Alteration and subdivision of areas, Volume calculations, Volumes

from cross sections

Lecture-30 Volume from contours, Volume from spot heights

Week-11 Photogrammetry

Lecture-31 Principles, Classification of aerial photograph, Advantages and

applications

Lecture-32 Photogrammetry measurements

Lecture-33 Stereoscopy

Week-12 Geodetic survey

Lecture-34 Introduction to geodesy

Lecture-35 Geodetic surveying and GPS

Lecture-36 Deformation monitoring surveys

Week-13 Methods of tunnel driving and boring

Lecture-37 Horizontal surveys of underground working

Lecture-38 The procedure of tunnel and shaft surveying, the procedure of

underground surveying

Lecture-39 Correlation of surface surveys with underground surveys, Shaft

plumbing, Transfer of height and coordinates.

Week-14

Lecture-40 Review

Lecture-41 Review

Lecture-42 Review


1. Surveying; Punmia.

2. Basic Surveying; White.

3. Mine Surveying. Kim Check University of Technology.


RESTRICTED

272

PME 329: Health, Safety and Environment in Petroleum and Mining Industries


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

Health and safety procedures in the workplace reduce the employee illnesses and injuries

greatly. Training is important and effective, as it will educate your employees on proper

workplace procedures, practices, and behavior to prevent possible injuries and illness or

contamination from improper hygiene.

Objective:

1. To prevent injury and ill health and to continually improve our health and safety

performance

2. To develop a positive health and safety culture across the company, involving and

engaging our workforce at all times

3. To apply best practice across the company, to work with our regulators and industry

bodies to demonstrate leadership within our industry as a best practice employer

4. To comply with statutory requirements and strive to exceed these where appropriate.




production engineering founded on a theory based understanding of mathematics and



of petroleum production engineering demonstrated through appropriate and relevant

assessment



development


quantification of petroleum production uncertainty and data management validated




technology

Course Contents:

Overview of Health, Safety & Environment: History and Overview of health, Environment

and safety in petroleum and mining industries, Introduction to safety: Occupational

(industrial) and process safety; Roles, Responsibilities and accountability of Health and

RESTRICTED

273

Safety professionals ensuring safe and healthy working condition, Effective health,

Environment and safety management systems. Safety Regulations and Safety signs, Fire and

Explosion Hazards: Definition, Prerequisites for combustion, Fire triangle, Fire Pyramid,

Ignition Temperature, Explosion Limits, Fire Extinction, Fire Prevention.

Health Hazards in Petroleum and Mining Industry: Health hazard anticipation,

identification, risk management, evaluation and controls, Industrial Hygiene in Petroleum and

mining field, Toxicity, Physiological, Asphyxiation, respiratory and skin effect, Impact of

sour gases with their thresh-hold limits, Effect of corrosive atmosphere and additives,

Controls of respirable dust impact Human health, Noise issues in industries impact Human

health.

Safety System in Petroleum and Mining Industry: Hazard anticipation, recognition,

Hazards Analysis (HA), Developing a safe process, Safe work practices and procedures,

HAZOP (Hazardous Operation) practices and procedure, failure mode analysis, safety

Analysis, Causes and effect of Loss, safety analysis function evaluation chart, Measurement

Techniques, Personal Protecting Equipments/systems & measures in petroleum and mining

industry, Manual & atmospheric shut down system, Gas detection system and controls,

Electrical safety, Haulage safety in mine industry, Fire detection and controls, Inspections

and auditing, Incident reporting and analysis, Behavioral Based Safety system (BBS) to

improve petroleum and mine safety, Contractor Health and safety management, Building a

health and safety culture, Emergency management system (EMS) in Petroleum and mining

industry, Disaster & Crisis management in petroleum and mining fields, Policies, standards &

specifications for safety professionals, Regulatory requirements impact petroleum and mining

operations.

Environment in Petroleum and Mining Industry: Environmental Pollution causes for

fossil fuel (coal, oil and gas), General concept of Pollutants, Conventional Fossil Fuel and

Renewable Energy; Pollution of the Environment: Air pollution, Water pollution, Noise and

Sound pollution etc. Climate change and role of petroleum and mining industry; Green House

Gases: Definition, Emitting sources, measurement, Causes of Greenhouse effect; Global

Warming Potential: Definition, potential impacts of global warming and a changing climate,

Estimation process for CO2 emissions for fuel combustion, Computation of CO2 emission

related to energy use, Concept of carbon cycle; Clean Development Mechanism (CDM):

Definition, Works and salient features. Environmental problems in national and international.

Initial

Environment Examination (IEE), Concept of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) and

Environmental Management Plan (EMP). Environmental management and ISO 14000,

Environment and Sustainable development. Environmental laws/regulations.


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

RESTRICTED

274

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Assessment


Class Attendance 05


Examination



Course Learning Outcomes(CO) Program Learning Outcomes (PO)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Health, Safety and

Environment founded on a



physical sciences

√

2.




Health, Safety and Environment



assessment

√

3.







development

√

4.




quantification of Health, Safety

and Environment uncertainty and



standards

√

5.





√

RESTRICTED

275


of technology

Lecture Schedule:


Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1

CT-1

Lecture-1

Overview of Health, Safety & Environment: History and

Overview of health, Environment and safety in petroleum and

mining industries, Introduction to safety: Occupational (industrial)

and process safety; Roles

Lecture-2

Responsibilities and accountability of Health and Safety

professionals ensuring safe and healthy working condition,

Effective health, Environment and safety management systems.

Safety Regulations and Safety signs, Fire and Explosion Hazards:

Definition, Prerequisites for combustion, Fire triangle, Fire

Pyramid, Ignition Temperature, Explosion Limits, Fire Extinction,

Fire Prevention.

Week-2

Lecture-3

Health Hazards in Petroleum and Mining Industry: Health

hazard anticipation, identification, risk management, evaluation and

controls

Lecture-4 Industrial Hygiene in Petroleum and mining field, Toxicity,

Physiological, Asphyxiation, respiratory and skin effect

Week-3

Lecture-5 Impact of sour gases with their thresh-hold limits, Effect of

corrosive atmosphere and additives

Lecture-6 Controls of respirable dust impact Human health, Noise issues in

industries impact Human health.

Week-4

Lecture-7

Safety System in Petroleum and Mining Industry: Hazard

anticipation, recognition, Hazards Analysis (HA), Developing a

safe process, Safe work practices and procedures, HAZOP

(Hazardous Operation) practices and procedure, failure mode

analysis, safety Analysis, Causes and effect of Loss, safety analysis

function evaluation chart

Lecture-8

Measurement Techniques, Personal Protecting Equipments/systems

& measures in petroleum and mining industry, Manual &

atmospheric shut down system, Gas detection system and controls

Week-5

Lecture-9 Electrical safety, Haulage safety in mine industry

Lecture-10 Fire detection and controls, Inspections and auditing

Week-6

Lecture-11 Incident reporting and analysis, Behavioral Based Safety system

(BBS) to improve petroleum and mine safety, Contractor CT-2

Lecture-12 Health and safety management, Building a health and safety culture

RESTRICTED

276

Week-7

Lecture-13 Emergency management system (EMS) in Petroleum and mining

industry

Lecture-14 Disaster & Crisis management in petroleum and mining fields

Week-8 Policies, standards & specifications for safety professionals

Lecture-15 Regulatory requirements impact petroleum and mining operations.

Lecture-16

Environment in Petroleum and Mining Industry: Environmental

Pollution causes for fossil fuel (coal, oil and gas), General concept

of Pollutants

Week-9

Lecture-17 Conventional Fossil Fuel and Renewable Energy

Lecture-18 Pollution of the Environment: Air pollution

Week-10

Lecture-19 Water pollution, Noise and Sound pollution etc.

Lecture-20 Climate change and role of petroleum and mining industry

Week-11

Lecture-21 Green House Gases: Definition, Emitting sources, measurement,

Causes of Greenhouse effect; Global Warming Potential

Lecture-22 Definition, potential impacts of global warming and a changing

climate, Estimation process for CO2 emissions for fuel combustion

CT-3

Week-12

Lecture-23 Computation of CO2 emission related to energy use, Concept of

carbon cycle

Lecture-24 Clean Development Mechanism (CDM)

Week-13

Lecture-25 Definition, Works and salient features. Environmental problems in

national and international. Initial Lecture-26

Week-14

Lecture-27 Environment Examination (IEE), Concept of Environmental Impact

Assessment (EIA) and Environmental Management Plan (EMP).

Lecture-28 Environmental management and ISO 14000, Environment and

Sustainable development. Environmental laws/regulations.


1. Safety, Health and Environment Handbook by K. T. Narayanan

2. Health, Safety and Environment Test: For Operatives (BSL) by CITB

3. Health, Safety and Environment Test: For Managers and Professionals

4. Environmental and health & safety management by Nicholas P. Cheremisinoff

5. Occupational Environment: Its Evaluation and Control by Salvatore R. DiNardi

6. Environmental and workplace safety by James T. O'Reilly

7. Hazards of the job by Christopher C. Sellers

RESTRICTED

277

PME 3211: Rock Blasting and Explosive Technology

3.00 Credits; 3.00 Periods/ Hour;

Pre-requisite: None

1. Rationale:

To understand the principles and methods of rock blasting and to prepare optimum blast

design and to understand different explosive technologies.

2. Objectives:

1. To understand the basics of rock blasting and explosive technologies.

2. To calculate and design drilling.

3. To calculate and design blast pattern.

4. To design mechanical excavation.

5. To analyze and re-design for optimum drilling and blasting method.



1. Understand the theories and calculations of drilling and blast design.

2. Evaluate the design requirements for rock blasting.

3. Analyze the design parameters for rock blasting.

4. Apply the knowledge to design a optimum blast design.

4. Course Contents:

Basics of blasting: Rock Strength and Fracture Properties. Mechanical Drilling and Boring

in Rock. Explosives. Shock Waves and Detonations, Explosive Performance. Initiation

Systems. Principles of Charge Calculation for Surface Blasting. Charge Calculations for

Tunneling. Stress Waves in Rock, Rock Mass Damage, and Fragmentation. Contour Blasting.

Computer Calculations for Rock Blasting. Blast Performance Control. Flyrock. Ground

Vibrations. Air Blast Effects. Toxic Fumes. Metal Acceleration, Fragment Throw, Metal Jets

and Penetration. Explosive Art, Explosive Metal Forming, Welding, Powder Compaction,

and Reaction Sintering. Safety Precautions, Rules, and Regulations.

Detonation: An introduction to the theory of detonation (ideal and non ideal), sensitivity,

performance and numerical modeling of detonation, and the description of modern

commercial explosives including typical compositions, mixing, priming and handling.

RESTRICTED

278

Blasting agents (Initiation devices and Safety fuse, Electric shot-firing and detonating cords,

Primers & boosters).

Blast design: Rock fragmentation; Blast design; Powder factor; Trench rock; Breakage

control techniques. Design of round blasting. Practical usage of explosives (Blasting in

quarries, Blasting in shaft, tunnels, Blasting in stope operations, Blasting in coal mines).

Specific problems related to the use of explosives: such as desensitization, sympathetic

detonation, gas and dust explosions.





3. Class Assessment




4. Examination




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12


calculations of drilling and blast

design.

√


for rock blasting

√

3 Analyze the design parameters

for rock blasting

√


optimum blast design

√ √

RESTRICTED

279



Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1 Basics of blasting

CT-1;

CT-2

Lecture-1 Rock Strength and Fracture Properties

Lecture-2 Mechanical Drilling and Boring in Rock

Lecture-3 Explosives


Lecture-4 Shock Waves and Detonations

Lecture-5 Explosive Performance

Lecture-6 Initiation Systems


Lecture-7 Principles of Charge Calculation for Surface Blasting

Lecture-8 Charge Calculations for Tunneling

Lecture-9 Stress Waves in Rock, Rock Mass Damage, and Fragmentation


Lecture-10 Contour Blasting

Lecture-11 Computer Calculations for Rock Blasting

Lecture-12 Blast Performance Control


Lecture-13 Flyrock

Lecture-14 Ground Vibrations

Lecture-15 Air Blast Effects


Lecture-16 Toxic Fumes

Lecture-17 Metal Acceleration, Fragment Throw

Lecture-18 Metal Jets and Penetration


Lecture-19 Explosive Art

Lecture-20 Explosive Metal Forming

Lecture-21 Welding, Powder Compaction, and Reaction Sintering

Week- 8 Basics of blasting, Detonation

Lecture-22 Safety Precautions, Rules, and Regulations

Lecture-23 An introduction to the theory of detonation

Lecture-24 Sensitivity, performance

Week-9 Detonation

Lecture-25 Sections and cross sections

Lecture-26 Numerical modeling of detonation

Lecture-27

Week-10 Detonation

Lecture-28 description of modern commercial explosives including typical

compositions, mixing, priming and handling Lecture-29

Lecture-30

Week-11 Detonation

Lecture-31 Initiation devices and Safety fuse

Lecture-32 Electric shot-firing and detonating cords

RESTRICTED

280

Lecture-33 Primers & boosters

CT-3;

CT-4 Week-12 Blast design

Lecture-34 Powder factor

Lecture-35 Trench rock

Lecture-36 Breakage control techniques

Week-13 Blast design, Specific problems related to the use of explosives

Lecture-37 Design of round blasting

Lecture-38 Blasting in quarries, Blasting in shaft, tunnels, Blasting in stope

operations, Blasting in coal mines

Lecture-39 desensitization, sympathetic detonation, gas and dust explosions

Week-14

Lecture-40 Review

Lecture-41 Review

Lecture-42 Review


1. Rock Blasting and Explosives Engineering; PA Persson, RHJ Lee.

2. Engineering Rock Blasting Operations; CSTubarao.


RESTRICTED

281

PME 324: Natural Gas Processing and LPG Laboratory


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

Natural-gas processing is a complex industrial process designed to clean raw natural gas by

separating impurities and various non-methane hydrocarbons and fluids to produce what is

known as pipeline quality dry natural gas. Liquefied natural gas (LNG) is natural gas

(predominantly methane with some mixture of ethane that has been cooled down to liquid

form for ease and safety of non-pressurized storage or transport.

Objective:






Purpose and uses of their work output






1) Recognize the main terminology, concepts and techniques that applies to Natural Gas

Processing and LNG Technology founded on a theory based understanding of



of Natural Gas Processing and LNG Technology engineering demonstrated through




development


quantification of Natural Gas Processing and LNG Technology uncertainty and data


5) Perform, analyze and optimize gas processing rate by using commercial software that

is commonly used in the industry to develop competency in the use of technology



RESTRICTED

282

7) Design sustainable Natural Gas Processing system development solutions with



norms of the Natural Gas Processing and LNG Technology engineering practice






principles to Natural Gas Processing and LNG Technology plans to optimize




Course Contents:

1. Determination of gas composition of inlet and outlet gas of gas process plant by

chromatograph.

2. Simulation of process operation of the natural gas dehydration process (Glycol

dehydration).

3. Simulation of process operation of the natural gas dehydration process (Solid

Desiccant dehydration).

4. Simulation of process operation of the Natural Gas Liquids (NGL) recovery

process.

5. Simulation of process operation of Liquid Natural Gas (LNG) production

6. Simulation of process operation of Liquid Natural Gas (LNG) regasification.

LPG:

1. Determination of composition of LPG by chromatograph.

2. Determination of density of LPG by hydrometer

3. Determination of heating value of LPG by calorimeter

4. Simulation of process operation of the LPG production.

5. Simulation of process operation of the LPG bottling plant.

Field Trip: Visiting a natural process plant to observe the main processing unit, process

control system, utilities system, safety system./ LNG plant/ LPG plant.


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

RESTRICTED

283

Final Examination



Class Attendance 5



Quiz Test 30

Viva Voce 10



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Natural Gas





sciences

√

2.







assessment

√

3.







development

√

4.




quantification of Natural Gas





standards

√

5. Perform, analyze and optimize

gas processing by using √

RESTRICTED

284




of technology

6.





colleagues

√

7.

Design sustainable Natural Gas





√

8.




the Natural Gas Processing and

LNG Technology practice

√

9.




and with team mates

√

10.





√

11.





Technology plans to optimize


management.

√

12.





√

Lecture Schedule:

Lecture Experiments

Week-1 Determination of gas composition of inlet and outlet gas of gas process plant

by chromatograph.

Week-2 Simulation of process operation of the natural gas dehydration process (Glycol

dehydration).

Week-3 Simulation of process operation of the natural gas dehydration process (Solid

Desiccant dehydration).

Week-4 Simulation of process operation of the Natural Gas Liquids (NGL) recovery

RESTRICTED

285

process.

Week-5 Simulation of process operation of Liquid Natural Gas (LNG) production

Week-6 Simulation of process operation of Liquid Natural Gas (LNG) regasification.

Week-7 Quiz

Week-8 Determination of composition of LPG by chromatograph.

Week-9 Determination of density of LPG by hydrometer

Week-10 Determination of heating value of LPG by calorimeter

Week-11 Simulation of process operation of the LPG production.

Week-12 Simulation of process operation of the LPG bottling plant.

Week-13 Field Trip: Visiting a natural process plant to observe the main processing unit,

process control system, utilities system, safety system/ LNG plant/ LPG plant.

Week-14 Quiz






RESTRICTED

286

PME 328: Mine Survey Laboratory


Pre-requisite: None

1. Rationale:

The module is designed to understand how to carry out survey in mine fields and to use

the data for mining applications.

2. Objective:

1. To measure distance, height, angle, area and volumes with different survey

instruments in a mine field.

2. To apply leveling for mine field.

3. To apply photogrammetry in mine field.

4. To calculate and analyze deformation monitoring data for mining application.

5. To understand, how to carry out underground mine survey and shaft plumbing.



1) Understand about different survey instruments and carry out survey to measure

distance, height, angle, area and volume of a mine field.

2) Calculate and evaluate the design parameters for open pit or underground mine.

3) Apply the knowledge to design a mine or to solve technical problems.

4. Course Contents:

1. Chain survey

2. Plane table survey

3. Travers survey

4. Tachometry survey

5. Contouring

6. Curve setting

7. Route survey and leveling

8. Problem on height and distance

9. Digital survey

10. GPS data tracking from GIS software

11. Mining area measurement form GIS software

12. Application of Software: EARDUS

RESTRICTED

287


Class Lectures

Survey

Exercise

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation



Class Attendance 5



Quiz Test 30

Viva Voce 10


(PO):


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.

Understand about different

survey instruments and carry out

survey to measure distance,

height, angle, area and volume of

a mine field

√ √

2.

Calculate and evaluate the design

parameters for open pit or

underground mine

√ √

3.

Apply the knowledge to design a

mine or to solve technical

problems

√ √


Lecture Experiments

Week-1 Chain survey

Week-2 Plane table survey

Week-3 Travers survey

Week-4 Tachometry survey

Week-5 Contouring

Week-6 Curve setting & Route survey and leveling

Week-7 Quiz

RESTRICTED

288

Week-8 Problem on height and distance

Week-9 Digital survey

Week-10 GPS data tracking from GIS software

Week-11

Week-12 Mining area measurement form GIS software

Week-13 Application of Software: EARDUS

Week-14 Quiz


1. Carry out survey with survey instruments

2. Simulation and analysis software for mining application


RESTRICTED

289

PME 320: Industrial Training

4 weeks; 0.75 Credit Hour

Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

Industrial training is an extremely important component as it provides undergraduates with

on-the-job training and real-life job experience, making them more aware of the needs and

expectations of industry as well as making them more employment ready. Industrial training

provides opportunities for undergraduates to apply what they have learnt in the classroom.

Industrial training is also an avenue for students to further develop their skills, such as

communication and interpersonal skills.

Objective:

At the end of the course students should be able to:

1. Develop soft skills in management, team skill & leadership skill and responsibilities

in the work environment.

2. Point out the acquired knowledge and their understanding to dwell with the

environmental issue.

3. Improve their knowledge and skills relevant to their area of study.




and mining industries founded on a theory based understanding of mathematics and



of petroleum and mining industries demonstrated through appropriate and relevant

assessment



development


quantification of petroleum and mining industries uncertainty and data management


Course Contents:

The students will visit different petroleum and/or mining installations and prepare a report of

the work and finally present their work to the department.

RESTRICTED

290


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Attendance 5



Quiz Test 30

Viva Voce 10



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to petroleum and mining

industries founded on a theory



physical sciences

√

2.




petroleum and mining industries



assessment

√

3.







development

√


RESTRICTED

291



quantification of petroleum and

mining industries uncertainty



standards

Lecture Schedule:

Lecture Experiments

Week-1 Training in Mining Industries

Week-2 Training in Petroleum Industries (Gas Fields)

Week-3 Training in Petroleum Industries (LPG,LNG, Refining)

Week-4 Report






4. The Remaking of the Mining Industry by David Humphreys

RESTRICTED

292

Level-4, Term-1

PME 411: Well Test Analysis


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

A “well test” is simply a period of time during which the production of the well is measured,

either at the well head with portable well test equipment, or in a production facility.

Objective:

Most well tests consist of changing the rate, and observing the change in pressure caused by

this change in rate. To perform a well test successfully one must be able to measure the time,

the rate, the pressure, and control the rate. Well tests, if properly designed, can be used to

estimate the following parameters:

1. Flow conductance

2. Skin factor

3. Non-Darcy coefficient (multirate tests)

4. Storativity

5. Fractured reservoir

6. Fractured well parameters

7. Drainage area

8. Distance to faults

9. Drainage shape



1) Recognize the main terminology, concepts and techniques that applies to Well Test

Analysis founded on a theory based understanding of mathematics and the natural and

physical sciences


of Well Test Analysis demonstrated through appropriate and relevant assessment



development


quantification of Well Test Analysis uncertainty and data management validated




technology

RESTRICTED

293



7) Design sustainable Well Test Analysis system development solutions with minimum



norms of the Well Test Analysis practice







project management.



Course Contents:

Objectives of Well Tests: Determine formation productivity/deliverability, permeability,

reservoir pressure, presence of skin damage, flow profile inside a formation and wellbore,

reservoir geometry/size/drainage area, inter-well communication, and perforation efficiency.

Types of Well Tests: Closed chamber or surge test with the zero-emission system, shoot and

pull test, drillstem test, cleanup test, slug test, early production test, multi-rate production/

injection well tests, reservoir limit test, permanent gauge test, and interference/pulse tests;

Drawdown Test; Pressure Buildup Test; Injection Test; Fall-off Test; Interference, pulse and

vertical permeability testing, Drill Stem Test(DST); Reservoir Limit Test; Wire line and Slick

line Formation Tests; Repeat Formation Tester (RFT).

Well Tests Operation and Equipment: Well tests equipment, tools, devices; Data

acquisition system; Equipment selection and layout; Equipment calibration; Sequence of

operation; Data recording and processing.

Well Test Design: An overview of well test design, design consideration, implementation,

operational safety, uncertainties and mitigation; Optimum test times; Optimum flow rates;

The right equipment suited for the job; Models with sensitivities to reservoir, fluid, and

wellbore parameters; Well test procedure.

Well Test Interpretation Model : Fluid Flow in porous media: Diffusivity equation in

Rectangular, Cylindrical and Spherical Coordinates; Line source solution of diffusivity

equations; Initial and Boundary conditions; Skin, wellbore storage, radius of investigation;

Different flow regimes: transient, pseudo-steady state, steady state; Ei-function and its

properties; Interpretation models of drawdown and buildup test for estimating formation

permeability, skin, reservoir pore volume, average reservoir pressure; Superposition; Effect

of fault and double porosity systems; derivative analysis, Image well; Modeling and effects of

fault, Fracture, boundary, completion, anisotropy, skin and wellbore storage; Modeling of

multiphase flow; Constant pressure testing; Test in horizontal well; Spherical flow; Well test

in Naturally Fractured Reservoirs (NFR), Layered reservoir; Analytical & Numerical well

test simulation; Anisotropy; Dimensionless Variables; Laplace Transformation; Bessel

Functions; Error Function; Numerical Inversion; Convolution and Deconvolution; Flow

RESTRICTED

294

Period Diagnostic; Pressure Derivatives; Principle of Superposition and Image Wells;

Solution of diffusivity equations for linear, radial and spherical flow; Straight line, Pressure

Type Curves, Pressure Derivatives and Deconvolution Well Test Interpretation Methods;

Modeling and Interpretation of Multirate Testing and Variable rate Testing.

Well Test Analysis: Radial Flow ; Log-log Type Curve Analysis ; Pressure Transient

Testing for Gas Wells ; Flow Regimes and the Log-log Diagnostic Plot ; Bounded Reservoir

Behavior ; Wellbore and Near-wellbore Phenomena ; Well Test Interpretation ; Well Test

Design ; Estimation of Average Drainage Area Pressure ; Hydraulically Fractured Wells ;

Horizontal Wells ; Naturally Fractured Reservoirs

Gas Well Testing: Introduction, Basic theory of Gas Flow in Reservoirs, Multi-rate(FAF),

isochronal tests, Modified Isochronal tests and use of Pseudo pressure in Gas Well Test

Analysis, Real gas potential application; gas flow tests with Non-Darcy flow; Extended well

testing.

Analysis of Well test Using Type curve: Fundamentals of Type-curve analysis; varying

wellbore storage; Determination of average pressure; Radius of drainage and stabilization

time; Multiphase flow; Real gas potential application; Brief overview of Layered systems;

Fractured reservoirs; Faults; Channel sands; Use of pressure and its time derivative in type

curve matching.

Well Tests Report: Well test description; System evaluation; Discussion of each event;

Gauge comparison; Analysis results; Well test data summary; Historical comparisons;

Production improvement recommendations; Conclusions.

Computerized Methods of Analysis: Case studies of local field examples using Well Test

Simulator.


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Assessment


Class Attendance 05


Examination


RESTRICTED

295



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Well Test Analysis




sciences

√

2.




Well Test Analysis demonstrated


assessment

√

3.







development

√

4.




quantification of Well Test

Analysis uncertainty and data



standards

√

5.






of technology

√

6.





colleagues

√

7.

Design sustainable Well Test

Analysis system development




√



RESTRICTED

296


the Well Test Analysis practice

9.




and with team mates

√

10.





√

11.







management.

√

12.





√

Lecture Schedule:


Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1

CT-1

Lecture-1

Objectives of Well Tests: Determine formation

productivity/deliverability, permeability, reservoir pressure,

presence of skin damage

Lecture-2

Flow profile inside a formation and wellbore, reservoir

geometry/size/drainage area, inter-well communication, and

perforation efficiency.

Lecture-3

Types of Well Tests: Closed chamber or surge test with the zero-

emission system, shoot and pull test, drillstem test, cleanup test,

slug test, early production test, multi-rate production/ injection well

tests

Week-2

Lecture-4 Reservoir limit test, permanent gauge test, and interference/pulse

tests; Drawdown Test; Pressure Buildup Test

Lecture-5 Injection Test; Fall-off Test; Interference, pulse and vertical

permeability testing, Drill Stem Test(DST); Reservoir Limit Test

Lecture-6 Wire line and Slick line Formation Tests; Repeat Formation Tester

(RFT).

Week-3

Lecture-7 Well Tests Operation and Equipment: Well tests equipment

Lecture-8 tools, devices

RESTRICTED

297

Lecture-9 Data acquisition system

Week-4

Lecture-10 Equipment selection and layout

Lecture-11 Equipment calibration

Lecture-12 Sequence of operation; Data recording and processing.

Week-5

CT-2

Lecture-13

Well Test Design: An overview of well test design, design

consideration, implementation, operational safety, uncertainties and

mitigation;

Lecture-14 Optimum test times; Optimum flow rates; The right equipment

suited for the job

Lecture-15 Models with sensitivities to reservoir, fluid, and wellbore

parameters; Well test procedure

Week-6

Lecture-16 Well Test Interpretation Model : Fluid Flow in porous media:

Diffusivity equation in Rectangular

Lecture-17 Cylindrical and Spherical Coordinates; Line source solution of

diffusivity equations

Lecture-18 Initial and Boundary conditions; Skin, wellbore storage, radius of

investigation

Week-7

Lecture-19 Different flow regimes: transient, pseudo-steady state, steady state;

Lecture-20

Ei-function and its properties; Interpretation models of drawdown

and buildup test for estimating formation permeability, skin,

reservoir pore volume, average reservoir pressure

Lecture-21

Superposition; Effect of fault and double porosity systems;

derivative analysis, Image well; Modeling and effects of fault,

Fracture, boundary, completion, anisotropy, skin and wellbore

storage

Week-8

Lecture-22

Modeling of multiphase flow; Constant pressure testing; Test in

horizontal well; Spherical flow; Well test in Naturally Fractured

Reservoirs (NFR)

Lecture-23 Layered reservoir; Analytical & Numerical well test simulation;

Anisotropy; Dimensionless Variables; Laplace

Lecture-24 Transformation; Bessel Functions; Error Function; Numerical

Week-9

CT-3

Lecture-25 Inversion; Convolution and Deconvolution; Flow Period

Diagnostic; Pressure Derivatives; Principle of Superposition and

Lecture-26 Image Wells; Solution of diffusivity equations for linear, radial and

spherical flow; Straight line, Pressure Type Curves, Pressure

Lecture-27

Derivatives and Deconvolution Well Test Interpretation Methods;

Modeling and Interpretation of Multirate Testing and Variable rate

Testing.

Week-10

Lecture-28

Well Test Analysis: Radial Flow ; Log-log Type Curve Analysis ;

Pressure Transient Testing for Gas Wells ; Flow Regimes and the

Log-log Diagnostic Plot

RESTRICTED

298

Lecture-29 Bounded Reservoir Behavior ; Wellbore and Near-wellbore

Phenomena

Lecture-30 Well Test Interpretation ; Well Test Design

Week-11

Lecture-31 Estimation of Average Drainage Area Pressure

Lecture-32 Hydraulically Fractured Wells ; Horizontal Wells

Lecture-33 Naturally Fractured Reservoirs

Week-12

Lecture-34 Gas Well Testing: Introduction, Basic theory of Gas Flow in

Reservoirs, Multi-rate(FAF), isochronal tests

Lecture-35 Modified Isochronal tests and use of Pseudo pressure in Gas Well

Test Analysis

Lecture-36 Real gas potential application; gas flow tests with Non-Darcy flow;

Extended well testing.

Week-13

CT-4

Lecture-37

Analysis of Well test Using Type curve: Fundamentals of Type-

curve analysis; varying wellbore storage; Determination of average

pressure; Radius of drainage and stabilization time; Multiphase

flow

Lecture-38 Real gas potential application; Brief overview of Layered systems;

Lecture-39 Fractured reservoirs; Faults; Channel sands; Use of pressure and its

time derivative in type curve matching.

Week-14

Lecture-40

Well Tests Report: Well test description; System evaluation;

Discussion of each event; Gauge comparison; Analysis results;

Well test data summary

Lecture-41 Historical comparisons; Production improvement

recommendations; Conclusions

Lecture-42 Computerized Methods of Analysis: Case studies of local field

examples using Well Test Simulator


1. Transient Well Testing by Medhat M. Kamal

2. Modern Well Test Analysis, A Computer Aided Approach by Horne R

3. Applied Well Test Interpretation by John P. Spivey and W. John Lee

RESTRICTED

299

PME 413: Reservoir Modeling and Simulation


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

Reservoir simulation is an area of reservoir engineering in which computer models are used

to predict the flow of fluids (typically, oil, water, and gas) through porous media. Reservoir

simulation models are used by oil and gas companies in the development of new fields. Also,

models are used in developed fields where production forecasts are needed to help make

investment decisions. As building and maintaining a robust, reliable model of a field is often

time-consuming and expensive, models are typically only constructed where large investment

decisions are at stake. Improvements in simulation software have lowered the time to develop

a model. Also, models can be run on personal computers rather than more expensive

workstations

Objective:

Reservoir simulations can at best only give an educated guess at the likely outcomes because

the input data is riddled with uncertainties. Though the data should not be scoffed at and

instantly dismissed, when combined with statistical likelihoods the data can present a useful

picture of the upper and lower boundaries of recovery and the most likely scenario from

which future actions can be planned. At the appraisal stage we typically determine:

1. The nature of the reservoir recovery plan

2. The nature of the facility required to develop the field

3. Nature and capacities of plant equipment for injection and separation

4. The different types and number of wells to be drilled

5. Sequence of the drilling program




Modeling and Simulation founded on a theory based understanding of mathematics



of Reservoir Modeling and Simulation demonstrated through appropriate and relevant

assessment



development

RESTRICTED

300


quantification of Reservoir Modeling and Simulation uncertainty and data




technology



7) Design sustainable Reservoir Modeling and Simulation system development solutions

with minimum environmental impact and beneficial for society


norms of the Reservoir Modeling and Simulation practice







project management.



Course Contents:

Introduction: Reservoir models and simulation; Various simulation models; Simulator types.

Integrated Reservoir Modeling: Basic statistical principles ; Spatial modeling ; Structural

modeling ; Estimation of properties at well locations ; Conditional simulation ; Facies/rock

type modeling ; Petrophysical properties simulation ; Ranking of realizations ; Construction

of simulator input model ; History matching ; Future predictions and quantification of

uncertainty

Reservoir Simulation Models: Analytical and numerical form equations for flow through

porous medium for various reservoir fluid systems in different coordinates in production and

injection conditions; Reservoir structural model; Reservoir fluid models; Petrophysical

properties model; Vertical Lift model; Production profile model; Buckley Leverett

displacement ; One dimensional water oil displacement ; Model components, types, and

modern gridding methods ; Two dimensional displacement ; Grid orientation and refinement ;

Routine and special core analysis ; Pseudo relative permeability and capillary pressure ;

Relative permeability manipulation ; PVT experiments, aquifer representation ; Debug a

problem model ; Recurrent data, history matching, and transition to prediction mode ; Well

test history match and prediction for design of extended test.

History Matching and Reservoir Optimization: History Matching - Overview and State of

the Art ; History Matching – Workflows; Review of Reservoir Simulation Equations;

RESTRICTED

301

Reservoir Simulation: Background ; History Matching: Mathematical Background ;

Unconventional Reservoirs: Background and Performance Analysis; Drainage Volume

Calculations and Completion Optimization; History Matching of Unconventional Reservoirs ;

History Matching: Practical Considerations ; Experimental Design and Surrogate Models ;

Multiscale History Matching with Grid Coarsening ; Case Study: History Matching and Rate

Optimization ; Case Study: History Matching and Well Placement Optimization; History

Matching: New Developments

Streamlines: Applications to Reservoir Simulation, Characterization and Management

Streamlines: Fundamentals, Overview, Strengths and Limitations ; Basic Governing

Equations ; Line Source and Sink Solutions ; Streamfunctions and Streamtubes ; Tracing

streamlines in 3-D ; The streamline time of flight and its significance ; Use of Streamlines

with Finite-Difference Models ; Flow simulation through geologic models ; Streamline vs.

Finite Difference ; Analytical/numerical solutions along streamlines ; Modeling gravity and

crossstreamline mechanisms ; Compressibility Effects ; Mapping and Material Balance Errors

; Practical Considerations and Limitations ; Flow Visualization ; Primary Recovery and

Drainage Volume Calculations ; Swept Volume Calculations and Optimizing Infill Wells ;

Pattern Balancing/Rate Allocations ; Improved Waterflood Management ; Waterflood Field

Tracer Interpretation ; Hybrid Methods: Sector Models and Streamtubes ; Miscible Flood

Modeling and Predictions ; Model Ranking and Uncertainty Assessment ; Dynamic Reservoir

Characterization ; Upscaling/ Upgridding ; Why Streamlines ; History Matching: Workflows

; Assisted History Matching of Finite-Difference Models ; Streamline- Based Sensitivity

Computations ; Field Case Studies ; Fractured Reservoir Modeling and Applications ; Corner

Point Geometry and Faults ; Compositional Modeling ; Time Step and Stability

Considerations ; Front Tracking Methods ;Streamline vs. Finite Difference: Advantages and

Limitations

Application of petroleum production engineering software: MBAL, PVTi, SCHEDULE,

ECLIPSE, PETREL, VFPi, PIPESIM


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Assessment


Class Attendance 05


Examination


RESTRICTED

302



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Reservoir Modeling

and Simulation founded on a



physical sciences

√

2.




Reservoir Modeling and

Simulation demonstrated through


assessment

√

3.







development

√

4.




quantification of Reservoir

Modeling and Simulation




standards

√

5.






of technology

√

6.





colleagues

√

7.

Design sustainable Reservoir

Modeling and Simulation system




√

RESTRICTED

303

8.




the Reservoir Modeling and

Simulation practice

√

9.




and with team mates

√

10.





√

11.







management.

√

12.





√

Lecture Schedule:


Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1

CT-1

Lecture-1 Introduction: Reservoir models and simulation; Various

simulation models; Simulator types.

Lecture-2 Integrated Reservoir Modeling: Basic statistical principles

Lecture-3 Spatial modeling

Week-2

Lecture-4 Structural modeling

Lecture-5 Estimation of properties at well locations

Lecture-6 Conditional simulation

Week-3

Lecture-7 Facies/rock type modeling

Lecture-8 Petrophysical properties simulation

Lecture-9 Ranking of realizations

Week-4

Lecture-10 Construction of simulator input model

Lecture-11 History matching

Lecture-12 Future predictions and quantification of uncertainty

Week-5 CT-2

RESTRICTED

304

Lecture-13

Reservoir Simulation Models: Analytical and numerical form

equations for flow through porous medium for various reservoir

fluid systems in different coordinates in production and injection

conditions

Lecture-14 Reservoir structural model; Reservoir fluid models

Lecture-15 Petrophysical properties model; Vertical Lift model; Production

profile model

Week-6

Lecture-16 Buckley Leverett displacement ; One dimensional water oil

displacement

Lecture-17 Model components, types, and modern gridding methods

Lecture-18 Two dimensional displacement

Week-7

Lecture-19 Grid orientation and refinement

Lecture-20 Routine and special core analysis

Lecture-21 Pseudo relative permeability and capillary pressure ; Relative

permeability manipulation

Week-8

Lecture-22 PVT experiments, aquifer representation

Lecture-23 Debug a problem model ; Recurrent data, history matching, and

transition to prediction mode

Lecture-24 Well test history match and prediction for design of extended test.

Week-9

CT-3

Lecture-25

History Matching and Reservoir Optimization: History

Matching - Overview and State of the Art ; History Matching –

Workflows; Review of Reservoir Simulation Equations; Reservoir

Simulation

Lecture-26 Background ; History Matching: Mathematical Background ;

Unconventional Reservoirs: Background and

Lecture-27

Performance Analysis; Drainage Volume Calculations and

Completion Optimization; History Matching of Unconventional

Reservoirs

Week-10

Lecture-28

History Matching: Practical Considerations ; Experimental Design

and Surrogate Models ; Multiscale History Matching with Grid

Coarsening

Lecture-29

Case Study: History Matching and Rate Optimization ; Case Study:

History Matching and Well Placement Optimization; History

Matching: New Developments

Lecture-30

Streamlines: Applications to Reservoir Simulation,

Characterization and Management

Streamlines: Fundamentals, Overview, Strengths and Limitations ;

Basic Governing Equations

Week-11

Lecture-31

Line Source and Sink Solutions ; Streamfunctions and Streamtubes

; Tracing streamlines in 3-D ; The streamline time of flight and its

significance

Lecture-32 Use of Streamlines with Finite-Difference Models ; Flow

simulation through geologic models

RESTRICTED

305

Lecture-33

Streamline vs. Finite Difference ; Analytical/numerical solutions

along streamlines ; Modeling gravity and crossstreamline

mechanisms

Week-12

Lecture-34

Compressibility Effects ; Mapping and Material Balance Errors ;

Practical Considerations and Limitations ; Flow Visualization ;

Primary Recovery and Drainage Volume Calculations

Lecture-35 Swept Volume Calculations and Optimizing Infill Wells ; Pattern

Balancing/Rate Allocations ; Improved Waterflood Management

Lecture-36

Waterflood Field Tracer Interpretation ; Hybrid Methods: Sector

Models and Streamtubes ; Miscible Flood Modeling and

Predictions

Week-13

CT-4

Lecture-37 Model Ranking and Uncertainty Assessment ; Dynamic Reservoir

Characterization ; Upscaling/ Upgridding ; Why Streamlines

Lecture-38 History Matching: Workflows ; Assisted History Matching of

Finite-Difference Models

Lecture-39 Streamline- Based Sensitivity Computations ; Field Case Studies ;

Fractured Reservoir Modeling and Applications

Week-14

Lecture-40 Corner Point Geometry and Faults ; Compositional Modeling ;

Time Step and Stability Considerations

Lecture-41 Front Tracking Methods ;Streamline vs. Finite Difference:

Advantages and Limitations

Lecture-42 Application of petroleum production engineering software:

MBAL, PVTi, SCHEDULE, ECLIPSE, PETREL, VFPi


1. Reservoir Simulation by Calvin C. Mattax and Robert L. Dalton

2. Streamline Simulation: Theory and Practice by Akhil Datta-Gupta and Michael J.

King

3. Reservoir Simulation: History Matching and Forecasting by James R. Gilman and

Chet Ozgen

4. Principles of applied reservoir simulation by John R Fanchi

5. Practical Reservoir Simulation: Using, Assessing, and Developing Results by M. R.

Carlson

RESTRICTED

306

PME 415: Mine Ventilation and Environmental Engineering


Pre-requisite: None

1. Rationale:

To understand the principles and methods of mine ventilation systems and to design fan

system for mine ventilation.

2. Objectives:

1. To understand the basics of mine ventilation system.

2. To calculate and design mine ventilations system and ventilation network analysis.

3. To measure and analyze mine pollutants and design for their remedy.

4. To know about the mining laws, mine rules and regulations.



1. Understand the theories and calculations for mine ventilation system.

2. Evaluate the design requirements for mine fans.

3. Analyze the design parameters of mine fans.

4. Apply the knowledge to design an optimum mine ventilation system.

4. Course Contents:

Mine ventilation systems: Natural ventilation, auxiliary ventilation, booster ventilation.

Mine ventilation design calculations and ventilation network analysis. Procedures for

conducting the test for air quantity, pressure and air quality, airway resistance, loss of air

distribution. Ventilation surveys, mine air heating and cooling, dust and fume control, and

ventilation economics.

Mine Fan: Design difficulties with a mine fan, design requirements, fan pressure and system

pressure requirements; Axial flow fan and centrifugal fan; Fan performance and test; Pressure

loss, mine resistance and equivalent orifice; Fan operation; Choice of Fan; Underground

booster fans; Auxiliary Fans; Layout of installation.

Introduction to Mine Environmental Engineering: Environmental Pollution due to mining

industry, Hazards in mining field of outburst, explosion, fires, fume, dust, radiation, and

noises. Potential high consequence hazards in a mine including outbursts, explosion, fires,

RESTRICTED

307

spontaneous combustion, inrush hazards, radiation, windblast, noises, miners diseases; Mine

Illumination: its effect on safety, efficiency and health, flame and electric safety lamps-their

uses and lamp-room-layout and organization, standards of illumination in mines, lighting

from the mains, photometric illumination survey, Mine gases, mine dust.

Mine Legislation: General principles of Mining law, Mine Act, Mine Rules & Regulations,

Mines and Mineral Rules.





1. Class Assessment




2. Examination



Course Outcomes(CO) of the Course Program Outcomes (PO)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12


calculations for mine ventilation

system

√


for mine fans

√


mine fans

√


an optimum mine ventilation

system

√ √



Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1 Mine ventilation systems

Lecture-1 Natural ventilation

Lecture-2 Auxiliary ventilation

Lecture-3 Booster ventilation


RESTRICTED

308

Lecture-4 Mine ventilation design calculations

CT-1;

CT-2

Lecture-5 Ventilation network analysis

Lecture-6


Lecture-7 Procedures for conducting the test for air quantity, pressure and air

quality, airway resistance, loss of air distribution Lecture-8

Lecture-9


Lecture-10 Ventilation surveys

Lecture-11 Mine air heating and cooling

Lecture-12 Dust and fume control

Week-5 Mine ventilation systems; Mine Fan

Lecture-13 Ventilation economics

Lecture-14 Basics of mine fan

Lecture-15 Design difficulties with a mine fan

Week-6 Mine Fan

Lecture-16 Design requirements

Lecture-17 Fan pressure and system pressure requirements

Lecture-18 Axial flow fan and centrifugal fan

Week-7 Mine Fan

Lecture-19 Fan performance and test

Lecture-20 Pressure loss

Lecture-21 Mine resistance and equivalent orifice

Week- 8 Mine Fan

Lecture-22 Fan operation

Lecture-23 Choice of Fan

Lecture-24 Underground booster fans

Week-9 Mine Fan

CT-3;

CT-4

Lecture-25 Auxiliary Fans

Lecture-26 Layout of installation

Lecture-27

Week-10 Mine Environmental Engineering

Lecture-28 Environmental Pollution due to mining industry

Lecture-29 Hazards in mining field of outburst, explosion, fires, fume, dust,

radiation, and noises Lecture-30


Lecture-31

Potential high consequence hazards in a mine including outbursts,

explosion, fires, spontaneous combustion, inrush hazards, radiation,

windblast, noises, miners diseases

Lecture-32

Mine Illumination: its effect on safety, efficiency and health, flame

and electric safety lamps-their uses and lamp-room-layout and

organization

Lecture-33 Standards of illumination in mines


Lecture-34 Photometric illumination survey

Lecture-35 Mine gases

Lecture-36 Mine dust

Week-13 Mine Legislation

RESTRICTED

309

Lecture-37 General principles of Mining law

Lecture-38 Mine act

Lecture-39 Mine rules & regulations

Week-14

Lecture-40 Review

Lecture-41 Review

Lecture-42 Review


1. Mine Ventilation; Panigrahi.

2. Mine Environmental Engineering; M Sengupta.

RESTRICTED

310

PME 417: Petroleum Refining and LPG Technology


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

Oil refinery or petroleum refinery is an industrial process plant where crude oil is transformed

and refined into more useful products such as petroleum naphtha, gasoline, diesel fuel,

asphalt base, heating oil, kerosene, liquefied petroleum gas, jet fuel and fuel oils.

Objectives:

1. Explain the need for petroleum refining and provide a basic understanding of how a

petroleum refinery works

2. Introduce and review physical and chemical processes used to convert crude oil into

desired products

3. Discuss changing crude oil base with its implications on future prospects with

environmental, technical, and economic constraints.




Refining and LPG Technology founded on a theory based understanding of



of Petroleum Refining and LPG Technology demonstrated through appropriate and

relevant assessment



development


quantification of Petroleum Refining and LPG Technology uncertainty and data


5) Perform, analyze and optimize a material balance / energy balance exercise, by using





7) Design sustainable Petroleum Refining and LPG Technology solutions with minimum



norms of the Petroleum Refining and LPG Technology practice

RESTRICTED

311






principles to development field development and field operating plans to optimize




Course Contents:

Crude Oil: Introduction of crude oil; Properties, API gravity, Watson Characterization

factor , Viscosity, Sulfur content, True boiling point (TBP) curve, Pour point, Flash and fire

point, ASTM distillation curve, Octane number.

Processes: Process description, chemistry, process flow diagram, design methods, operating

procedures, and troubleshooting of Atmospheric crude distillation ,Vacuum distillation ,

Thermal cracker, Hydrotreaters, Fluidized catalytic cracker, Separators, Naphtha splitter,

Reformer, Alkylation and isomerization, Gas treating, Blending pools, Stream splitters,

Hydrorefining, catalytic reforming, hydrocracking, Coking, Polymer gasoline.

Processing Unit: Crude Distillation Unit; Catalytic Reforming Unit; Hydrodesulphurization

Unit; Asphaltic Bitumen Plant i)Vacuum Distillation Unit ii)Bitumen Blowing Unit ; Long

Residue Visbrear Unit; Mild Hydrocracker Unit; NGC (Natural Gas Condensate) unit; LPG

Merox Unit; Gasoline Merox Unit; Kerosene Merox Unit

Unit Operation and Process Control: Principles of unit operation; Process controlling

methods; Process control parameters, Temperature, Pressure, Flow rate, Fluid level;

Description of DCS, PLC, Microcontroller.

Products: Description and use of refinery products, RG (Refinery Gas), LPG (Liqueified

Petroleum Gas, SBP (Special Boiling Point Solvent), Naptha, MOGAS (Regular), MOGAS

(Premium), SKO (Superior Kerosene Oil), MTT (Mineral Turpentine), JET A-1, JBO (Jute

Batching Oil), HSD (High Speed Diesel), LSDO (Low Sulfur Diesel Oil), LDO (Light Diesel

Oil), HSFO (High Sulfur Fuel Oil), LSFO (Low Sulfur Furnace Oil), BITUMEN;

Transportation, distribution and storage of refinery products.

Utilities: Hydrogen Plant; Steam Generation Unit; Power Generation and other utilities units.

Health, Safety and Environments: Occupation and personal Health, Safety and

Environmental (HSE) practice in petroleum refining industries.

Software: Application of refining process simulation software

Liquid Petroleum Gas (LPG):

LPG Production:

LPG Transportation: Ship, rail, tanker trucks, intermodal tanks, cylinder trucks, pipelines and

local gas reticulation systems.

RESTRICTED

312

LPG Storage: Butane Lighters, Disposable Butane Cartridges, Small BBQ Bottles, Forklift

Gas Bottles, Large Bottles, Large Tanks, Storage in Intermodal ISO Tank Containers,

Mounded Tanks, Storage Spheres - Horton Spheres, Underground Storage Caverns,

LPG Bottling.

Process Safety: Historical Incident & Problem Areas ; Risk Analysis Basics ; Process

Hazards Analysis Techniques – Overview ; Layers of Protection ; Inherently Safer Design ;

Hazards Associated with Process Fluids ; Leakage and Dispersion of Hydrocarbon Releases ;

Combustion Behavior of Hydrocarbons ; Sources of Ignition ; Hazards Associated with

Specific Plant Systems ; Plant Layout & Equipment Spacing ; Pressure Relief and Disposal

Systems ; Process Monitoring and Control ; Safety Instrumented Systems ; Fire Protection

Principles ; Explosion Protection.

Application of Petroleum Refining and LPG Technology software:


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Assessment


Class Attendance 05


Examination




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Petroleum Refining

and LPG Technology founded on



√

RESTRICTED

313

physical sciences

2.




Petroleum Refining and LPG



assessment

√

3.







development

√

4.




quantification of Petroleum

Refining and LPG Technology




standards

√

5.

Perform, analyze and optimize a

material balance / energy balance

exercise, by using commercial




technology

√

6.





colleagues

√

7.

Design sustainable Petroleum

Refining and LPG Technology




√

8.




the Petroleum Refining and LPG

Technology practice

√

9.




and with team mates

√

RESTRICTED

314

10.





√

11.




development field development

and field operating plans to


management.

√

12.





√

Lecture Schedule:


Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1

CT-1

Lecture-1 Crude Oil: Introduction of crude oil; Properties, API gravity,

Watson Characterization factor

Lecture-2

Viscosity, Sulfur content, True boiling point (TBP) curve, Pour

point, Flash and fire point, ASTM distillation curve, Octane

number.

Lecture-3 Processes: Process description, chemistry, process flow diagram,

design method

Lecture-4 Operating procedures, and troubleshooting

Week-2

Lecture-5 Atmospheric crude distillation ,Vacuum distillation , Thermal

cracker

Lecture-6 Hydrotreaters, Fluidized catalytic cracker, Separators, Naphtha

splitter, Reformer

Lecture-7 Alkylation and isomerization, Gas treating, Blending pools, Stream

splitters

Lecture-8 Hydrorefining, catalytic reforming, hydrocracking, Coking,

Polymer gasoline.

Week-3

Lecture-9 Processing Unit: Crude Distillation Unit; Catalytic Reforming

Unit; Hydrodesulphurization Unit

Lecture-10 Asphaltic Bitumen Plant i)Vacuum Distillation Unit ii)Bitumen

Blowing Unit

Lecture-11 Long Residue Visbrear Unit; Mild Hydrocracker Unit; NGC

(Natural Gas Condensate) unit

Lecture-12 LPG Merox Unit; Gasoline Merox Unit; Kerosene Merox Unit

Week-4 CT-2

RESTRICTED

315

Lecture-13 Unit Operation and Process Control: Principles of unit

operation; Process controlling methods; Process control parameters

Lecture-14 Temperature

Lecture-15 Pressure

Lecture-16 Flow rate

Week-5

Lecture-17 Fluid level

Lecture-18 Description of DCS

Lecture-19 PLC

Lecture-20 Microcontroller.

Week-6

Lecture-21 Products: Description and use of refinery products, RG (Refinery

Gas)

Lecture-22 LPG (Liqueified Petroleum Gas, SBP (Special Boiling Point

Solvent)

Lecture-23 Naptha

Lecture-24 MOGAS (Regular), MOGAS (Premium)

Week-7

CT-3

Lecture-25 SKO (Superior Kerosene Oil), MTT (Mineral Turpentine)

Lecture-26 JET A-1, JBO (Jute Batching Oil)

Lecture-27 HSD (High Speed Diesel)

Lecture-28 LSDO (Low Sulfur Diesel Oil), LDO (Light Diesel Oil)

Week-8

Lecture-29 HSFO (High Sulfur Fuel Oil), LSFO (Low Sulfur Furnace Oil),

BITUMEN

Lecture-30 Transportation, distribution and storage of refinery products

Lecture-31 Utilities: Hydrogen Plant; Steam Generation Unit

Lecture-32 Power Generation and other utilities units

Week-9

Lecture-33 Health, Safety and Environments: Introduction of Occupation

and personal Health, Safety

Lecture-34 Occupation and personal Health, Safety

Lecture-35 Personal Health, Safety

Lecture-36 Environmental (HSE) practice in petroleum refining industries.

Week-10

CT-4

Lecture-37

Liquid Petroleum Gas (LPG):

LPG Production:

LPG Transportation: Ship, rail, tanker trucks, intermodal tanks,

cylinder trucks, pipelines and local gas reticulation systems.

Lecture-38 LPG Storage: Butane Lighters, Disposable Butane Cartridges

Lecture-39 Small BBQ Bottles, Forklift Gas Bottles, Large Bottles, Large

Tanks

Lecture-40 Storage in Intermodal ISO Tank Containers

Week-11

Lecture-41 Mounded Tanks

Lecture-42 Storage Spheres, Horton Spheres

Lecture-43 Underground Storage Caverns

Lecture-44 LPG Bottling

RESTRICTED

316

Week-12

CT-5

Lecture-45

Process Safety: Historical Incident & Problem Areas ; Risk

Analysis Basics ; Process Hazards Analysis Techniques –

Overview ; Layers of Protection ; Inherently Safer Design

Lecture-46 Hazards Associated with Process Fluids

Lecture-47 Leakage and Dispersion of Hydrocarbon Releases

Lecture-48 Combustion Behavior of Hydrocarbons

Week-13

Lecture-49 Sources of Ignition

Lecture-50 Hazards Associated with Specific Plant Systems

Lecture-51 Plant Layout & Equipment Spacing ; Pressure Relief and Disposal

Systems

Lecture-52 Process Monitoring and Control ; Safety

Week-14

Lecture-53 Instrumented Systems

Lecture-54 Fire Protection Principles

Lecture-55 Explosion Protection.

Lecture-56 Application of Petroleum Refining and LPG Technology software


1. Fundamentals of Petroleum Refining by Mohamed A. Fahim, Taher A. Alsahhaf and

Amal Elkilani

2. Handbook of Petroleum Refining Processes by Robert A. Meyers

3. Understanding LPG by Kosan Crisplant

4. Petroleum Refining, by J. H. Gary and G. E. Handwerk

RESTRICTED

317

PME 419: Professional Practices and Communication


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

Professional standards describe the competent level of care in each phase of the nursing

process. The main purpose of professional standards is to direct and maintain safe and

clinically competent nursing practice. These standards are important to our profession

because they promote and guide our clinical practice.

Objective:

1. Describe and evaluate a range of positions in the design community, with regard to

the social, cultural and professional practice of communication design.

2. Analyze how your creative, practical and professional expertise prepares you for

future study and a career in the creative industries.

3. Identify a range of roles and tasks within conventional and emerging communication

design practices.

4. Critically discuss how these roles are combined in collaborative and/or hierarchical

production structures.



1) Recognize the main terminology, concepts and techniques that applies to Professional

Practices and Communication founded on a theory based understanding of



of Professional Practices and Communication demonstrated through appropriate and

relevant assessment



development


quantification of Professional Practices and Communication uncertainty and data




technology

Course Contents:

Project: characteristic feature, types and life cycle; type of contracts and estimates;

procurement regulations and law; documents for procurement of works, goods, services and

RESTRICTED

318

their application; tender procedure with the light of PPR; claims, disputes and arbitration

procedure.

Communication: concepts, methods and strategies for effective speaking and inter-personal

communication; business and engineering reports, proposals and messages; conducting

meetings; an introduction to the code of ethics for engineers; introduction to MOI (Method of

Instruction).


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Assessment


Class Attendance 05


Examination




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Professional Practices

and Communication founded on



physical sciences

√

2.




Professional Practices and

Communication demonstrated

√

RESTRICTED

319


assessment

3.







development

√

4.




quantification of Professional

Practices and Communication




standards

√

5.


Professional Practices and

Communication by using




of technology

√

Lecture Schedule:


Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1

CT-1

Lecture-1 Project: characteristic feature

Lecture-2 Project: characteristic feature

Week-2

Lecture-3 Types and life cycle

Lecture-4 Types and life cycle

Week-3

Lecture-5 Type of contracts and estimates

Lecture-6 Type of contracts and estimates

Week-4

Lecture-7 Procurement regulations and law

Lecture-8 Procurement regulations and law

Week-5

Lecture-9 Documents for procurement of works, goods

Lecture-10 Documents for procurement of works, goods

Week-6

Lecture-11 Services and their application CT-2

RESTRICTED

320

Lecture-12 Services and their application

Week-7

Lecture-13 Tender procedure with the light of PPR, Claims

Lecture-14 Disputes and arbitration procedure.

Week-8

Lecture-15 Communication

Lecture-16 concepts, methods

Week-9

Lecture-17 strategies for effective speaking

Lecture-18 inter-personal communication

Week-10

Lecture-19 Business reports

Lecture-20 Business Proposals

Week-11

Lecture-21 Business Messages

Lecture-22 Engineering reports

CT-3

Week-12

Lecture-23 Engineering Proposals

Lecture-24 Engineering Messages

Week-13

Lecture-25 Conducting meetings

Lecture-26 An introduction to the code of ethics for engineers

Week-14

Lecture-27 An introduction to the code of ethics for engineers

Lecture-28 Introduction to MOI (Method of Instruction).


1. The Theory and Practice of Corporate Communication: A Competing Values by Alan

T. Belasen

2. A Guide to Professional Communication Practices by Nancy A. Wiencek

3. Planning for Strategic Communication: A Workbook for Applying Social Theory by

John A. McArthur

4. Business Communication: Rethinking Your Professional Practice for the Post-digital

Age by Peter Chatterton and Peter Hartley

5. PPR

RESTRICTED

321

PME 400: Project / Thesis- Part: I


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

The rationale of research is the reason for conducting the study. The rationale should answer

the need for conducting the said research. It is a very important part of your publication as it

justifies the significance and novelty of the study. Ideally, the research should be structured

as observation, rationale, hypothesis, objectives, methods, results and conclusions.

Objective:

The students are guided to learn the following aspects:

1. Understanding & evaluating the design / operation / environmental aspects of a

petroleum and mining equipment/ process.

2. Understanding & evaluating the technology aspects of various alternatives available,

called “Best Available Technologies (BAT)”, through literature & references and

select a suitable equipment/ process with optimum capacity.

3. Carrying-out the basic design of the process using steady state simulation.

4. Preparation of equipment layout & plot plan drawing.

5. Preliminary cost estimation of CAPEX and OPEX.

6. Presentation & research management skills.




and mining engineering founded on a theory based understanding of mathematics and



of petroleum and mining engineering demonstrated through appropriate and relevant

assessment



development


quantification of petroleum and mining engineering uncertainty and data management


5) Perform, analyze and optimize oil, gas and minerals production rate by using



RESTRICTED

322



7) Design sustainable petroleum and mining engineering system development solutions



norms of the petroleum and mining engineering practice







project management.



Course Contents:

Experimental and theoretical investigation of various problems related to petroleum and

mining engineering will be carried out. The topic should provide an opportunity to the

student in developing initiative, creative ability and engineering judgment with different

objectives of same data. Individual study will be required.


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Attendance 5



Quiz Test 30

Viva Voce 10

RESTRICTED

323



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.







physical sciences

√

2.




petroleum and mining



assessment

√

3.







development

√

4.





mining engineering uncertainty



standards

√

5.


oil, gas and minerals production





technology

√

6.





colleagues

√

7.


and mining engineering system




√

RESTRICTED

324

8.




the petroleum and mining


√

9.




and with team mates

√

10.





√

11.







management.

√

12.





√

Work Schedule:

Lecture Tasks

Week-1

Step 1 – Formulate Your Question

Your research may start as a general idea or a specific question,

statement or thesis.

Know what you want to focus on before you begin.

Week-2

Step 2 – Review the Literature

Read about your topic using websites or encyclopedias.

It introduces you to the topic, helps you to focus on its key elements

and can help you decide to broaden or narrow your focus.

These sources often include bibliographies that you can “piggyback”

to find more sources on your topic.

Week-3







Week-4





RESTRICTED

325



Week-5





These sources often include bibliographies that you can “piggyback” to

find more sources on your topic.

Week-6

Step 3 – Focus and Refine Your Topic

Think about how you want to explore the topic.

Ask yourself: ◦Is my research intended for a general group or class or is

it more specialized?

• Can or should I limit my topic by time period or place?

Week-7 Report

Week-8

Step 4 – Research Tools

You need the right tool for the job. Using our research guides can help

you find these answers.

Ask yourself:

• What types of materials do I need?

• How recent should my materials be?

• How long do I have to do my research?

• What subjects are covered by my topic?

Week-9

Step 5 – Select Your Tool and Begin

Use the library‟s resources to find journal articles, eBooks and videos.

Use our library catalog to find books or DVDs.

If you are using websites, make sure they are quality resources – not

just the first result!

Week-10 Step 6 – Get Stuck, Get Help!

Never fear, we are here to help you with your research questions

Week-11 Step 7 – Gather Your Materials

Are your best resources books, journals or websites?





Week-14 Report


1. How to Write a Thesis by Umberto Eco

2. Writing Your Dissertation in Fifteen Minutes a Day: A Guide to Starting, Revising by

Joan Bolker

3. Matching Method, Paradigm, Theories and Findings by Kember, David, Corbett,

Michael

4. Research Methods and Thesis Writing' by Calmorin

RESTRICTED

326

PME 412: Integrated Design Project- Part: I


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

The rationale of project is the reason for conducting the study. The rationale should answer

the need for conducting the said project. It is a very important part of your publication as it



Objective:





called “Best Available Technologies (BAT)”, through literature & references and













assessment



development







RESTRICTED

327













project management.



Course Contents:

Integrated design project offers a distinctive opportunity to play a key role as part of a team

working on a realistic design project. It‟s about creating and testing ideas to solve real-world

problems. In doing so, students‟ will improve technical knowledge, communication, practical

skills and employability at a stroke.

The integrated design project will develop your skills in:

Acquiring and applying technical knowledge.

Group work – leadership, discussion, planning, monitoring, assessing, reporting on progress,

taking responsibility, taking action.

Understanding the bigger picture that surrounds engineering projects – the issues, the aims,

and sometimes the constraints; the different viewpoints of people working on and affected by

a project.

Creativity and innovation – priceless skills in the modern workplace.

Presenting and arguing the case for your ideas.


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination

RESTRICTED

328



Class Attendance 5



Quiz Test 30

Viva Voce 10



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.







physical sciences

√

2.







assessment

√

3.







development

√

4.








standards

√

5.







technology

√

RESTRICTED

329

6.





colleagues

√

7.






√

8.






√

9.




and with team mates

√

10.





√

11.







management.

√

12.





√

Work Schedule:

Lecture Tasks

Week-1 Step 1. Identify a need:

The need (also called the problem you are solving or the Engineering Goal) is

frequently identified by customers–the users of the product. The customer

could be a retail consumer or the next team in a product development.

Customers may express needs by describing a product (I need a car) or as a

functional requirement (I need a way to get to school). The need should be

described in a simple statement that includes what you are designing (the

product), who it is for (customer), what need does it satisfy (problem to solve),

and how does it improve previous designs (easier to use, less expensive, more

Week-2

RESTRICTED

330

efficient, safer).

Week-3 Step 2. Establish design criteria and constraints:

Design criteria are requirements you specify that will be used to make

decisions about how to build and evaluate the product. Criteria are derived

from needs expressed by customers. Criteria define the product‟s physical and

functional characteristics and must be declared as a measurable quantity.

Some examples of measurable criteria include length (in cm, km, etc.); mass

(in mg, kg, etc.); velocity (in m/sec, km/hr., etc.); and ruggedness (able to

withstand an impact force of x Newtons). Some examples of measurable

accuracy include, „…fewer than y errors per mSec…‟ or „…fewer than z

particles per liter of fluid….‟ Constraints are factors that limit the engineer‟s

flexibility. Some typical constraints are cost, time, and knowledge; legal

issues; natural factors such as topography, climate, raw materials; and where

the product will be used. Good designs will meet important design criteria

within the limits fixed by the constraints. Good designs are also economical to

make and use because cost is always a design constraint!

Week-4

Week-5

Week-6

Week-7

Week-8 Step 3. Evaluate alternative designs and create your test plan:

Your research into possible solutions will reveal what has been done to satisfy

similar needs. You‟ll discover where knowledge and science limit your

solutions, how previous solutions may be improved, and what different

approaches may meet design objectives. You should consider at least two or

three alternative designs and consider using available technology, modifying

current designs, or inventing new solutions. Superior work will demonstrate

tradeoff analyses such as comparing the strength vs. cost of various bridge-

building materials. It‟s important to document in your project notebook how

you chose and evaluated alternative designs. Can you defend your choices to

the judges?

You will develop an initial test plan describing how you will test the design

criteria and constraints you listed in Step 2. Many engineering design projects

will require pre-approval from the SRC. A risk assessment form (3) is required

for any project using hazardous chemicals, activities or devices and

microorganisms exempt from pre-approval. If you will involve humans in your

product testing, you will be required to fill out a Human Participant Research

Plan. The exemption to this requirement is if your invention does not pose a

risk, and it is being tested only by yourself or your team members.

STOP! You must complete an Application Form including a completed

engineering template, risk assessment form and/or Human Participant

Research Plan as appropriate. Obtain approval from your teacher and the SRC

(Scientific Review Committee) BEFORE you build your prototype.

Week-9

Week-10

Week-11

Week-12

Week-13

Week-14




Joan Bolker

RESTRICTED

331


Michael


5. Sustainable Development Projects: Integrated Design, Development, and Regulation

by David R. Godschalk

RESTRICTED

332

PME 414: Reservoir Modeling and Simulation Sessional


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

Reservoir simulation is an area of reservoir engineering in which computer models are used

to predict the flow of fluids (typically, oil, water, and gas) through porous media. Reservoir

simulation models are used by oil and gas companies in the development of new fields. Also,

models are used in developed fields where production forecasts are needed to help make

investment decisions. As building and maintaining a robust, reliable model of a field is often

time-consuming and expensive, models are typically only constructed where large investment

decisions are at stake. Improvements in simulation software have lowered the time to develop

a model. Also, models can be run on personal computers rather than more expensive

workstations

Objective:

Reservoir simulations can at best only give an educated guess at the likely outcomes because

the input data is riddled with uncertainties. Though the data should not be scoffed at and

instantly dismissed, when combined with statistical likelihoods the data can present a useful

picture of the upper and lower boundaries of recovery and the most likely scenario from

which future actions can be planned. At the appraisal stage we typically determine:

1. The nature of the reservoir recovery plan

2. The nature of the facility required to develop the field

3. Nature and capacities of plant equipment for injection and separation

4. The different types and number of wells to be drilled

5. Sequence of the drilling program




Modeling and Simulation founded on a theory based understanding of mathematics



of Reservoir Modeling and Simulation demonstrated through appropriate and relevant

assessment



development

RESTRICTED

333


quantification of Reservoir Modeling and Simulation uncertainty and data




technology



7) Design sustainable Reservoir Modeling and Simulation system development solutions



norms of the Reservoir Modeling and Simulation practice







project management.



Course Contents:

Development of reservoir model to simulate the reservoir responses for history matching and

forecasting using the following workflow:-

Stratigraphic Modeling: Prepare well head, deviation and well log data as per the software

format and insert all data into the project. Interpret the log data to make well correlation.

Make synthetic log.

Geophysical Modeling: Prepare 2D/3D seismic data as per the software format and insert all

data into the project. Make synthetic seismogram, well tie and mis-tie analysis. Interpret

horizons. Develop velocity model.

Structural Modeling: Make Fault molding, pillar grid, horizon, zone, layer and fluid contact.

Property Modeling: Property modeling is the process of filling the cells of the grid with

discrete (facies) or continuous (petrophysics) properties. Petrel assumes that the layer

geometry given to the grid follows the Geological layering in the model area. These

processes are therefore dependent upon the geometry of the existing grid. When interpolating

between data points, Petrel will propagate property values along the grid layers.

Property modeling in Petrel is split into three separate processes:

Geometrical modeling - No interpolation of input data is required. Properties are built

based on the geometrical properties of the grid cells themselves, like a cell volume,

angle, height, etc.; some algorithms also require input data, but this data is simply

sampled into the grid (e.g. seismic).

Facies Modeling - Interpolation or simulation of discrete data, e.g. facies.

RESTRICTED

334

Petrophysical modeling - Interpolation or simulation of continuous data, e.g. porosity,

permeability and saturation.

In addition there are three other process steps which can be used when modeling properties:

Scale Up Well Logs - The process of sampling values from well logs or well log

attributes into the grid, ready for use as input to facies modeling and petrophysical

modeling.

Data Analysis - The process of preparing the input data (normally upscaled well logs)

for Property modeling. It consists of applying transformations on input data

identifying trends for continuous data, vertical proportion and probability for discrete

data; as well as defining variograms that describe the input in both cases. This is then

used in the facies and petrophysical modeling to ensure that the same trends appear in

the result.

Fault Analysis - The process where the user can generate fault transmissibility

multipliers, either directly or by modeling fault properties, providing grid

permeabilities and calculating the multiplier. These are then used as input to the

simulation or simply as a visual assessment of the sealing potential of faults.

Well Engineering

Well Path Design

Well Completion Design

Other Modeling for Simulation

Making a fluid model

Making rock physics functions

Aquifers

Development Strategies

Defining a simulation case

Simulation Sector Modeling

Simulation Results Displaying

Simulation results come in four forms:

Summary Vectors- These are stored on the Results tab and may be displayed in the

function window or in the map window. See Displaying simulation results using the

data displayed on the Results pane for details of working with these plots.

Properties- These are stored in the appropriate 3D grid and displayed in much the

same way as any other grid property.

Streamlines-These are stored on the 3D grid and displayed in a 3D window. See

Streamlines for more details

Simulation logs-These are stored on a per-simulation basis and are accessed using the

Log folders on the Input tree. They can be displayed in 2D, 3D, well section and

intersection windows. They are sometimes referred to as Dynamic logs

Case Study:

1. Development of reservoir geomodel and simulation model of gas field

2. Development of reservoir geomodel and simulation model of oil field

RESTRICTED

335


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Attendance 5



Quiz Test 30

Viva Voce 10



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Reservoir Modeling

and Simulation founded on a



physical sciences

√

2.




Reservoir Modeling and

Simulation demonstrated through


assessment

√

3.







development

√


RESTRICTED

336



quantification of Reservoir

Modeling and Simulation




standards

5.






of technology

√

6.





colleagues

√

7.

Design sustainable Reservoir

Modeling and Simulation system




√

8.




the Reservoir Modeling and

Simulation practice

√

9.




and with team mates

√

10.





√

11.







management.

√

12.





√

RESTRICTED

337

Lecture Schedule:

Lecture Experiments

Week-1 Stratigraphic Modeling

Week-2 Geophysical Modeling

Week-3 Geophysical Modeling

Week-4 Structural Modeling

Week-5 Structural Modeling

Week-6 Property Modeling

Week-7 Quiz

Week-8 Property Modeling

Week-9 Well Engineering

Week-10 Other Modeling for Simulation (PVT, Rock,)

Week-11 Simulation Results Displaying

Week-12 Development of reservoir geomodel and simulation model of gas field

Week-13 Development of reservoir geomodel and simulation model of oil field

Week-14 Quiz


1. Reservoir Simulation by Calvin C. Mattax and Robert L. Dalton

2. Streamline Simulation: Theory and Practice by Akhil Datta-Gupta and Michael J.

King

3. Reservoir Simulation: History Matching and Forecasting by James R. Gilman and

Chet Ozgen

4. Principles of applied reservoir simulation by John R Fanchi

5. Practical Reservoir Simulation: Using, Assessing, and Developing Results by M. R.

Carlson

RESTRICTED

338

PME 416: Mine Ventilation and Environmental Engineering Laboratory


Pre-requisite: None

1. Rationale:

The module is designed to understand and carry out different instruments for

measurement of mine environmental elements and to build a mine ventilation model.

2. Objective:

1. To understand the basics of mine environmental survey instruments.

2. To calculate and design mine ventilations system and ventilation network analysis.



1. Understand the theories and calculations for mine ventilation instruments.

2. Evaluate the design requirements for mine fans.

3. Apply the knowledge to design an optimum mine ventilation system.

4. Course Contents:

Apparatus for mine environment: 1. Measurement of airbone dust particles

2. Measurement of ashes in mine air

3. Measurement of radiation level in mine

4. Measurement of sound level in mine

Mine ventilation design: 5. Building mine ventilation models

6. Creating pressure for flow

7. Simulating airflow in models


Class Lectures

Survey

Simulation

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

RESTRICTED

339



Class Attendance 5



Quiz Test 30

Viva Voce 10


(PO):


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.

Understand the theories and

calculations for mine ventilation

instruments

√

2. Evaluate the design requirements

for mine fans √ √

3.

Apply the knowledge to design

an optimum mine ventilation

system

√ √ √


Lecture Experiments

Week-1 Measurement of airbone dust particles

Week-2 Measurement of ashes in mine air

Week-3 Measurement of radiation level in mine

Week-4 Measurement of sound level in mine

Week-5 Building mine ventilation models

Week-6

Week-7 Quiz

Week-8 Creating pressure for flow

Week-9

Week-10

Simulating airflow in models Week-11

Week-12

Week-13

Week-14 Quiz

RESTRICTED

340


1. Carry out survey with survey instruments

2. Simulation and analysis software for mining application


RESTRICTED

341

Level-4, Term-2

PME 421: Evaluation and Management of Petroleum and Mining Projects


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

The Project Rationale is a statement of facts explaining the background of the project. The

rationale identifies the need for the product or process and offers viable solutions. The

rationale is one of the first documents to be written by the Project Manager and sets the

background for the Business Case. Evaluations involve an assessment of the strengths and

weaknesses of projects, programmers or policy to improve their effectiveness.

Objective:

1. To explain the main tasks undertaken by project managers

2. To introduce software project management and to describe its distinctive

characteristics

3. To discuss project planning and the planning process

4. To show how graphical schedule representations are used by project management

5. To discuss the notion of risks and the risk and management process



1) Recognize the main terminology, concepts and techniques that applies to Evaluation

and Management founded on a theory based understanding of mathematics and the



of Evaluation and Management demonstrated through appropriate and relevant

assessment



development


quantification of Evaluation and Management uncertainty and data management




technology



RESTRICTED

342

7) Design sustainable Evaluation and Management system development solutions with



norms of the Evaluation and Management practice







project management.



Course Contents:

Economics: Pricing: natural gas, marker crudes, OPEC, spot and futures markets,

transportation ; Production rate: mathematical models ; Cash flow: revenue, capital and

operating costs, spreadsheet exercises ; Economic evaluation: present value concepts,

sensitivity and risk analysis, royalty, sources of capital, incremental economics, sunk costs,

inflation ; Long-range planning ; Cash versus write-off decision: depreciation, depletion, and

amortization ; Annual report: statements, financial ratios; Worldwide business operations:

concessions, licenses, production sharing contracts, joint ventures, cost of capital, sources of

funding, debt and equity ; Performance appraisal: buy/sell assessments ; Ethics in economic

analyses.

Finance and Accounting Principles: Financial terms and definitions, the language of

business; accounting rules, standards, and policies; Constructing the basic financial

statements; Classifying revenues, assets, liabilities, and equity; Comparing different

accounting elements; Accounting for joint operations; Accounting and reporting.

Cost Management: Defining costs, classifications and terminology for an E&P company;

Determining cost objects, cost drivers and their behaviors; Analyzing different types of cost

management systems.

Budgeting: Defining the budget terms, classifications and terminology in an oil and gas

sense; Tools and techniques for determining inputs to the budget process ; Tying the different

budgets together to create a more effective budget process ; Analyzing different types of

budget management systems.

Decision Analysis: Decision Modeling: application of DA process for modeling; influence

diagrams; free cash flow concept; sensitivity analysis; good modeling practices; real options

overview ; Monte Carlo Simulation: prospect risking (similar to play analysis); calculating

probabilities and distributions with simulation; modeling and optimizing investment

portfolios.

RESTRICTED

343

Project Management: The project methodology ; Identifying project risks and opportunities

; Project lifecycle ; Project manager ; Project business case ; Project sponsor ; Project scope ;

Understanding project interfaces ; Managing a project budget ; Project scheduling ; Resource

management ; Lead time and project inventory management.

Project Cost Scheduling: Project estimation and schedule ; Integrating cost and schedule ;

The project lifecycle ; Tools and techniques used in cost scheduling ; Cost estimation ; Cost

escalation and reduction ; Information; communication, monitoring, and control ; Stakeholder

management ; Contractual issues and forms ; The project budget ; Ownership and reporting

requirements.

Risk Management: Risk management planning; Roles/responsibilities, governance, and risk

ownership; Identify, analyze, and respond to risk events; Types of risks: threats vs.

opportunities; Risk analysis and prioritization; Risk mitigation and contingency planning;

Monitor and control risk ; Risk reporting and communication ; High level overview of

probabilistic cost and schedule peer reviews.

Troubled Projects: Troubled project characteristics and indicators ; Recovery methodology ;

Assessment techniques for development concepts and definition maturity; project teams and

stakeholders; execution strategy ; Assessment resources ; Intervention ; Recovery planning ;

Gaining buy-in ; Implementation and residual issues.

Application of Evaluation and Management of Petroleum and Mining Projects

software:


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Assessment


Class Attendance 05


Examination


RESTRICTED

344



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Evaluation and

Management founded on a



physical sciences

√

2.




Evaluation and Management



assessment

√

3.







development

√

4.




quantification of Evaluation and

Management uncertainty and



standards

√

5.






of technology

√

6.





colleagues

√

7.

Design sustainable Evaluation

and Management system



√

RESTRICTED

345


8.




the Evaluation and Management

practice

√

9.




and with team mates

√

10.





√

11.







management.

√

12.





√


Lecture

Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1

CT-1

Lecture-1

Economics: Pricing: natural gas, marker crudes, OPEC, spot and

futures markets, transportation ; Production rate: mathematical

models

Lecture-2 Cash flow: revenue, capital and operating costs, spreadsheet

exercises

Lecture-3

Economic evaluation: present value concepts, sensitivity and risk

analysis, royalty, sources of capital, incremental economics, sunk

costs, inflation ; Long-range planning

Week-2

Lecture-4 Cash versus write-off decision: depreciation, depletion, and

amortization ; Annual report: statements, financial ratios

Lecture-5

Worldwide business operations: concessions, licenses, production

sharing contracts, joint ventures, cost of capital, sources of funding,

debt and equity

Lecture-6 Performance appraisal: buy/sell assessments; Ethics in economic

analyses

RESTRICTED

346

Week-3

Lecture-7 Finance and Accounting Principles: Financial terms and

definitions, the language of business

Lecture-8 Accounting rules, standards, and policies

Lecture-9 Constructing the basic financial statements; Classifying revenues,

assets, liabilities, and equity

Week-4

Lecture-10 Comparing different accounting elements

Lecture-11 Accounting for joint operations

Lecture-12 Accounting and reporting.

Week-5

CT-2

Lecture-13 Cost Management: Defining costs, classifications and terminology

for an E&P company

Lecture-14 Determining cost objects, cost drivers and their behaviors

Lecture-15 Analyzing different types of cost management systems.

Week-6

Lecture-16

Budgeting: Defining the budget terms, classifications and

terminology in an oil and gas sense; Tools and techniques for

determining inputs to the budget process

Lecture-17 Tying the different budgets together to create a more effective

budget process

Lecture-18 Analyzing different types of budget management systems.

Week-7

Lecture-19

Decision Analysis: Decision Modeling: application of DA process

for modeling; influence diagrams; free cash flow concept;

sensitivity analysis; good modeling practices; real options overview

Lecture-20 Monte Carlo Simulation: prospect risking (similar to play analysis)

Lecture-21 Calculating probabilities and distributions with simulation;

modeling and optimizing investment portfolios

Week-8

Lecture-22 Project Management: The project methodology ; Identifying

project risks and opportunities ; Project lifecycle ; Project manager

Lecture-23 Project business case ; Project sponsor ; Project scope ;

Understanding project interfaces

Lecture-24 Managing a project budget; Project scheduling; Resource

management; Lead time and project inventory management.

Week-9

CT-3

Lecture-25

Project Cost Scheduling: Project estimation and schedule ;

Integrating cost and schedule ; The project lifecycle ; Tools and

techniques used in cost scheduling

Lecture-26 Cost estimation ; Cost escalation and reduction

Lecture-27 Information; communication, monitoring, and control

Week-10

Lecture-28 Stakeholder management ; Contractual issues and forms

Lecture-29 The project budget

Lecture-30 Ownership and reporting requirements

Week-11

Lecture-31 Risk Management: Risk management planning;

Roles/responsibilities, governance, and risk ownership

RESTRICTED

347

Lecture-32 Identify, analyze, and respond to risk events; Types of risks: threats

vs. opportunities

Lecture-33 Risk analysis and prioritization

Week-12

Lecture-34 Risk mitigation and contingency planning

Lecture-35 Monitor and control risk ; Risk reporting and communication

Lecture-36 High level overview of probabilistic cost and schedule peer reviews

Week-13

CT-4

Lecture-37 Troubled Projects: Troubled project characteristics and indicators

; Recovery methodology

Lecture-38 Assessment techniques for development concepts and definition

maturity

Lecture-39 project teams and stakeholders

Week-14

Lecture-40 execution strategy

Lecture-41 Assessment resources ; Intervention ; Recovery planning ; Gaining

buy-in ; Implementation and residual issues

Lecture-42 Application of Evaluation and Management of Petroleum and

Mining Projects software


1. Project Management Body of Knowledge by Project Management Institute

2. The art of project management by Scott Berkun

3. Strategic Project Management Made Simple: Practical Tools for Leaders and Teams

by Terry Schmidt

4. Engineering Economy by illiam G. Sullivan

5. Engineering Project Management by Nigel J. Smith

6. Project Management for Engineers by J Michael Bennett

RESTRICTED

348

PME 423: Transmission and Distribution of Natural Gas


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

Gas transmission & distribution system are gas pipeline system and associated facilities

designed for gas supply to consumers. Gas transmission & distribution system is a link

between gas fields and gas consumers.

Objective:

1. To connect gas sources to major demand centers and ensure availability of gas to

consumers in various sectors.






5. purpose and uses of their work output






1) Recognize the main terminology, concepts and techniques that applies to

Transmission and Distribution of Natural Gas founded on a theory based

understanding of mathematics and the natural and physical sciences


of Transmission and Distribution of Natural Gas demonstrated through appropriate

and relevant assessment



development


quantification of Transmission and Distribution of Natural Gas uncertainty and data




technology



RESTRICTED

349

7) Design sustainable petroleum production system development solutions with



norms of the Transmission and Distribution of Natural Gas practice







project management.



Course Contents:

Natural Gas & Condensate Transmission System: Introduction and Overview ; Route

Survey; Route Selection; Horizontal Directional Drilling (HDD) Method;Flow Equations

;Pipe Design ; Mainline Valves ; Blowdown Time ; Overpressure Protection ; Gas Quality

and Gas Conditioning ; Valves and Fittings ; Valve Set Design ; Branch Connections ;

Launchers and Receivers ; Road and Railroad Crossings ; Stream and River Crossings ;

Cathodic Protection ;Construction—Lowering In ; Hydrostatic Testing ; Increased MAOP ;

Non-destructive Inspection; Codes and Standards; Compressor Stations;RMSs and

Associated Facilities; Metering and Manifold Station; City Gate Station;Town Boarder

Stations;Network Analysis; Safety.

Scada System: Introduction of Scada system; Supervisory control and data acquisition;

Monitoring of all transmission parameters : Gas flow at supply and off-take points, line

pressure, movement of gas and condensate volumes and gas quality; Pipeline integrity

monitoring, leak detection and alarm, metering values of gas and condensate at each of the

inlet and outlet points, open-closed status of all line and station valves, direct digital data

transmission and voice communication.

Gas Distribution Piping Systems: Industry and Structure; Codes and Standards; Code

Compliance; Distribution Integrity Management (DIM); Incident Investigation; Leakage

Control; Repair/Replace Decisions; Steel Pipe Properties and Design; Plastic Pipe Properties

and Design; Cast Iron Properties; External Loading of Pipe and Service Conditions;

Secondary Stress Calculation; Exposed Crossings; Expansion Loops; Construction & Joining;

Tie-Ins Methods and Plans; Corrosion and Cathodic Protection; Transmission Pipeline

Integrity Plan and Evaluation; Route Selection Criteria; Testing; Uprating; Network Analysis;

Safety.

Gas Distribution System Planning: Measurement Principles and Meter Fundamentals:

Positive Displacement Diaphragm Meters, Positive Displacement Rotary Meters, Gas

Turbine Meters, Ultrasonic Meters; Pressure Regulation Principles; Overpressure Protection;

Pressure Regulation Sizing and Selection; Gas Supply Planning; Gas Control Operations;

RESTRICTED

350

System Design Principles and Considerations; Load Estimating; Flow Equations; System

Modeling; Monitoring System Pressure; Enhancing Pressure by Redirecting Flow; Economic.

Gas Distribution Operations: Codes and Standards ; Leak Inspection ; Odor Investigation ;

Emergency Response ; Operation and Maintenance Activities; Valves, Patrol, Locates, Pump

Drips ;Outage Control ; ; Leakage Control ;Repair/Replace ; Performance Measures;

Regulator Problems and Possible Causes ;Customer Service Operations; Safety.

Environmental Study: IEE, EIA, SIA, RP/RAP of Transmission and Distribution projects.

Case Study: Design of Transmission and Distribution line using Simulation Software

(PIPESIM, HYSIS).


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Assessment


Class Attendance 05


Examination




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Transmission and

Distribution of Natural Gas




sciences

√

RESTRICTED

351

2.




Transmission and Distribution of

Natural Gas demonstrated


assessment

√

3.







development

√

4.




quantification of Transmission

and Distribution of Natural Gas




standards

√

5.






of technology

√

6.





colleagues

√

7.

Design sustainable Transmission

and Distribution of Natural Gas




√

8.




the petroleum production


√

9.




and with team mates

√


interact with other students to √

RESTRICTED

352



11.







management.

√

12.





√

Lecture Schedule:


Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1

CT-1

Lecture-1

Natural Gas & Condensate Transmission System: Introduction

and Overview ; Route Survey; Route Selection; Horizontal

Directional Drilling (HDD) Method;Flow Equations ;Pipe Design ;

Mainline Valves ; Blowdown Time

Lecture-2 Overpressure Protection ; Gas Quality and Gas Conditioning ;

Valves and Fittings

Lecture-3 Valve Set Design ; Branch Connections ; Launchers and Receivers

Week-2

Lecture-4 Road and Railroad Crossings ; Stream and River Crossings

Lecture-5 Cathodic Protection ;Construction—Lowering In ; Hydrostatic

Testing

Lecture-6 Increased MAOP

Week-3

Lecture-7 Non-destructive Inspection

Lecture-8 Codes and Standards; Compressor Stations;RMSs and Associated

Facilities; Metering and Manifold Station;

Lecture-9 City Gate Station;Town Boarder Stations;Network Analysis;

Safety.

Week-4

Lecture-10 Scada System: Introduction of Scada system; Supervisory control

and data acquisition; Monitoring of all transmission parameters

Lecture-11 Gas flow at supply and off-take points, line pressure, movement of

gas and condensate volumes and gas quality

Lecture-12 Pipeline integrity monitoring

Week-5

CT-2 Lecture-13 Leak detection and alarm, metering values of gas

Lecture-14 Leak detection and alarm, metering values of condensate at each of

the inlet and outlet points, open-closed status of all line and station

RESTRICTED

353

valves

Lecture-15 Direct digital data transmission and voice communication.

Week-6

Lecture-16

Gas Distribution Piping Systems: Industry and Structure; Codes

and Standards; Code Compliance; Distribution Integrity

Management (DIM); Incident Investigation; Leakage Control

Lecture-17

Lecture-18 Pipe Properties and Repair/Replace Decisions; Steel Pipe

Properties and Design; Plastic Design; Cast Iron Properties

Week-7

Lecture-19 External Loading of Pipe and Service Conditions; Secondary Stress

Calculation; Exposed Crossings

Lecture-20 Expansion Loops; Construction & Joining; Tie-Ins Methods and

Plans

Lecture-21 Corrosion and Cathodic Protection

Week-8

Lecture-22 Transmission Pipeline Integrity Plan and Evaluation

Lecture-23 Route Selection Criteria

Lecture-24 Testing; Uprating

Week-9

CT-3

Lecture-25 Network Analysis; Safety

Lecture-26 Gas Distribution System Planning: Measurement Principles and

Meter Fundamentals

Lecture-27 Positive Displacement Diaphragm Meters

Week-10 Positive Displacement Rotary Meters

Lecture-28 Gas Turbine Meters

Lecture-29 Ultrasonic Meters; Pressure Regulation

Lecture-30 Principles; Overpressure Protection

Week-11

Lecture-31 Pressure Regulation Sizing and Selection; Gas Supply Planning;

Lecture-32 Gas Control Operations; System Design Principles and

Considerations

Lecture-33 Load Estimating

Week-12

Lecture-34 Flow Equations; System Modeling

Lecture-35 Monitoring System Pressure

Lecture-36 Enhancing Pressure by Redirecting Flow; Economic

Week-13

CT-4

Lecture-37

Gas Distribution Operations: Codes and Standards ; Leak

Inspection ; Odor Investigation ; Emergency Response ; Operation

and Maintenance Activities; Valves, Patrol, Locates, Pump Drips

;Outage Control

Lecture-38 Leakage Control ;Repair/Replace

Lecture-39 Performance Measures

Week-14

Lecture-40 Regulator Problems and Possible Causes ;Customer Service

Operations; Safety.

Lecture-41 Environmental Study: IEE, EIA, SIA, RP/RAP of Transmission

and Distribution projects.

RESTRICTED

354

Lecture-42 Case Study: Design of Transmission and Distribution line using

Simulation Software (PIPESIM, HYSIS).


1. Natural Gas Transmission and Distribution Engineering by YAN MING QING &

LIAN LE MING


A. Poe and James G. Speight

3. Natural Gas Transmission and Distribution Business by Pramod Paliwal and Sudhir

Yadav

4. Handbook of Natural Gas Transmission and Processing: Principles and Practices by

Saeid M.

RESTRICTED

355

PME 425: Enhanced Oil and Gas Recovery Techniques


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

Oil production is separated into three phases: primary, secondary and tertiary, which is also

known as Enhanced Oil Recovery (EOR). Primary oil recovery is limited to hydrocarbons

that naturally rise to the surface, or those that use artificial lift devices, such as pump jacks.

Objective:

1. The main objective of all methods of EOR is to increase the volumetric (macroscopic)

sweep efficiency and to enhance the displacement (microscopic) efficiency.

2. Primary surfactants usually have co-surfactants, activity boosters, and co-solvents

added to them to improve stability of the formulation.



1) Recognize the main terminology, concepts and techniques that applies to Enhanced

Oil and Gas Recovery founded on a theory based understanding of mathematics and



of Enhanced Oil and Gas Recovery demonstrated through appropriate and relevant

assessment



development


quantification of Enhanced Oil and Gas Recovery uncertainty and data management




technology

Course Contents:

Enhanced Oil Recovery Fundamentals: Reservoir life cycle and recovery process ; Life

under primary recovery phase: recovery targets and ways to improve ; Life under secondary

recovery phases: immiscible gas injection, waterflooding, recovery targets, ways to improve ;

Life under enhanced oil recovery phase: increasing complexity, cost/benefit consideration ;

Miscible methods ; Chemical methods ; Thermal methods ; Technical challenges: current and

future R&D directions, facilities modifications and personnel training.

RESTRICTED

356

Waterflooding: Overview and terminology ; Effect of rock properties ; Effect of

heterogeneity and anisotropy ; Effect of fluid properties ; Wettability ; Capillary pressure ;

Relative permeability ; Physics of water displacing oil ; Statistical forecasting ; Analytical

forecasting ; Numerical forecasting ; Injector monitoring ; Producer monitoring ; Integrated

monitoring ; Effect of water impurities ; Surface processing of injection and produced water ;

Water shutoff ; Pattern rotation ; Natural and hydraulic fractures ; Horizontal well

applications ; Downhole separation ; Enhanced waterfloods ; Waterflood planning ; Many

case histories.

Enhanced Oil Recovery with Gas Injection: Reservoir characterization and phase behavior;

Flow regimes and sweep ; Immiscible gas/water flood mechanisms ; First contact miscibility

mechanisms ; Multi-contact miscibility mechanisms ; Reservoir simulation and performance

forecasting ; Performance and monitoring of field projects.

Chemical Enhanced Oil Recovery: Review of Areal and Vertical sweep efficiencies ;

Heterogeneity and vertical sweep efficiency ; Residual oil saturation ; Enhanced Oil

Recovery (EOR) Methods ; Chemical EOR Methods ; Polymer Flooding: Polymers and their

properties; Laboratory screening; Polymer flood field design and example field results;

Overview of reservoir simulators for polymer flooding ; Surfactant/polymer (SP) methods:

Surfactantbrine-oil phase behavior; Microemulsion properties; Capillary desaturation and oil

mobilization; Laboratory screening; Field examples and designs; Reservoir simulators for SP

; Alkaline/Surfactant/Polymer (ASP) methods: Effect of alkali on phase behavior; Laboratory

screening; Field examples and designs; Reservoir simulators for ASP ; Performance

Control/Water Shutoff Methods: Overview of conformance control options (i.e. bulk gel,

CDG, PPG, Bright Water); Gel properties; Laboratory screening; Field examples and

designs; Reservoir simulators for conformance control methods.


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Assessment


Class Attendance 05


Examination


RESTRICTED

357



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Enhanced Oil and Gas

Recovery founded on a theory



physical sciences

√

2.




Enhanced Oil and Gas Recovery



assessment

√

3.







development

√

4.








standards

√

5.






of technology

√

Lecture Schedule:


Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1

CT-1 Lecture-1 Enhanced Oil Recovery Fundamentals: Reservoir life cycle and

recovery process

Lecture-2 Life under primary recovery phase: recovery targets and ways to

RESTRICTED

358

improve ; Life under secondary recovery phases

Week-2

Lecture-3 Immiscible gas injection, waterflooding, recovery targets, ways to

improve

Lecture-4 Life under enhanced oil recovery phase: increasing complexity,

cost/benefit consideration ; Miscible methods

Week-3

Lecture-5 Chemical methods ; Thermal methods ; Technical challenges:

current and future R&D directions

Lecture-6 Facilities modifications and personnel training

Week-4

Lecture-7

Waterflooding: Overview and terminology ; Effect of rock

properties ; Effect of heterogeneity and anisotropy ; Effect of fluid

properties ; Wettability ; Capillary pressure ; Relative permeability

; Physics of water displacing oil ; Statistical forecasting ; Analytical

forecasting ; Numerical forecasting ; Injector monitoring ; Producer

monitoring

Lecture-8 Integrated monitoring ; Effect of water impurities

Week-5

Lecture-9 Surface processing of injection and produced water

Lecture-10 Water shutoff ; Pattern rotation

Week-6

Lecture-11 Natural and hydraulic fractures ; Horizontal well applications ;

Downhole separation

CT-2

Lecture-12 Enhanced waterfloods ; Waterflood planning ; Many case histories.

Week-7

Lecture-13 Enhanced Oil Recovery with Gas Injection: Reservoir

characterization and phase behavior; Flow regimes and sweep

Lecture-14 Immiscible gas/water flood mechanisms

Week-8

Lecture-15 First contact miscibility mechanisms

Lecture-16 Multi-contact miscibility mechanisms

Week-9

Lecture-17 Reservoir simulation and performance forecasting

Lecture-18 Performance and monitoring of field projects.

Week-10

Lecture-19

Chemical Enhanced Oil Recovery: Review of Areal and Vertical

sweep efficiencies ; Heterogeneity and vertical sweep efficiency ;

Residual oil saturation ; Enhanced Oil Recovery (EOR) Methods ;

Chemical EOR Methods ; Polymer Flooding: Polymers and their

properties; Laboratory screening; Polymer flood field design and

example field results; Overview of reservoir simulators for polymer

flooding ; Surfactant/polymer (SP) methods: Surfactantbrine-oil

phase behavior

Lecture-20 Microemulsion properties; Capillary desaturation and oil

mobilization

Week-11

Lecture-21 Laboratory screening; Field examples and designs; Reservoir

simulators for SP

RESTRICTED

359

Lecture-22 Alkaline/Surfactant/Polymer (ASP) methods

CT-3

Week-12

Lecture-23 Effect of alkali on phase behavior; Laboratory screening

Lecture-24 Field examples and designs; Reservoir simulators for ASP

Week-13

Lecture-25 Performance Control/Water Shutoff Methods

Lecture-26 Overview of conformance control options (i.e. bulk gel, CDG,

PPG, Bright Water); Gel properties

Week-14

Lecture-27 Laboratory screening; Field examples and designs

Lecture-28 Reservoir simulators for conformance control methods


1. Fundamentals of Enhanced Oil Recovery by Larry W. Lake, Russell Johns, Bill

Rossen and Gary Pope

2. Enhanced Oil Recovery by Don W. Green and G. Paul Willhite

3. The Reservoir Engineering Aspects of Waterflooding by H.R. (Hal) Warner Jr.

4. Surfactant Flooding by Don W. Green, George J. Hirasaki, Gary A. Pope, and G. Paul

Willhite

RESTRICTED

360

PME 427: Minerals Processing


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

Mineral processing is the first process that most ores undergo after mining in order to provide

a more concentrated material for the procedures of extractive metallurgy. Although the

primary operations are comminution and concentration, but there are other important

operations in a modern mineral processing plant, including sizing, sampling and bulk material

handling. This course is intended to provide a detailed understanding of the afore-mentioned

operations

Objective:

1. To achieve the goal of recovering these concentrates, the raw ore must be reduced to

fine size prior to separation.

2. The second objective of comminution in mineral processing is to adjust the size of

mineral particles to adapt to the optimum size for the successive separation processes.



1) Recognize the main terminology, concepts and techniques that applies to Minerals

Processing founded on a theory based understanding of mathematics and the natural



of Minerals Processing demonstrated through appropriate and relevant assessment



development


quantification of Minerals Processing uncertainty and data management validated




technology



7) Design sustainable Minerals Processing system development solutions with minimum



norms of the Minerals Processing practice

RESTRICTED

361






principles to minerals development and operating plans to optimize profitability and

project management.



Course Contents:

Introduction to mineral processing: The formation of matter; Elementary particles;

Molecules; Solids; Minerals; Deposits, mining and mineral processing.

Characterization of mineralogical processes: Delineation, analysis, and evaluation of

separation; Principles of separation.

Analysis and assessment of separation process: Division of feed into products (SP

Upgrading (UP) ; Quantitative and qualitative analysis of upgrading ; Upgrading curves The

Henry curve ; The Mayer curve ;The Dell curve; The Halbich curve; Equal basis upgrading

curves; The Fuerstenau curve; The Mayer-Drzymala-Tyson-Wheelock curve; Other

upgrading curves; Upgradeability ; Upgrading indices and evaluation of separation treated as

upgrading Classification (CF) ; Analysis of separation process as classification ;

Classification curves Frequency curves ; Distribution curve ; Partition curve ;Modified

classification curves Other classification curves; The assessment of separation considered

from classification point of view; Classificability and ideal classification ; The particle size

analysis ; Densimetric analysis ; Other approaches to separation

Delineation of separation: Role of material and separator; Ordering; Mechanics of ordering;

Thermodynamics of ordering; Probability of ordering; Stratification; Splitting; Total physical

delineation of separation; Time aspects of separation.

Separation processes: Comminution; Principles of size reduction; Physicomechanical;

description of particle disintegration; Empirical evaluation of size reduction; Other

descriptions of grinding; Kinetics of grinding; Analysis of grinding process; Grinding as

classification process; Grinding as upgrading process; Devices used for grinding

Screening ; Principles; Particle size and shape; Description of screening process; Mechanics

of screening; Probability of screening; Kinetics of screening; Other parameters of screening

Analysis and evaluation of screening

Hydraulic and air separation; Principles; Classification by sedimentation; Fluidizing

classification ; Classification in horizontal stream of medium; Classification in pulsating

stream; Hydrocyclones.

RESTRICTED

362

Thin stream separation: Stream separators; Reichert cones ; Humphrey spiral concentrator

Concentrating tables; Other separators

Gravity separation ; 7.1. The basis of gravity separation in water and heavy liquids;

Densimetric analysis; Gravity separation in magnetic liquids

Magnetic separation; Magnetic properties of materials; Diamagnetics ; Paramagnetics ;True

paramagnetics ; Antiferromagnetics; Ferrimagnetics; Ferromagnetics ; Separation

Eddy current separation; Dielectric separation; Electric separation

Flotation: Theoretical basis; Hydrophobicity modification; Electrical phenomena at

interfaces ;Delineation of flotation; Flotation reagents; Collectors; Frothers; Activators ;

Depressors ; Depressors acting through adsorption ; Redox depressors ;Depressors

decomposing the absorbed collector ; Flotation of mineral matter ; Naturally hydrophobic

substances; Native metals and sulfides; Oxidized non-ferrous metals minerals; Oxides and

hydroxides ; Sparingly soluble salts; Soluble salts; Flotation devices

Coagulation; The nature of coagulation; Adhesion of particles; Molecular interactions;

Electrostatic interactions ; Structural interaction; Other interactions ; Stability factor W;

Stability of coagulum ; The probability of particle collision in coagulation process; Kinetics

and hydrodynamics of coagulation ; The factors effecting coagulation; The effect of other

substances on the stability of suspensions; Selective coagulation; The structure of coagula

Flocculation: Flocculants; Flocculation Process; Selective flocculation

Oil agglomeration: Principles; Thermodynamics of oil agglomeration; Aquaoleophilicity of

agglomerating systems; Selective oil agglomeration; The mechanism of oil agglomeration;

Air in oil agglomeration of coal; Modifications of oil agglomeration

Application of minerals processing software:


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination

RESTRICTED

363



Class Assessment


Class Attendance 05


Examination




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Minerals Processing




sciences

√

2.




Minerals Processing



assessment

√

3.







development

√

4.




quantification of Minerals

Processing and data management



√

5.






of technology

√

6. Engage and participate in class √

RESTRICTED

364




colleagues

7.

Design sustainable Minerals

Processing system development




√

8.




the Minerals Processing practice

√

9.




and with team mates

√

10.





√

11.




minerals and operating plans to


management.

√

12.





√

Lecture Schedule:


Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1

CT-1

Lecture-1

Introduction to mineral processing: The formation of matter;

Elementary particles; Molecules; Solids; Minerals; Deposits,

mining and mineral processing.

Lecture-2 Characterization of mineralogical processes: Delineation,

analysis, and evaluation of separation; Principles of separation.

Lecture-3

Analysis and assessment of separation process: Division of feed

into products (SP Upgrading (UP) ; Quantitative and qualitative

analysis of upgrading ; Upgrading curves The Henry curve ; The

Mayer curve

Week-2

Lecture-4 The Dell curve; The Halbich curve; Equal basis upgrading curves;

RESTRICTED

365

The Fuerstenau curve

Lecture-5 The Mayer-Drzymala-Tyson-Wheelock curve

Lecture-6 Other upgrading curves; Upgradeability

Week-3

Lecture-7 Upgrading indices and evaluation of separation treated as

upgrading Classification (CF)

Lecture-8 Analysis of separation process as classification ; Classification

curves Frequency curves

Lecture-9 Distribution curve ; Partition curve ;Modified classification curves

Week-4

Lecture-10 Other classification curves; The assessment of separation

considered from classification point of view

Lecture-11 Classificability and ideal classification

Lecture-12 The particle size analysis ; Densimetric analysis ; Other approaches

to separation

Week-5

CT-2

Lecture-13 Delineation of separation: Role of material and separator;

Ordering; Mechanics of ordering

Lecture-14 Thermodynamics of ordering

Lecture-15 Probability of ordering

Week-6

Lecture-16 Stratification; Splitting

Lecture-17 Total physical delineation of separation

Lecture-18 Time aspects of separation

Week-7

Lecture-19 Separation processes: Comminution; Principles of size reduction;

Physicomechanical; description of particle disintegration

Lecture-20 Empirical evaluation of size reduction

Lecture-21 Other descriptions of grinding

Week-8

Lecture-22 Kinetics of grinding; Analysis of grinding process

Lecture-23 Grinding as classification process; Grinding as upgrading process

Lecture-24 Devices used for grinding

Week-9

CT-3

Lecture-25

Screening ; Principles; Particle size and shape; Description of

screening process; Mechanics of screening; Probability of

screening

Lecture-26 Kinetics of screening; Other parameters of screening

Lecture-27 Analysis and evaluation of screening

Week-10

Lecture-28 Hydraulic and air separation; Principles; Classification by

sedimentation; Fluidizing classification

Lecture-29 Classification in horizontal stream of medium

Lecture-30 Classification in pulsating stream; Hydrocyclones.

Week-11

Lecture-31

Thin stream separation: Stream separators; Reichert cones ;

Humphrey spiral concentrator Concentrating tables; Other

separators

RESTRICTED

366

Lecture-32

Gravity separation ; 7.1. The basis of gravity separation in water

and heavy liquids; Densimetric analysis; Gravity separation in

magnetic liquids

Lecture-33

Magnetic separation; Magnetic properties of materials;

Diamagnetics ; Paramagnetics ;True paramagnetics ;

Antiferromagnetics; Ferrimagnetics; Ferromagnetics ; Separation

Week-12

Lecture-34 Eddy current separation; Dielectric separation; Electric separation

Lecture-35

Flotation: Theoretical basis; Hydrophobicity modification;

Electrical phenomena at interfaces ;Delineation of flotation;

Flotation reagents; Collectors

Lecture-36

Frothers; Activators ; Depressors ; Depressors acting through

adsorption ; Redox depressors ;Depressors decomposing the

absorbed collector ; Flotation of mineral matter ; Naturally

hydrophobic substances; Native metals and sulfides

Week-13

CT-4

Lecture-37 Oxidized non-ferrous metals minerals; Oxides and hydroxides ;

Sparingly soluble salts; Soluble salts; Flotation devices

Lecture-38

Coagulation; The nature of coagulation; Adhesion of particles;

Molecular interactions; Electrostatic interactions ; Structural

interaction; Other interactions ; Stability factor W; Stability of

coagulum

Lecture-39

The probability of particle collision in coagulation process;

Kinetics and hydrodynamics of coagulation ; The factors effecting

coagulation; The effect of other substances on the stability of

suspensions; Selective coagulation; The structure of coagula

Week-14

Lecture-40 Flocculation: Flocculants; Flocculation Process; Selective

flocculation

Lecture-41

Oil agglomeration: Principles; Thermodynamics of oil

agglomeration; Aquaoleophilicity of agglomerating systems;

Selective oil agglomeration

Lecture-42 The mechanism of oil agglomeration; Air in oil agglomeration of

coal; Modifications of oil agglomeration


1. Mineral processing technology by B. Wills

2. Principles of Mineral Processing by Maurice

3. Mineral Processing Design and Operation: An Introduction by A. Gupta and Denis S.

Yan

4. Principles of Mineral Dressing by Antoine Marc Gaudin

5. Modeling and Simulation of Mineral Processing Systems by R. P. King

RESTRICTED

367

PME 429: Ground Water Managements in Mining


Pre-requisite: None

1. Rationale:

To understand the aquifer system of Bangladesh and to perform the equipment selection and

economics of mine drainage system.

2. Objectives:

1. To understand the aquifer system of Bangladesh.

2. To calculate and design mine pumping system of a mine.

3. To know about the installation and maintenance of mine pump.

4. To know about the pump testing facilities.

5. To measure and analyze the performance of mine pumping system.



1. Understand the theories and calculations for mine dewatering system.

2. Evaluate the design requirements for mine pump.

3. Analyze the design parameters of mine pump.

4. Apply the knowledge to design an optimum mine dewatering system.

4. Course Contents:

Ground water in Mine: Mining engineering hydrology, Bangladesh aquifer system, Aquifer

characteristics. Sources and nature of mine waters. Estimation of water quantities. Methods

of mine dewatering and drainage. Pumping systems. Equipment selection and economics of

mine drainage. Groundwater recharge. Groundwater and mine water re-injection techniques.

Mine-water balance, forecasting water inflows, water balance and reticulation, pump types.

Hydrology risk analysis, rain water proposition.

Make of water- sump design- pump house: Introduction, Make of water, Capacity of water

lodgement, Pump house design, Water lodgement design, Design of water passage

Mine water occurrence- Pumping status – Pump classification – pumping scheme:

Water occurrence, Effects, Status of pumping in underground mines, Pump classification,

Mine pumps and duty requirements, Properties of mine water, coast, Pumping scheme- single

horizontal operation, Pumping scheme- multi horizontal operation.

Pump characteristics- system head curve- Operating point: Characteristics of pumps,

System head curve, resistance correction, operating point, Various operating conditions and

characteristics curve, Joint operation of pumps.

RESTRICTED

368

Pump testing and manufacturing testing facilities: Quality control test for raw material,

Test carried out on critical parts, Final assembly test, Performance testing, Methods of

measuring flow rate, Flow calculation, Flow time.

Material of construction: Allowable stresses, Consideration of material selection, Pump

casing, Impeller, Shafts.

Installation and maintenance of pump: Foundation of pump, Pump installation, Instruction

for alignment, Coupling, Pipe diameter selection, Pipes for mine drainage, Thickness of pipe,

Pump suction design, Caution on piping, Intake of suction water sump, Maintenance of

pump, Vibration, Noise in pump, Critical speed, trouble shooting for pumps.





1. Class Assessment




2. Examination




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12


calculations for mine dewatering

system

√


for mine pump

√


mine pump

√


an optimum mine dewatering

system

√ √



Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1 Ground water in Mine

Lecture-1 Mining engineering hydrology

Lecture-2 Aquifer characteristics

Lecture-3 Bangladesh aquifer system

RESTRICTED

369


CT-1;

CT-2

Lecture-4 Sources and nature of mine waters

Lecture-5 Estimation of water quantities

Lecture-6 Methods of mine dewatering and drainage


Lecture-7 Pumping systems

Lecture-8 Equipment selection and economics of mine drainage

Lecture-9 Groundwater recharge


Lecture-10 Groundwater and mine water re-injection techniques

Lecture-11 Mine-water balance

Lecture-12 Forecasting water inflows, water balance and reticulation

Week-5 Ground water in Mine, Make of water- sump design- pump

house

Lecture-13 Hydrology risk analysis

Lecture-14 Rain water proposition

Lecture-15 Make of water, Capacity of water lodgement

Week-6 Make of water- sump design- pump house

Lecture-16 Pump house design

Lecture-17 Water lodgment design

Lecture-18 Design of water passage

Week-7 Mine water occurrence- Pumping status – Pump classification –

pumping scheme

Lecture-19 Water occurrence, Effects

Lecture-20 Status of pumping in underground mines

Lecture-21 Pump classification

Week- 8 Mine water occurrence- Pumping status – Pump classification –

pumping scheme

Lecture-22 Mine pumps and duty requirements

Lecture-23 Properties of mine water, coast

Lecture-24 Pumping scheme- single horizontal operation, Pumping scheme-

multi horizontal operation

Week-9 Pump characteristics- system head curve- Operating point

CT-3;

CT-4

Lecture-25 Characteristics of pumps

Lecture-26 Resistance correction, operating point

Lecture-27 Various operating conditions and characteristics curve, Joint

operation of pumps

Week-10 Pump testing and manufacturing testing facilities

Lecture-28 Quality control test for raw material, Test carried out on critical

parts

Lecture-29 Final assembly test

Lecture-30 Performance testing

Week-11 Pump testing and manufacturing testing facilities

Lecture-31 Methods of measuring flow rate

Lecture-32 Flow time

Lecture-33 Flow calculation

Week-12 Material of construction

Lecture-34 Allowable stresses

RESTRICTED

370

Lecture-35 Consideration of material selection

Lecture-36 Pump casing, Impeller, Shafts

Week-13 Installation and maintenance of pump

Lecture-37 Foundation of pump, Pump installation, Instruction for alignment

Lecture-38 Coupling, Pipe diameter selection, Pipes for mine drainage,

Thickness of pipe, Pump suction design

Lecture-39

Caution on piping, Intake of suction water sump, Maintenance of

pump, Vibration, Noise in pump, Critical speed, trouble shooting

for pumps

Week-14

Lecture-40 Review

Lecture-41 Review

Lecture-42 Review


1. Water Management at Abandoned Flooded Underground Mines: Fundamentals, Tracer

Tests, Modelling, Water Treatment; C Wolkersdorfer.

2. Groundwater Engineering; J Zhou, JYN Zhou, P Yang, and Y Tang.


https://www.google.com/search?sa=X&biw=1517&bih=675&q=Christian+Wolkersdorfer&stick=H4sIAAAAAAAAAOPgE-LRT9c3NEoqSCmorCxRAvMMjcuLitJySrRkspOt9JPy87P1y4syS0pS8-LL84uyrRJLSzLyiwAFn5xoPAAAAA&ved=2ahUKEwj3qbLO-e_fAhUjS48KHVEEBz0QmxMoATARegQIDBAK

RESTRICTED

371

PME 4211: Mine Planning and Design


Pre-requisite: None

1. Rationale:

To understand the principles and procedures to estimate mining revenue and costs of a mine,

and to make a mine plane in a systematic manner.

2. Objectives:

1. To understand the principles of mine planning and design.

2. To estimate the mine revenue and costs.

3. To calculate and analyze mine production planning.

4. To analyze and design an open pit mine.

5. To analyze and design an underground mine.



1. Understand the theories and calculations of mine planning and design.

2. To calculate and analyze for revenue and cost estimation.

3. Apply the knowledge to design a mine.

4. Evaluate the design requirement for a mine plan.

5. Analyze of design parameters of a mine plan.

4. Course Contents:

General Mine Planning and design principles: Principles of mine planning, Stages of

planning of new mines, selection of mine site, Division of a coalfield into mine areas, Types

of mines, Surface layouts, Pit-bottom layout, Layout of underground workings, Mine

development phases, The planning phase, Accuracy of estimates, Critical path presentation,

Mine reclamation, Environmental planning procedure.

Mining revenues and costs: Economic concepts including cash flow, Estimating revenues,

Estimating costs.

Production planning: Mine life rules, Cash flow calculations, Mine and mill plant sizing,

Lanes algorithm, Production scheduling, Push back design.

RESTRICTED

372

Open pit mine: Geometrical considerations; pit expansion process, final pit slope angle, road

construction, stripping ratios, geometric sequencing. Pit limits; hand methods, economic

block models, floating cone techniques.

Underground mine: Fundamental decision; Block model, Financial model, Cut off grade,

Mining methods. Access design; decision on access to ore deposits, detail layout of access

networks considering physical and geotechnical constrains. Ventilation systems analysis.

Dewatering system analysis. Equipment selection.





1. Class Assessment




2. Examination




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12


calculations of mine planning and

design

√

2 To calculate and analyze for

revenue and cost estimation

√


mine

√


for a mine plan

√


a mine plan

√

RESTRICTED

373



Class

Test

(CT)

Week-1 General Mine Planning and design principles

Lecture-1 Principles of mine planning

CT-1;

CT-2

Lecture-2 Stages of planning of new mines

Lecture-3


Lecture-4 Methods of exploration and reserve estimation.

Lecture-5 Selection of a mine site

Lecture-6 Division of a coalfield into mine areas


Lecture-7 Types of mines

Lecture-8 Surface layouts

Lecture-9


Lecture-10 Pit-bottom layout

Lecture-11 Layout of underground workings

Lecture-12


Lecture-13 Mine development phases

Lecture-14 The planning phase

Lecture-15 Accuracy of estimates


Lecture-16 Critical path presentation

Lecture-17 Mine reclamation

Lecture-18


Lecture-19

Environmental planning procedure Lecture-20

Lecture-21

Week-8 Mining revenues and costs

CT-3;

CT-4

Lecture-22 Economic concepts

Lecture-23 Cash flow

Lecture-24 Estimating revenues, Estimating costs

Week-9 Production planning

Lecture-25 Mine life rules

Lecture-26 Mine and mill plant sizing

Lecture-27 Lanes algorithm, Production scheduling, Push back design

Week-10 Open pit mine

Lecture-28 Geometrical considerations

Lecture-29 Pit expansion process

Lecture-30 Final pit slope angle

Week-11 Open pit mine

Lecture-31 Road construction

Lecture-32 Stripping ratios, geometric sequencing

RESTRICTED

374

Lecture-33 Pit limits; hand methods, economic block models, floating cone

techniques

Week-12 Underground mine

Lecture-34 Fundamental discussion

Lecture-35 Block model, Financial model, Cut off grade

Lecture-36 The method in detail

Week-13 Underground mine

Lecture-37 Access design; decision on access to ore deposits

Lecture-38 Detail layout of access networks considering physical and

geotechnical constrains

Lecture-39 Ventilation systems analysis. Dewatering system analysis.

Equipment selection

Week-14

Lecture-40 Review

Lecture-41 Review

Lecture-42 Review


1. Open pit Mine Planning and design;William A Hustruid, M Kuchta, RK Martin.

2. Underground Mining Methods: Engineering Funadamentals and International Case

Studies; WA Hustrulid, William A Hustruid, R C Bullock.

3. Introduction to Mining Engineering; HL Hartman, JM Mutmansky.


RESTRICTED

375

PME 400: Project / Thesis- Part: II


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

The rationale of research is the reason for conducting the study. The rationale should answer

the need for conducting the said research. It is a very important part of your publication as it



Objective:





called ―Best Available Technologies (BAT)‖, through literature & references and













assessment



development







RESTRICTED

376













project management.



Course Contents:

Experimental and theoretical investigation of various problems related to petroleum and

mining engineering will be carried out. The topic should provide an opportunity to the

student in developing initiative, creative ability and engineering judgment with different

objectives of same data. Individual study will be required.


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Attendance 5



Quiz Test 30

Viva Voce 10

RESTRICTED

377



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.







physical sciences

√

2.







assessment

√

3.







development

√

4.








standards

√

5.







technology

√

6.





colleagues

√

7.






√

RESTRICTED

378

8.






√

9.




and with team mates

√

10.





√

11.







management.

√

12.





√

Work Schedule:

Lecture Tasks

Week-1

Step 8 – Evaluate Your Resources

You may be overwhelmed by the amount of information you find.

To find ―good‖ resources for your paper, you must analyze and

carefully select them.

• Journal articles have gone through peer-review before being published.

• Books are also edited before publication.

• Use the CRAAP test for website evaluation.

Week-2

Step 9 – Stay organized

Give yourself enough time to conduct your research, so you can

understand your topic enough to write effectively on it.

Keep track of your research so you don’t have to scramble to find it

later.

• Use our research log or graphic organizer to help you stay on

track.

Week-3

Step 10 – Write and Review Your Paper

Make sure your paper is formatted correctly – APA, MLA or another

style an instructor requires.

Check to make sure all of your sources have been cited and your

research is properly listed at the end of your paper.

RESTRICTED

379

Week-4






Week-5






Week-6






Week-7 Report

Week-8






Week-9






Week-10






Week-11






Week-12






Week-13






Week-14 Final Report

RESTRICTED

380




Joan Bolker


Michael


RESTRICTED

381

PME 412: Integrated Design Project- Part: II


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

The rationale of project is the reason for conducting the study. The rationale should answer

the need for conducting the said project. It is a very important part of your publication as it



Objective:





called ―Best Available Technologies (BAT)‖, through literature & references and













assessment



development







RESTRICTED

382













project management.



Course Contents:

Integrated design project offers a distinctive opportunity to play a key role as part of a team

working on a realistic design project. It’s about creating and testing ideas to solve real-world

problems. In doing so, students’ will improve technical knowledge, communication, practical

skills and employability at a stroke.

The integrated design project will develop your skills in:

Acquiring and applying technical knowledge.

Group work – leadership, discussion, planning, monitoring, assessing, reporting on progress,

taking responsibility, taking action.

Understanding the bigger picture that surrounds engineering projects – the issues, the aims,

and sometimes the constraints; the different viewpoints of people working on and affected by

a project.

Creativity and innovation – priceless skills in the modern workplace.

Presenting and arguing the case for your ideas.


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination

RESTRICTED

383



Class Attendance 5



Quiz Test 30

Viva Voce 10



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.







physical sciences

√

2.







assessment

√

3.







development

√

4.








standards

√

5.







technology

√

RESTRICTED

384

6.





colleagues

√

7.






√

8.






√

9.




and with team mates

√

10.





√

11.







management.

√

12.





√

Work Schedule:

Lecture Tasks

Week-1 Step 4. Build a prototype of best design:

Use your alternative analyses to choose the design that best meets criteria

considering the constraints, then build a prototype. A prototype is the first full

scale and usually functional form of a new type or design.

Week-2

Week-3

Week-4 Step 5. Test and evaluate the prototype against important design criteria to

show how well the product meets the need

You must test your prototype under actual or simulated operating conditions.

Make sure you test all of your criteria and constraints to evaluate the success

of your prototype. Customers are usually involved in product testing so be sure

you have SRC approval if people are involved.

Week-5

Week-6 Step 6. Analyze test results, make design changes and retest

RESTRICTED

385

Week-7

Testing will disclose some deficiencies in your design. Sometimes the testing

fails completely and sends the designer ―back to the drawing board.‖ Make

corrections and retest OR prepare an analysis of what went wrong and how

you will fix it. As always, document your analyses, fixes, and retests in your

notebook.

Week-8 Step 7. Communicate the design

The designer’s real product is the description of a design from which others

will build the product. Use your notebook and the fair exhibit to communicate

the design to your customer and the judges. Your product description will be

conveyed in drawings, photos, materials lists, assembly instructions, test plans

and results. Consider listing lessons learned so future designers need not repeat

any of your ―frustrations.‖ You’ll have clear instructions on how to produce

your design, along with production cost estimates.

Week-9

Week-10

Week-11 Step 8. Prepare

Prepare your engineering project exhibit board. See the Project Display Rules

and Helpful Display Hints for a successful project board. Week-12

Week-13 Step 9. Prepare your abstracts and compliance checklist

You will need to bring to Check-In day:

15 copies of your Project Abstract for grades

your completed Compliance Checklist

your project board

research notebook

Week-14




Joan Bolker


Michael


5. Sustainable Development Projects: Integrated Design, Development, and Regulation

by David R. Godschalk

RESTRICTED

386

PME 428: Minerals Processing Laboratory


Pre-requisite: None

Rationale:

Mineral processing is the first process that most ores undergo after mining in order to provide

a more concentrated material for the procedures of extractive metallurgy. Although the

primary operations are comminution and concentration, but there are other important

operations in a modern mineral processing plant, including sizing, sampling and bulk material

handling. This course is intended to provide a detailed understanding of the afore-mentioned

operations

Objective:

1. To achieve the goal of recovering these concentrates, the raw ore must be reduced to

fine size prior to separation.

2. The second objective of comminution in mineral processing is to adjust the size of

mineral particles to adapt to the optimum size for the successive separation processes.



1) Recognize the main terminology, concepts and techniques that applies to Minerals

Processing founded on a theory based understanding of mathematics and the natural



of Minerals Processing demonstrated through appropriate and relevant assessment



development


quantification of Minerals Processing uncertainty and data management validated




technology



7) Design sustainable Minerals Processing system development solutions with minimum



norms of the Minerals Processing practice

RESTRICTED

387






principles to minerals development and operating plans to optimize profitability and

project management.



Course Contents:

1. Identification of minerals in rock sample by X-ray diffraction (XRD)

2. Identification of elements in rock sample by X-ray florescence (XRF)

3. Identification of minerals in rock sample by Polarizing Microscope

4. Simulation of coagulation and flocculation process

5. Simulation of filtration and thickening process

6. Simulation of electrostatic separation process

7. Simulation of magnetic separation process

8. Simulation of solid-liquid separation process

9. Simulation of size reduction process

10. Simulation of material balance calculations for mineral processing circuit

11. Simulation of flow sheet design process

12. Field visit for observing mineral processing operation


Class Lectures

Exercise

Software Laboratory

Group Project

Class Tests

Assignments

Presentation

Study Tour

Final Examination



Class Attendance 5



Quiz Test 30

Viva Voce 10

RESTRICTED

388



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1.



applies to Minerals Processing




sciences

√

2.




Minerals Processing



assessment

√

3.







development

√

4.




quantification of Minerals

Processing and data management



√

5.






of technology

√

6.





colleagues

√

7.

Design sustainable Minerals

Processing system development




√



RESTRICTED

389


the Minerals Processing practice

9.




and with team mates

√

10.





√

11.




minerals and operating plans to


management.

√

12.





√

Lecture Schedule:

Lecture Experiments

Week-1 Identification of minerals in rock sample by X-ray diffraction (XRD)

Week-2 Identification of elements in rock sample by X-ray florescence (XRF)

Week-3 Identification of minerals in rock sample by Polarizing Microscope

Week-4 Simulation of coagulation and flocculation process

Week-5 Simulation of filtration and thickening process

Week-6 Simulation of electrostatic separation process

Week-7 Quiz

Week-8 Simulation of magnetic separation process

Week-9 Simulation of solid-liquid separation process

Week-10 Simulation of size reduction process

Week-11 Simulation of material balance calculations for mineral processing circuit

Week-12 Simulation of flow sheet design process

Week-13 Field visit for observing mineral processing operation

Week-14 Quiz


1. Mineral processing technology by B. Wills

2. Principles of Mineral Processing by Maurice

3. Mineral Processing Design and Operation: An Introduction by A. Gupta and Denis S.

Yan

4. Principles of Mineral Dressing by Antoine Marc Gaudin

5. Modeling and Simulation of Mineral Processing Systems by R. P. King